株探米国株
英語
エドガーで原本を確認する
Q1false0001814215--12-310.0250.0250.025http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#OtherNonoperatingIncomeExpensehttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#OtherNonoperatingIncomeExpensehttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#OtherNonoperatingIncomeExpensehttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#OtherNonoperatingIncomeExpenseDecember 2024http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrMemberhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrOvernightIndexSwapRateMemberhttp://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrOvernightIndexSwapRateMemberOctober 30, 2025http://fasb.org/us-gaap/2024#SecuredOvernightFinancingRateSofrMemberJanuary 31, 20263300001814215us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:MachineryAndEquipmentMember2025-03-310001814215buru:EmployeesAndConsultantsMemberus-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-08-062024-08-190001814215buru:June2023SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMemberburu:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds40000Member2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:ConvertibleNoteReceivableMemberburu:SYMEStrategicInvestmentMember2025-03-310001814215buru:August2024WarrantsIssuedWithJuniorNotesMember2024-12-310001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantsMember2024-12-310001814215buru:TAGPromissoryNoteMember2025-03-310001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMembersrt:MaximumMember2023-06-120001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMemberburu:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds72000Member2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-03-3100018142152024-12-310001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMember2025-02-280001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-01-012025-04-300001814215buru:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2024-03-3100018142152025-01-300001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2023-12-310001814215buru:CurtisNMaasRevocableTrustMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:PrepaidExpensesAndOtherCurrentAssetsMemberburu:Non-EmployeeConsultantsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:UnsecuredDebtMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMemberburu:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-030001814215us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215buru:SecuritiesPurchaseAgreementMemberburu:BootCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-130001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2023-01-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-012025-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Membersrt:MinimumMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:TransferredOverTimeMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:BusinessLoanAndSecurityAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:AgileCapitalFundingLLCMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-122025-05-120001814215buru:August2024WarrantsIssuedWithJuniorNotesMember2025-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMemberburu:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-032025-03-030001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-03-310001814215country:US2024-01-012024-03-310001814215srt:AsiaMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:ConvertibleNoteReceivableMemberburu:SYMEStrategicInvestmentMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-03-310001814215buru:SYMEStrategicInvestmentMember2025-03-140001814215buru:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberburu:IndigoCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-220001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-06-162023-06-160001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberburu:PreFundedWarrantsMember2025-02-280001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:OneEightZeroZeroDiagonalLendingLLCMemberburu:SecuritiesPurchaseAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-130001814215us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2024-12-310001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantPurchaseProgramMember2024-05-010001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2024-12-310001814215buru:FICTIVIncMember2025-01-302025-01-300001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberburu:FebruaryTwoThousandTwentyFivePreFundedWarrantsMember2025-02-012025-02-280001814215srt:MinimumMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-290001814215buru:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleDebtMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-1300018142152025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMemberburu:CertificateOfDesignationsMemberburu:ConversionRightsMember2024-03-310001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantsMember2025-02-282025-02-280001814215buru:AdditionalAugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-08-062024-08-190001814215buru:BusinessLoanAndSecurityAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:AgileCapitalFundingLLCMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-120001814215buru:IfConvertedCommonStockFromSeriesAPreferredStockMember2025-01-012025-03-3100018142152024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:WilsonGarling2023FamilyTrustMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:CommonStockWarrantMembersrt:MaximumMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMemberus-gaap:CommonStockMember2025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMemberburu:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfCommonStockEqualsOrExceeds1000Member2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-012025-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMember2025-02-282025-02-280001814215us-gaap:RelatedPartyMemberburu:SeniorConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-3100018142152025-01-310001814215buru:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SellingAndMarketingExpenseMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2025-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:UnsecuredConvertibleNoteMemberburu:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberburu:IndigoCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-220001814215buru:August2024WarrantsIssuedWithJuniorNotesMembersrt:MinimumMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:August2024ConvertibleNoteDerivativeLiabilityMember2024-12-310001814215buru:IfConvertedCommonStockFromSeriesAPreferredStockMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:CommonStockWarrantMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberburu:IndigoCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:UnsecuredPromissoryNoteMember2025-04-220001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-3000018142152023-11-3000018142152023-06-162023-06-160001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215buru:August2024WarrantsIssuedWithJuniorNotesMembersrt:MaximumMember2025-03-310001814215buru:IfConvertedCommonStockFromConvertibleNotesMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousPromissoryNoteMember2024-10-012024-10-3100018142152024-03-310001814215buru:TrumarCapitalLLCAcquisitionAgreementMember2025-02-190001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMemberburu:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberburu:MarchTwoThousandTwentyFivePre-FundedWarrantsMember2025-02-172025-02-170001814215us-gaap:UnsecuredDebtMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-030001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2024-12-310001814215buru:CFGILLCMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:TransferredOverTimeMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantPurchaseProgramMember2024-01-012024-12-310001814215us-gaap:UnsecuredDebtMemberburu:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-220001814215buru:UnsecuredConvertibleNoteMemberburu:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberburu:IndigoCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-222025-04-220001814215us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:June2023SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-12-310001814215buru:MandatoryConversionMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-12-310001814215buru:TrumarCapitalLLCAcquisitionAgreementMember2025-02-192025-02-190001814215buru:SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-06-120001814215buru:JuniorNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMember2023-11-130001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:June2023SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:ConsultantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-032025-03-030001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMembersrt:MinimumMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:JuniorNotesNotRepaidNineMonthsAfterIssuanceMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesIssuedNovemberTwoThousandAndTwentyThreeMember2024-12-3100018142152024-07-232024-07-230001814215us-gaap:TransferredAtPointInTimeMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-03-310001814215buru:OneEightZeroZeroDiagonalLendingLLCMemberburu:SecuritiesPurchaseAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-132025-05-130001814215buru:AprilTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveIndigoTransactionsMemberburu:IndigoCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-222025-04-2200018142152024-01-012024-12-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMemberburu:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-012025-04-300001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:TAGPromissoryNoteMember2025-01-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2023-12-310001814215buru:ConversionRightsMember2025-01-302025-01-300001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantPurchaseProgramMember2024-05-012024-05-010001814215buru:DavidSeldinMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMembersrt:MaximumMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2025-03-310001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMembersrt:MaximumMember2023-06-160001814215us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2024-12-310001814215buru:ConsultantsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215srt:OfficeBuildingMemberstpr:CO2023-11-012023-11-300001814215us-gaap:TransferredAtPointInTimeMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMember2023-06-122023-06-160001814215buru:EunomiaLpMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:ConversionRightsMember2025-01-300001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:ConvertibleNotesReceivableMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-12-310001814215srt:EuropeMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleDebtSecuritiesMember2024-12-310001814215buru:SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-06-1600018142152025-05-150001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2023-12-310001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesAndSeniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:SYMEStrategicInvestmentMember2025-03-142025-03-140001814215buru:AdditionalAugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-12-310001814215srt:OfficeBuildingMemberstpr:CO2025-03-310001814215buru:PublicWarrantsMember2023-12-120001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-03-310001814215srt:OfficeBuildingMemberstpr:CO2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2024-12-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215buru:CentennialTechIndustrialOwnerLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2025-04-012025-04-3000018142152023-12-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:CommonStockWarrantMemberburu:SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:AugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-08-190001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215srt:EuropeMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2024-03-310001814215us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:PreFundedWarrantsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:TAGPromissoryNoteMember2025-01-012025-01-310001814215buru:JuniorAndSeniorConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:Non-EmployeeConsultantsMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Membersrt:MinimumMemberburu:CommonStockWarrantMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousPromissoryNoteMember2025-03-310001814215buru:RedemptionOfWarrantsWhenPricePerShareOfCommonStockIsLessThan72000Memberburu:PublicWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMember2024-12-3100018142152025-01-012025-01-310001814215us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2024-03-3100018142152025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:LegacyNuburuMemberburu:DavidSeldinMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2025-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousPromissoryNoteMember2024-10-310001814215buru:AdditionalAugustTwoThousandAndTwentyFourConvertibleNotesMember2024-08-190001814215buru:August2024ConvertibleNoteDerivativeLiabilityMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:EmployeesAndConsultantsMemberus-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215srt:AsiaMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:ComputerEquipmentAndSoftwareMember2024-12-310001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-12-310001814215us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:OneEightZeroZeroDiagonalLendingLLCMemberburu:SecuritiesPurchaseAgreementMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMembersrt:MaximumMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-130001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-11-130001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:August2024ConvertibleNoteDerivativeLiabilityMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215country:US2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:June2023SeniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:MachineryAndEquipmentMember2024-12-310001814215buru:Non-EmployeeConsultantsMemberus-gaap:AccountsPayableAndAccruedLiabilitiesMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:CommonStockWarrantMembersrt:MaximumMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel3Memberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-12-310001814215buru:LiqueousSettlementAgreementMemberburu:MarchTwoThousandTwentyFivePre-FundedWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:EmployeeStockPurchasePlanMember2025-03-310001814215buru:LiqueousPromissoryNoteMember2024-12-310001814215buru:CertificateOfDesignationsMemberburu:ConversionRightsMember2025-01-300001814215buru:JuniorNoteWarrantsMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:CostOfSalesMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215buru:SeniorConvertibleNotesIssuedJune2023Member2024-12-310001814215buru:SecuritiesPurchaseAgreementMemberburu:BootCapitalLLCMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMemberburu:MayTwoThousandAndTwentyFiveFinancingTransactionsMember2025-05-132025-05-130001814215us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2024-01-012024-03-310001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:RestrictedStockUnitsRSUMember2025-03-310001814215us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMemberus-gaap:ConvertibleDebtSecuritiesMember2024-12-310001814215buru:TwoThousandAndTwentyTwoPlanMember2025-03-310001814215srt:ExecutiveOfficerMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesNotRepaidSixMonthsAfterIssuanceMemberburu:JuniorNoteWarrantsMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215buru:August2024WarrantsIssuedWithJuniorNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesNotRepaidNineMonthsAfterIssuanceMember2024-01-012024-12-310001814215us-gaap:CommonStockMemberburu:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-03-012025-03-310001814215us-gaap:ConvertiblePreferredStockMember2023-12-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesAndWarrantsPurchaseAgreementsMembersrt:MinimumMember2023-11-132023-11-130001814215buru:IndigoCapitalConvertibleNotesMember2025-01-012025-03-310001814215buru:JuniorNotesAndJuniorNoteWarrantsMember2025-01-012025-03-31xbrli:pureutr:sqftxbrli:sharesburu:Daysiso4217:GBPxbrli:sharesburu:Segmentiso4217:USDiso4217:USDxbrli:shares

Table of Contents

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-Q

 

(Mark One)

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2025

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission File Number: 001-39489

 

NUBURU, INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

85-1288435

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

7442 S Tucson Way, Suite 130,

Centennial, CO

80112

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (720) 767-1400

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

 

BURU

 

NYSE American

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

As of May 15, 2025, the registrant had 52,443,348 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NUBURU, INC.

FORM 10-Q

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

PART I – INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-looking Statements

3

 

 

 

Item 1.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

5

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

5

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

6

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

7

 

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

8

 

 

 

 

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

9

 

 

 

Item 2.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

28

 

 

 

Item 3.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

37

 

 

 

Item 4.

Controls and Procedures

37

 

 

 

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

37

 

 

 

Item 1.

Legal Proceedings

37

 

 

 

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

37

 

 

 

Item 2.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities, Use of Proceeds, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

38

 

 

 

Item 3.

Defaults Upon Senior Securities

38

 

 

 

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

38

 

 

 

Item 5.

Other Information

38

 

 

 

Item 6.

Exhibits

39

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

40

 

 


Table of Contents

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this "Quarterly Report") contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which statements involve substantial risk and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans, or intentions. Forward-looking statements contained in this Quarterly Report include, but are not limited to, statements about:

our ability to obtain required financing;
our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share (the "Common Stock") on a securities exchange;
our ability to successfully implement key acquisitions;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees, or directors, including the transition to a new management team in the first half of 2025;
our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;
our ability to implement our announced business plan, including diversifying our assets;
the fact that we have not achieved commercialization and our ability to achieve commercialization in the future;
the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us related to the Business Combination;
existing regulations and regulatory developments in the United States and other jurisdictions;
the need to hire additional personnel and our ability to attract and retain such personnel;
our plans and ability to obtain, maintain, enforce, or protect intellectual property rights;
our business, operations and financial performance, including:
expectations with respect to financial and business performance, including financial projections and business metrics and any underlying assumptions thereunder;
expectations regarding future acquisitions, partnerships, or other relationships with third parties;
future business plans and growth opportunities;
expectations regarding product development and pipeline;
expectations regarding research and development efforts;
expectations regarding market size;
expectations regarding the competitive landscape; and
future capital requirements and sources and uses of cash, including the ability to obtain additional capital in the future.

Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance. You should not put undue reliance on these statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The forward-looking statements contained in this Quarterly Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on our business. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting our business will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control), or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors under the heading "Risk Factors" in this Quarterly Report and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, as amended (our "Annual Report"), as well as the following important factors:

our ability to obtain financing;
our ability to meet NYSE American’s continued listing standards;
our ability to protect our intellectual property;
whether the market embraces our products and investments;
whether we achieve commercialization in a timely manner;
the outcome of any legal proceedings that may be instituted against us;
our ability to retain or recruit key employees;
costs related to being a public company; changes in applicable laws or regulations;

3


Table of Contents

 

the possibility that we may be adversely affected by economic, business, or competitive factors;
volatility in the markets caused by geopolitical and economic factors; and
other risks and uncertainties set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” and in other sections of our Annual Report.
other risks and uncertainties set forth under the heading “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A and elsewhere in this Quarterly Report.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of the assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

4


Table of Contents

 

PART 1 – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

NUBURU, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

70,937

 

 

$

209,337

 

Inventories, net of reserve of $0 and $1,161,469 at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

1,526,467

 

Deposit on acquisition - related party

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

380,536

 

 

 

162,749

 

Total current assets

 

 

1,051,473

 

 

 

1,898,553

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

4,834,729

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

 

 

 

202,411

 

Convertible note receivable

 

 

260,000

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

 

 

 

34,359

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

1,311,473

 

 

$

6,970,052

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

6,206,910

 

 

$

6,301,310

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

4,302,642

 

 

 

4,301,195

 

Current portion of operating lease liability

 

 

119,720

 

 

 

237,369

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

24,000

 

 

 

24,000

 

Shareholder advances

 

 

99,936

 

 

 

644,936

 

Current portion of notes payable

 

 

3,655,568

 

 

 

9,242,183

 

Convertible note derivative liability

 

 

 

 

 

37,900

 

Preferred stock liability

 

 

23,889,050

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

38,297,826

 

 

 

20,788,893

 

Warrant liabilities

 

 

1,315

 

 

 

128,615

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

38,299,141

 

 

 

20,917,508

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 2,388,905 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

23,889,050

 

Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized; 48,833,664 and 20,274,238  shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively

 

 

8,767

 

 

 

2,028

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

98,432,170

 

 

 

93,968,071

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(135,428,605

)

 

 

(131,806,605

)

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

 

 

(36,987,668

)

 

 

(37,836,506

)

TOTAL LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

$

1,311,473

 

 

$

6,970,052

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

5


Table of Contents

 

NUBURU, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

235,717

 

 

 

856,956

 

Gross margin

 

 

(235,717

)

 

 

(763,407

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

184,563

 

 

 

766,495

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

543,337

 

 

 

345,590

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,078,805

 

 

 

2,652,795

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,806,705

 

 

 

3,764,880

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(3,042,422

)

 

 

(4,528,287

)

Non-operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

7,385

 

 

 

11,740

 

Interest expense

 

 

(193,480

)

 

 

(1,191,862

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

127,300

 

 

 

3,311

 

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

 

37,900

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of debt

 

 

28,997

 

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(3,386,416

)

 

 

 

Gain on sale of intellectual property intangible assets

 

 

8,961,872

 

 

 

 

Loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

(6,064,823

)

 

 

 

Interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability

 

 

(10,398,050

)

 

 

 

Other loss, net

 

 

(98,313

)

 

 

 

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock from mezzanine equity to liability

 

 

10,398,050

 

 

 

 

Deemed dividend in connection with modification of pre-funded warrants

 

 

(3,076,380

)

 

 

 

Net loss available to common shareholders

 

$

(6,698,380

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)

 

$

(0.20

)

 

$

(6.18

)

Weighted-average common shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted (1)(2)

 

 

33,074,691

 

 

 

922,894

 

 

(1)
Periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-40 reverse stock split on July 23, 2024. See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information.
(2)
Amount presented for the three months ended March 31, 2025 includes 3,831,229 shares of common stock that the Company was required to issue but had not yet issued as of March 31, 2025.

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

6


Table of Contents

 

NUBURU, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS DEFICIT

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

 

Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2024

 

 

2,388,905

 

 

$

23,889,050

 

 

 

 

20,274,238

 

 

$

2,028

 

 

$

93,968,071

 

 

$

(131,806,605

)

 

$

(37,836,506

)

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock from mezzanine equity to current liabilities

 

 

(2,388,905

)

 

 

(23,889,050

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock to extinguish debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,551,122

 

 

 

5,438

 

 

 

3,783,694

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,789,132

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of pre-funded warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,008,304

 

 

 

1,301

 

 

 

(367

)

 

 

 

 

 

934

 

Contributions from related party

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,000

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

571,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

571,708

 

Deemed dividend in connection with modification of pre-funded warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(936

)

 

 

 

 

 

(936

)

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock from mezzanine equity to liability

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,398,050

 

 

 

10,398,050

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,020,050

)

 

 

(14,020,050

)

Balance as of March 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

48,833,664

 

 

$

8,767

 

 

$

98,432,170

 

 

$

(135,428,605

)

 

$

(36,987,668

)

 

 

 

Convertible
Preferred Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares(1)

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares(1)

 

 

Amount(1)

 

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital(1)

 

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

 

Total
Stockholders'
Deficit

 

Balance as of December 31, 2023

 

 

2,388,905

 

 

$

23,889,050

 

 

 

 

922,362

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

64,744,838

 

 

$

(97,290,851

)

 

$

(32,545,921

)

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

199,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Issuance of Common Stock from releases of restricted units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,237

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock units used for tax withholdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(285

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1,872

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,873

)

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

614,115

 

 

 

 

 

 

614,115

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,705,098

)

 

(5,705,098

)

Balance as of March 31, 2024

 

 

2,388,905

 

 

$

23,889,050

 

 

 

 

963,314

 

 

$

96

 

 

$

65,557,076

 

 

$

(102,991,887

)

 

$

(37,434,715

)

 

(1) Periods presented have been adjusted to reflect the 1-for-40 reverse stock split on July 23, 2024. See Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

 

NUBURU, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(UNAUDITED)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

446,449

 

 

 

256,895

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

497,164

 

 

 

614,115

 

Inventory reserve adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

28,012

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

 

 

 

789,871

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

28,433

 

 

 

236,550

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

 

 

 

93,626

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(127,300

)

 

 

(3,311

)

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

 

(37,900

)

 

 

 

Change in fair value of debt

 

 

(28,997

)

 

 

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

3,386,416

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of intellectual property intangible assets

 

 

(8,961,872

)

 

 

 

Loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

6,064,823

 

 

 

 

Interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability

 

 

10,398,050

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

349,657

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

 

(218,542

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(42,171

)

 

 

97,295

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(94,398

)

 

 

952,936

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

681,210

 

 

 

524,487

 

Contract liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

(23,400

)

Operating lease liability

 

 

(117,649

)

 

 

(86,535

)

Net cash used in operating activities

 

 

(1,927,792

)

 

 

(2,093,442

)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment for acquisition

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

Payments under convertible note receivable

 

 

(150,000

)

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from debt borrowings

 

 

2,394,708

 

 

 

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

(835,316

)

 

 

 

Payments of debt issuance costs and discounts

 

 

(20,000

)

 

 

 

Proceeds received from settlement

 

 

1,000,000

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

200,000

 

Restricted stock units used for tax withholdings

 

 

 

 

 

(1,873

)

Payment of deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

(21,500

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

2,539,392

 

 

 

176,627

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH DURING THE PERIOD

 

 

(138,400

)

 

 

(1,916,815

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ―BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

209,337

 

 

 

2,148,700

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ―END OF PERIOD

 

 

70,937

 

 

$

231,885

 

SUPPLEMENTAL NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon extinguishment of debt

 

$

3,789,132

 

 

$

 

Issuance of Common Stock upon exercise of pre-funded warrants

 

$

934

 

 

$

 

Deemed dividend in connection with modification of pre-funded warrants

 

$

936

 

 

$

 

Shareholder advance to promissory note

 

$

545,000

 

 

$

 

Conversion of debt to common stock

 

$

306,459

 

 

$

 

Initial fair value of convertible note receivable over proceeds paid

 

$

110,000

 

 

$

 

Transfer of property and equipment from inventory

 

$

 

 

$

68,499

 

Purchase of property and equipment in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

 

 

$

540,028

 

Deferred financing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

$

 

 

$

697,563

 

Transaction costs related to the reverse recapitalization not yet paid

 

$

 

 

$

1,007,439

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

8


Table of Contents

 

NUBURU, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1. BACKGROUND AND ORGANIZATION

Nuburu, Inc. (“Nuburu” or the “Company”) was originally incorporated in Delaware on July 21, 2020 under the name Tailwind Acquisition Corp. (“Tailwind”) as a special purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of effecting an initial business combination with one or more target businesses. On September 9, 2020 (the “IPO Closing Date”), the Company consummated its initial public offering (the “IPO”). On January 31, 2023 (the "Closing Date"), the Company consummated a business combination with Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. f/k/a Nuburu, Inc. (“Legacy Nuburu”), a privately held operating company which merged into the Company's subsidiary Compass Merger Sub, Inc. (the “Business Combination”) and changed its name to “Nuburu, Inc.,” and the Company became the owner, directly or indirectly, of all of the equity interests of Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Throughout the notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise noted, the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” and similar terms refer to Legacy Nuburu prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, and Nuburu and its subsidiaries after the consummation of the Business Combination.

Going Concern and Liquidity

The Company is an emerging growth company that has not yet achieved full commercialization and is expected to incur losses until it does.

From inception through March 31, 2025, the Company has incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has incurred operating losses, including net losses of $14,020,050 and $5,705,098, respectively, and the Company has an accumulated deficit of $135,428,605 as of March 31, 2025. The operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 included $10,398,050 of non-cash interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability. For additional information on this interest expense see Note 9. The Company expects to continue executing its comprehensive growth and diversification strategy, expanding into complementary domains such as defense-tech, security, and operational resilience solutions. The Company anticipates that it will incur net losses for the foreseeable future and, even if it increases its revenue, there is no guarantee that it will ever become profitable. All of the aforementioned factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

The Company plans to finance its operations with proceeds from the issuance and sale of equity securities or debt; however, there is no assurance that management's plans to obtain additional debt or equity financing will be successfully implemented or implemented on terms favorable to the Company. Until the Company can generate sufficient revenue to cover its operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures, the Company plans to rely on proceeds received from certain agreements executed subsequent to March 31, 2025, as further described herein.

Inventory, Property and Equipment and Right-of-Use Asset Impairment

The Company leases approximately 27,900 square feet of office space in Centennial, Colorado, with a lease term through June 2025. Consistent with the Company’s previously disclosed business plan for its future business, the Company does not believe that assets or equipment that remain on this leased property are critical to its new business strategy, given that it will not be conducting full-scale manufacturing or laser design or development that would involve the prior patent portfolio, which was transferred to its former secured lenders. The Company is pursuing a lease for a replacement facility that is more appropriate for the Company’s new business strategy, which will involve laser development in different verticals and outsourcing of manufacturing and inventory management. However, entering into a new lease and appropriately equipping a new facility is costly and time-consuming and may cause delays in the Company’s progress with respect to the business plan focused on building a stable foundation for its future business.

As of March 31, 2025, the Company was in default under the lease, and Centennial Tech Industrial Owner (the "Landlord") was in the process of pursuing available remedies in advance of the lease term that would otherwise expire in June 2025. In April 2025, the Landlord obtained a default judgment against the Company in the amount of $409,278. The Landlord may exercise rights under the lease agreement and applicable law with respect to a lessee in default and such lessee’s assets located on the premises, including the removal and disposal of inventories and property and equipment remaining on the property. As such, as of March 31, 2025, the Company determined that, based on the assumption that the Landlord would fully exercise its rights with respect to all assets remaining on the premises, (i) it no longer had control over the inventory and that recovery was not probable, therefore, inventory was written down to a net realizable value of zero, (ii) the carrying value of its property and equipment, all of which was at the leased location, was no longer recoverable, and the assets were written down to a net book value of $0, and (iii) the right-of-use asset associated with this lease was fully impaired, as the Company could no longer use the leased premises, each of which is recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s future results of operations involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect the Company’s future operating results and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, those summarized in the Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements above.

 

9


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results, and cash flows for the periods presented.

The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2025 or any future period. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and their notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K as filed with the SEC on April 15, 2025, and as subsequently amended.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Reverse Stock Split

Following stockholder approval on February 22, 2024, the Company effected a reverse stock split of its Common Stock at a ratio of 1-for-40 (the “Reverse Stock Split.”) The Reverse Stock Split was effective July 23, 2024. No changes were made to the number of authorized shares. Proportional adjustments were made to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Company’s equity awards, warrants, and other equity instruments convertible into Common Stock, as well as the applicable exercise price. All share and per share amounts of our Common Stock presented have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Reverse Stock Split, including reclassifying an amount equal to the reduction in par value of common stock to additional paid-in capital.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are not applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies used in preparation of these condensed consolidated financial statements are disclosed in the notes to consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, as amended. Other than as noted below, the significant accounting policies have not changed significantly since that filing.

Fair value option for certain financial instruments

The Company elected the fair value option (“FVO”) for recognition of the Convertible Note Receivable (as defined and described in Note 5, Convertible Loan Receivable), as permitted under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 825, Financial Instruments. Under this option, financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value as an asset or liability on the condensed consolidated balance sheets with subsequent changes in fair value, inclusive of interest, market risk, and other factors affecting valuation, reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company elected to recognize interest expense within the line item presented for the change in the fair value of the asset or liability. Additionally, the change in fair value of financial liabilities attributable to the change in the instrument-specific credit risk is required to be presented separately in other comprehensive income. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, the change in fair value related to a change in the instrument-specific credit risk was immaterial. All costs associated with the issuance of financial instruments accounted for using the FVO are expensed upon issuance or as incurred. See Note 5, Convertible Loan Receivable, and Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable, for additional information.

Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock

The Company accounts for mandatorily redeemable preferred stock in accordance with ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity. Preferred stock that is mandatorily redeemable on a fixed or determinable date, or upon the occurrence of an event certain to occur, is classified as a liability on the condensed consolidated balance sheets. Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock is initially recognized at its fair value, and subsequently measured at its redemption value.

10


Table of Contents

 

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2023-09

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) – Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The ASU requires that an entity disclose specific categories in the effective tax rate reconciliation as well as reconciling items that meet a quantitative threshold. Further, the ASU requires additional disclosures on income tax expense and taxes paid, net of refunds received, by jurisdiction. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024 on a prospective basis with the option to apply it retrospectively. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance will result in the Company being required to include enhanced income tax related disclosures. The Company is currently evaluating the impact this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2024-03

In November 2024, the FASB issued ASC 2024-03, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses, which is intended to provide more detailed information about specified categories of expenses (purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and amortization) included in certain expense captions presented on the consolidated statement of operations. This new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027. Early adoption is permitted. The amendments may be applied either (1) prospectively to financial statements issued for periods after the effective date of this ASU or (2) retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. The Company is in the process of finalizing the disclosures that will be required by the adoption of the provisions of ASU 2023-09, and will adopt these amendments for annual disclosures in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2025.

NOTE 3. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS

As further described in Note 1, the Company was in default under its lease, and the Landlord was in the process of pursuing available remedies in advance of the lease term that would otherwise expire in June 2025. In April 2025, the Landlord obtained a default judgment against the Company in the amount of $409,278. The Landlord may exercise rights under the lease agreement and applicable law with respect to a lessee in default and such lessee’s assets located on the premises, including the removal and disposal of inventories and property and equipment remaining on the property. As such, as of March 31, 2025, the Company determined that, based on the assumption that the Landlord would fully exercise its rights with respect to all assets remaining on the premises, (i) it no longer had control over the inventory and that recovery was not probable, therefore, inventory was written down to a net realizable value of zero, (ii) the carrying value of its property and equipment, all of which was at the leased location, was no longer recoverable, and the assets were written down to a net book value of zero, and (iii) the right-of-use asset associated with this lease was fully impaired, as the Company could no longer use the leased premises, each of which is recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Inventories, Net

Inventories, net as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Raw materials and supplies

 

$

 

 

$

1,913,013

 

Work-in-process

 

 

 

 

 

161,137

 

Finished goods

 

 

 

 

 

613,786

 

Inventories, gross

 

 

 

 

 

2,687,936

 

Less: inventory reserve

 

 

 

 

 

(1,161,469

)

Inventories, net

 

$

 

 

$

1,526,467

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded net lower of cost or net realizable value charges of nil and $28,012, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, in connection with the lease default described above, inventory was written down to a net realizable value of zero through a $1,526,467 loss recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Machinery and equipment

 

$

7,203,592

 

 

$

7,203,592

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

897,948

 

 

 

897,948

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

 

205,897

 

 

 

205,897

 

Computer equipment and software

 

 

197,386

 

 

 

197,386

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

8,504,823

 

 

 

8,504,823

 

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(4,116,543

)

 

 

(3,670,094

)

Less: impairment of property and equipment

 

 

(4,388,280

)

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

$

 

 

$

4,834,729

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $446,449 and $256,895 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

11


Table of Contents

 

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Prepaid insurance

 

$

168,063

 

 

$

123,959

 

Other prepaid assets

 

 

160,623

 

 

 

28,521

 

Other current assets

 

 

51,850

 

 

 

10,269

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

$

380,536

 

 

$

162,749

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 consisted of the following:

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued legal, accounting and professional fees

 

$

2,648,037

 

 

$

2,448,594

 

Accrued transaction costs related to the reverse recapitalization

 

 

503,599

 

 

 

503,600

 

Accrued payroll and benefits

 

 

341,956

 

 

 

357,953

 

Accrued lease-related payables

 

 

289,558

 

 

 

54,288

 

Accrued taxes payable

 

 

269,147

 

 

 

232,966

 

Accrued interest

 

 

40,325

 

 

 

560,501

 

Other

 

 

210,020

 

 

 

143,293

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

4,302,642

 

 

$

4,301,195

 

 

NOTE 4. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in the balance sheets are categorized based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair values. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The standard describes a fair value hierarchy based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, as follows:

Level 1: Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

Level 2: Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3: Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants. These valuations require significant judgment.

An asset's or liability’s fair value measurement level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The Company’s financial instruments that are carried at fair value consist of Level 1 and Level 3 assets and liabilities:

Level 1:
o
Level 1 assets include highly liquid bank deposits and money market funds, which were not material in either period as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024.
o
Level 1 liabilities include the Public Warrants, which are classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market, however, were determined to have no value as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 due to a notification from the New York Stock Exchange American (“NYSE American”) in December 2023 that the NYSE American had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company’s Public Warrants, each whole warrant exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, at a price of $11.50 per share, and listed to trade on the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU.WS”, and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Public Warrants due to “abnormally low” trading price levels.

12


Table of Contents

 

Level 3:
o
Level 3 assets include the Convertible Loan Receivable (as defined and described in Note 5, Convertible Loan Receivable), which is classified as Level 3 due to the use of unobservable inputs in the valuation of the asset. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 in any periods presented.
o
Level 3 liabilities include (i) the Junior Note Warrants (as defined and described in Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable, and Note 10, Warrants), (ii) the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes (as defined and described in Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable), and (iii) through early March 2025, the August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability (as defined and described in Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable), each of which is classified as Level 3 due to the use of unobservable inputs in the valuation of the liability. Gains or losses from the remeasurement of (i) the Junior Note Warrants are recorded as part of change in fair value of warrant liabilities, (ii) the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes are recorded as part of change in fair value of debt and (iii) the August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability are recorded as part of change in fair value of derivative liability in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. There were no transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 in any periods presented.

The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities by level within the fair value hierarchy as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024:

 

 

At March 31, 2025

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible Note Receivable

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

260,000

 

 

$

260,000

 

Total assets

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

260,000

 

 

$

260,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior Note Warrants

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,315

 

 

$

1,315

 

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,056,744

 

 

 

2,056,744

 

Total liabilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,058,059

 

 

$

2,058,059

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2024

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

Junior Note Warrants

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

128,615

 

 

$

128,615

 

Convertible note derivative liability (1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

37,900

 

 

$

37,900

 

 

(1)
Represents the August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability, as defined and described in Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable. In March 2025, the remaining August 2024 Convertible Notes were purchased by Indigo Capital and subsequently extinguished. For additional information, see Note 8.

Level 3 Financial Assets

Convertible Loan Receivable

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's Convertible Loan Receivable:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

Fair value, beginning balance

 

$

 

Fair value at issuance

 

 

260,000

 

Change in fair value

 

 

 

Fair value, ending balance

 

$

260,000

 

 

The aggregate fair value of the Convertible Loan Receivable was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation based approach, a Level 3 valuation. The significant inputs to the calculation of the fair value of the Convertible Loan Receivable were as follows:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

2025

Convertible Note Receivable

 

 

Stock price

£

0.000035

Expected term (in years)

 

1.25

Expected volatility

 

157.7%

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.2%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0%

 

13


Table of Contents

 

Level 3 Financial Liabilities

Junior Note Warrants

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's Junior Note Warrants issued in November 2023:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Fair value, beginning balance

 

$

128,615

 

 

$

2,238,519

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(127,300

)

 

 

(3,311

)

Fair value, ending balance

 

$

1,315

 

 

$

2,235,208

 

The aggregate fair value of the Junior Note Warrants was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation based approach, a Level 3 valuation. The significant inputs to the calculation of the fair value of the Junior Note Warrant liability were as follows:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

Junior Note Warrants:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock price

 

$

0.19

 

$

0.14

Expected term (in years)

 

 

3.7 - 4.4

 

 

4.7

Expected volatility

 

 

62.4% - 65.2%

 

 

69.8%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

3.9%

 

 

4.2%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0%

 

 

0.0%

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's Indigo Capital Convertible Notes:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

Fair value, beginning balance

 

$

 

Fair value at issuance

 

 

2,392,200

 

Fair value of debt converted

 

 

(306,459

)

Change in fair value

 

 

(28,997

)

Fair value, ending balance

 

$

2,056,744

 

The aggregate fair value of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation based approach, a Level 3 valuation. The significant inputs to the calculation of the fair value of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes during the three months ended March 31, 2025 were as follows:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

2025

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes:

 

 

Stock price

$

0.19 - 0.26

Expected term (in years)

 

0.92 - 0.99

Expected volatility

 

257.3% - 268.7%

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.1%

Risk-adjusted discount rate

 

12.9%

Expected dividend yield

 

0.0%

August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability

In March 2025, the remaining August 2024 Convertible Notes were purchased by Indigo Capital and subsequently extinguished. For additional information, see Note 8.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in fair value of the Company's August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Fair value, beginning balance

 

$

37,900

 

 

$

 

Extinguishment of August 2024 Convertible Notes

 

 

(37,900

)

 

 

 

Fair value, ending balance

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

14


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 5. CONVERTIBLE NOTE RECEIVABLE

On March 14, 2025, the Company entered into a convertible facility with capacity of up to $5.15 million (the "Convertible Note Receivable") with Supply@ME Capital Plc (“SYME”), a fintech platform focused on Inventory Monetisation© solutions for manufacturing and trading companies. The Convertible Note Receivable bears interest at 14.33% annually based on the US Federal Funds Rate plus 10%. Upon conversion, the Company is expected to hold a controlling interest in SYME. Following approval by SYME stockholders, the Financial Conduct Authority, and The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers, the Company may convert amounts outstanding under the Convertible Note Receivable into ordinary shares of SYME at a fixed conversion ratio of £0.00003 per ordinary share, with conversion shares accompanied by a warrant to acquire one additional ordinary share of SYME for every two ordinary shares of SYME issued on any conversion, with an exercise price of £0.000039, as well as the ability to exercise on a cashless basis. If the Convertible Note Receivable is not converted into ordinary shares of SYME by June 30, 2026, the Company may demand repayment in full of the note in cash.

As of March 31, 2025, $150,000 has been funded under the Convertible Note Receivable, with full funding expected to occur by the end of the third quarter of 2025. Certain conversion features of the Convertible Note Receivable would typically be considered derivatives that would require bifurcation. In lieu of bifurcating various features in the agreement, we elected the fair value option for the Convertible Note Receivable. There were no changes in the fair value of the Convertible Note Receivable between the issuance and March 31, 2025. The excess of the initial fair value of $260,000 of the Convertible Note Receivable over the proceeds paid of $150,000 was recorded to additional paid-in capital during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease

The Company leased approximately 27,900 square feet of office space in Centennial, Colorado under a noncancelable operating lease agreement. The original term of the lease was set to expire in December 2024, however, in November 2023, the Company elected to extend the lease through June 2025. In recognition of the ROU asset and the related lease liability as of March 31, 2025, any further options to extend the lease term have not been included as the Company was not reasonably certain to exercise any such option.

As further described in Note 1, the Company was in default under its lease, and the Landlord was in the process of pursuing available remedies in advance of the lease term that would otherwise expire in June 2025. In April 2025, the Landlord obtained a default judgment against the Company in the amount of $409,278. The Landlord may exercise rights under the lease agreement and applicable law with respect to a lessee in default and such lessee’s assets located on the premises, including the removal and disposal of inventories and property and equipment remaining on the property. As such, as of March 31, 2025, the Company determined that, based on the assumption that the Landlord would fully exercise its rights with respect to all assets remaining on the premises, (i) it no longer had control over the inventory and that recovery was not probable, therefore, inventory was written down to a net realizable value of zero, (ii) the carrying value of its property and equipment, all of which was at the leased location, was no longer recoverable, and the assets were written down to a net book value of zero, and (iii) the right-of-use asset associated with this lease was fully impaired, as the Company could no longer use the leased premises, each of which is recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

As of March 31, 2025, the Company's ROU lease liability was $119,720. As such, the Company accrued an additional $289,558 related primarily to unpaid future rent payments, interest and attorney's fees within accrued expenses on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2025.

In connection with the default under the lease described above, the Company recorded an impairment to reduce the right-of-use asset to zero of $150,077, which is recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Operating lease cost was $102,938 for each of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.

Liqueous Settlement Agreement

In January 2025 and April 2025, in connection with a settlement and mutual release agreement entered into between the Company and Liqueous LP (“Liqueous”) (the "Liqueous Settlement Agreement"), as amended, the parties provided an immediate mutual release of claims and obligations through payments from Liqueous to the Company in an aggregate $1,450,000, of which $1,000,000 was paid during the first quarter of 2025. Such payment was made in connection with the issuance of the remaining 9,186,581 shares issued to extinguish an aggregate $411,865 of principal and accrued interest under the Junior Notes and, accordingly, reduced the loss on extinguishment of debt recorded.

Legal Proceedings

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings. The Company will accrue a liability for legal proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. When only a range of possible loss can be established, the most probable amount in the range is accrued. If no amount within this range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued.

During the first quarter, the Company was subject to three separate actions seeking default judgments for the alleged failure to pay amounts when due. CFGI, LLC is seeking a total judgment in the amount of $86,826 through the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, FICTIV, Inc. obtained a default judgment through the Superior Court of California on January 30, 2025 in the amount $197,899, which was subsequently settled by the Company, and the Landlord sought a total judgment in the amount of $409,278 through the Arapahoe County Colorado District Court, which it obtained in April 2025. See additional detail regarding the Landlord default judgment in Inventory, Property and Equipment and Right-of-Use Asset Impairment in Note 1.

15


Table of Contents

 

Purchase Commitments

As of March 31, 2025, the Company had $455,048 in outstanding firm purchase commitments to acquire inventory and research and development parts from suppliers for the Company's ongoing operations. The Company's purchase commitments do not reflect any liabilities that are included on our March 31, 2025 condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Related Party Transactions

Ron Nicol, who was the Executive Chairman of the Company’s board of directors through January 2025, paid director and officer insurance premiums of approximately $1.5 million on behalf of the Company because the Company did not have available cash to pay such amounts when due. The Company is obligated to repay such amount to Mr. Nicol, without interest or other charges. As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, such amount is included in accrued expenses on our condensed consolidated balance sheet.

In January 2025, the Company issued the TAG Promissory Note to The AvantGarde Group ("TAG"), which is founded and owned by the Company's Executive Chairman, as a replacement of a previously recorded shareholder advance. For additional information, see Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable.

Trumar Capital LLC Acquisition Agreement

On February 19, 2025, the Company entered into a commitment letter with Trumar Capital LLC ("TCEI") to acquire: (i) a license of certain technology that would allow the Company to expand its existing business within the defense sector; (ii) a controlling interest in a defense-tech company that specializes in the design, production, and outfitting of a diverse range of vehicles, including industrial and military applications, as well as electronic devices for defense and security, advanced telecommunications, and tracking systems; and (iii) a controlling interest in a Software as a Service (SaaS) startup focused on operational resilience. The Company’s Executive Chairperson owns a controlling interest in the SaaS target entity, and as a result, the proposed investment will be negotiated by, and authorized only with approval from, the independent board members, and will be subject to stockholder approval.

The anticipated investments will occur in stages. The first stage, which has been completed, involved the purchase of a 20% ownership interest in TCEI for an aggregate price of $1.5 million in cash plus $23.5 million in a note payable. The note payable, which is cancellable if the second stage of the transaction discussed below is not completed, matures in five-years, bears a 10% annual interest rate, and includes monthly payments beginning after the second stage is completed. As the note is cancellable if the second stage is not completed, it has not been recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements. Of the $1.5 million cash portion of the purchase price, $600,000 was paid and reflected as a deposit on acquisition on the condensed consolidated balance sheet, while $900,000 was retained by the Company. The $900,000 retained is payable to the Company's Executive Chairman as the controlling shareholder of the SaaS target entity, which has not been recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements due to the related party nature of both the deposit and such related party payable.

The second stage, which will require both stockholder and regulatory approval, will involve the investment in additional ownership interests, resulting in Nuburu (i) having a controlling interest in the target entities and (ii) issuing Common Stock in excess of 19.9% of its outstanding Common Stock as part of the purchase price. Nuburu would also receive rights to appoint directors for each target entity, consistent with its percentage of ownership in each entity.

We also agreed to issue 6,086,957 shares of common stock to S.F.E. Equity Investments SARL (“SFE EI”) as consideration for SFE EI escrowing approximately $4.2 million in assets for purposes of guaranteeing our performance obligations in connection with the TCEI acquisition. Issuances to SFE EI may not exceed 19.9% of the outstanding Common Stock until approved by stockholders.

Consummation of the full TCEI acquisition is subject to continued due diligence, receipt of an acceptable valuation from a third-party valuation firm, regulatory approvals, and stockholder consent. The Company concluded that because of these contingencies, it has not assumed the risks and rewards consistent with equity ownership at the time of the initial investment. Consequently, the Company recorded the initial payment as a deposit on the anticipated acquisition of TCEI. Similarly, the Company will not record the contingent liability for the commitment, including the notes, until it is both probable and estimable that the liability has been incurred.

On March 31, 2025, the Company also entered into a Joint Pursuit Agreement with the defense-tech company to allow both parties to jointly develop and market certain defense-related vehicles and services in advance of closing the full TCEI acquisition.

NOTE 7. REVENUE

The Company’s primary revenue-generating activity involves sales of high-powered lasers and related installation services. The Company has sales to customers throughout the U.S., Europe, and Asia. All sales are settled in U.S. dollars.

The following table presents revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by geography:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

United States

 

$

 

 

$

15,000

 

Asia

 

 

 

 

 

1,546

 

Europe

 

 

 

 

 

77,003

 

Total

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

The following table presents revenue from contracts with customers disaggregated by the timing of revenue recognition:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Revenue recognized at a point in time

 

$

 

 

$

78,549

 

Revenue recognized over time

 

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

Total

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

 

16


Table of Contents

 

Contract liabilities consist of customer deposits that are applied to invoices as the performance obligation is performed. Accounts receivable and contract liabilities were as follows on the dates presented:

 

 

Accounts Receivable

 

 

Contract Liabilities

 

January 1, 2024

 

$

482,279

 

 

$

30,400

 

December 31, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

24,000

 

March 31, 2025

 

 

 

 

 

24,000

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recognized nil and $23,400 of revenue that was included in the contract liabilities balance at the beginning of the reporting period, respectively.

 

NOTE 8. NOTES AND CONVERTIBLE NOTES PAYABLE

As of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, the Company's outstanding debt consisted of the following. Please refer to the remainder of this footnote for more information on the debt issued during the periods presented.

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Current portion of notes payable:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes

 

$

2,056,744

 

 

$

 

Liqueous Promissory Note

 

 

1,053,824

 

 

 

1,053,824

 

TAG Promissory Note

 

 

545,000

 

 

 

 

Junior Notes Issued November 2023

 

 

 

 

 

2,369,122

 

August 2024 Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

537,375

 

Additional August 2024 Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

687,315

 

Senior Convertible Notes Issued June 2023

 

 

 

 

 

4,683,069

 

Unamortized debt discount and deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

(88,522

)

Current portion of notes payable

 

$

3,655,568

 

 

$

9,242,183

 

Junior Notes Issued November 2023

On November 13, 2023, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the "Junior Note Purchase Agreements") with the lenders identified therein (the "Lenders") providing for (i) zero-interest promissory notes, issued with a 10% original issue discount, in the aggregate principal amount of $5,500,000 (the "Junior Notes"), and (ii) warrants ("Junior Note Warrants," refer to Note 10,Warrants), exercisable for an amount of the Company's common stock equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Junior Notes (limited to an aggregate of 19.9% of the Company's outstanding common stock until such time as the transaction is approved by the Company's stockholders), which are exercisable for $5.00 per share of the Company's common stock (subject to adjustments noted in the Junior Note Purchase Agreements).

The Junior Notes were junior and secured by the Company's patent portfolio pursuant to a security agreement among the parties (the "Security Agreement"). The terms of the Junior Notes provided that they would mature on the earlier of: (i) the Company closing a credit facility in principal amount of at least $20 million, (ii) a Sale Event (as defined in the Junior Note Purchase Agreements), or (iii) twelve months after issuance. The Junior Notes contained customary events of default. Because the Junior Notes had not been repaid within six or nine months after issuance, the Junior Notes began to bear interest at the SOFR rate plus 9% and at the SOFR rate plus 12%, respectively, and additional 25% warrant coverage was required at each such date, with a per share exercise price equal to 120% of the trading price of the Company's common stock at the time of issuance and a redemption right in favor of the Company when the trading price of the common stock is greater than 200% of the applicable exercise price for 20 out of any 30 consecutive trading days. Shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the Junior Note Warrants are limited to an aggregate of 19.9% of the Company's outstanding common stock until such time as the transaction is approved by the Company's stockholders. The obligations under the Junior Notes were extinguished in connection with the Foreclosure (defined below).

Refer to Note 10 for the Company's accounting for the Junior Note Warrants. As a result of that accounting, the Notes contain the original issue discount of $500,000 as well as the discount associated with the Junior Note Warrant liability of $2,668,169. The discount will be amortized over the term of the Junior Notes in accordance with FASB ASC 835 - Interest.

Extinguishments

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company issued 9,186,581 shares to noteholders to extinguish an aggregate $411,865 of principal and accrued interest under the Junior Notes. The reacquisition value of the debt was higher than the related carrying value, and thus resulted in an aggregate net loss on extinguishment of debt of $1,174,519 recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

See Foreclosure collateral sale further below in this Note 8 for discussion of the extinguishment of the remaining Junior Notes on March 5, 2025.

17


Table of Contents

 

Related Parties

The table below summarizes the outstanding principal amount of the Junior Notes to related parties:

Noteholder

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

David Seldin(1)

 

$

 

 

$

762,211

 

Eunomia, LP(2)

 

 

 

 

 

1,100,000

 

Total Junior Notes - related parties

 

$

 

 

$

1,862,211

 

(1)
David Seldin was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors and at the time of the issuance was the sole manager of Anzu Nuburu LLC, Anzu Nuburu II LLC, Anzu Nuburu III LLC and Anzu Nuburu V LLC (the "Anzu SPVs"), which at that time owned more than 5% of Legacy Nuburu’s capital stock.
(2)
Ron Nicol, manager of Eunomia, LP, was the Executive Chairman of the Company’s board of directors through January 2025.

Junior Notes Issued August 2024 (the "August 2024 Convertible Notes")

On August 6, 2024 and August 19, 2024, the Company entered into a subordinated convertible note agreement (the "August 2024 Convertible Note Agreement") with Esousa Group Holdings LLC ("Esousa") for the sale of convertible notes (the "August 2024 Convertible Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $673,000, issued at a discount of $25,000. The August 2024 Convertible Notes bore interest at 15% per annum, with principal and accrued interest due at maturity on February 6, 2025, unless earlier paid or converted into common stock. The notes were prepayable at any time prior to the maturity date without penalty. Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default or spin-off of a subsidiary, a default interest rate of an additional 5% per annum could be applied to any outstanding borrowings (in the case of an event of default only) and the investor could declare all outstanding principal plus accrued interest immediately due. Additionally, at any point after issuance, the investor had the option to convert the August 2024 Convertible Notes into common stock at the lower of (i) a fixed price of $2.03 or (ii) 80% of the lowest daily volume weighted-average price in the 10 trading days prior to such conversion date, subject to certain adjustments. Issuances of common stock on conversion were (i) subject to approval by NYSE American of a supplemental listing application, (ii) limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction was approved by stockholders and (iii) required to be registered with the SEC for resale.

The Company determined that the conversion and share-settled redemption features, as well as the automatic increase in interest rate upon an event of default feature, of the August 2024 Convertible Notes were embedded derivatives that were required to be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for as embedded derivative instruments, which the Company compounded (the "August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability"). As the Company did not elect the fair value option for the August 2024 Convertible Notes, the proceeds from the August 2024 Convertible Notes were allocated to the initial fair value of the August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability, which was determined to be $179,000, with the residual balance allocated to the initial carrying value of the August 2024 Convertible Notes host instrument. For additional information related to the fair value of the August 2024 Convertible Note Derivative Liability, see Note 4.

The Company incurred $114,800 in deferred financing costs for legal fees related to the issuance of the August 2024 Convertible Notes. Additionally, in connection with the issuance of the August 2024 Convertible Notes, the Company issued warrants to a financial services firm as compensation for their services performed, the fair value of which was determined to be $40,657 and was recorded as a deferred financing cost. For additional information regarding these warrants, see Note 10.

Concurrent with the above, Esousa also purchased $687,315 of outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Senior Convertible Notes from an existing investor and subsequently exchanged such notes for subordinated convertible notes (the "Additional August 2024 Convertible Notes"). The Additional August 2024 Convertible Notes could be prepaid at any time without penalty, did not accrue interest, matured on February 6, 2025 and could be converted at any time on or after the issuance date into common stock at a conversion price of 25% of the closing price of the common stock on the trading day prior to such conversion date, subject to certain adjustments.

The August 2024 Convertible Notes and Additional August 2024 Convertible Notes were unsecured and subordinated to the Company’s outstanding Senior Convertible Notes and Junior Notes in right of payment, whether in respect to payment or redemptions, interest, damages, upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise.

Extinguishments

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company issued 1,878,620 shares to Esousa to extinguish an aggregate $389,375 of principal and accrued interest under the August 2024 Convertible Notes. The reacquisition value of the debt was higher than the related carrying value, and thus resulted in an aggregate net loss on extinguishment of debt of $480,399 recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

In March 2025, the remaining August 2024 Convertible Notes were purchased by Indigo Capital and subsequently extinguished, as further described below. The transaction resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $12,303 associated with the extinguishment of these notes.

Senior Convertible Notes Issued June 2023

On June 12, 2023 and June 16, 2023, the Company entered into Note and Warrant Purchase Agreements (the “Senior Convertible Note Purchase Agreements”) with certain investors (each, an “Investor”) for the sale of (i) convertible promissory notes (“Senior Convertible Notes”) in the aggregate principal amount of $9,225,000, and (ii) warrants (“Senior Note Warrants," refer to Note 10, Warrants) to purchase up to 287,972 shares of the Company’s common stock from the June 12, 2023 Purchase Agreement and up to 47,238 shares of Common Stock from the June 16, 2023 Purchase Agreement.

18


Table of Contents

 

The Senior Convertible Notes were senior, secured obligations of the Company, which became secured by the Company's patent portfolio per the Security Agreement as of November 2023, bore interest at the rate of 7.0% per annum, and were payable on the earlier of June 23, 2026 or the occurrence of an Event of Default, as defined in the Senior Convertible Notes. The Senior Convertible Notes were senior to the Junior Notes pursuant to an intercreditor agreement between the parties. The Senior Convertible Notes could be converted at any time following June 23, 2023 and prior to the payment in full of the principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes at the Investor’s option.

As further described above, during August 2024, $687,315 of outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Senior Convertible Notes was purchased by another investor and subsequently exchanged for the issuance of a subordinated convertible note.

On December 16, 2024, the Lead Investor (as defined in the agreement governing the Senior Convertible Notes) issued a notice of default and acceleration, as well as a demand for payment, to the Company as a result of the failure of the Company to make certain required repayments under existing debt obligations, which constituted an event of default under the terms of the Senior Convertible Notes. The obligations under the Senior Convertible Notes were extinguished in connection with the Foreclosure (defined below).

Extinguishments

See Foreclosure collateral sale further below in this Note 8 for discussion of the extinguishment of the remaining Senior Convertible Notes on March 5, 2025.

Related Parties

The table below summarizes the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Convertible Notes to related parties:

Investor

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Wilson-Garling 2023 Family Trust(1)

 

$

 

 

$

5,138,055

 

Eunomia, LP(2)

 

 

 

 

 

1,027,611

 

Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust(3)

 

 

 

 

 

102,761

 

Total Senior Convertible Notes - related parties

 

$

 

 

$

6,268,427

 

(1)
Thomas J. Wilson, an affiliate of Wilson-Garling 2023 Family Trust, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.
(2)
Ron Nicol, manager of Eunomia, LP, is the Chairman of the Company’s board of directors.
(3)
Curtis Maas, an affiliate of the Curtis N Maas Revocable Trust, was a member of the Legacy Nuburu board of directors.

Foreclosure Collateral Sale

On March 5, 2025, as part of the foreclosure process initiated by the Lead Investor (the “Foreclosure”), the lenders holding the outstanding Senior Convertible Notes held an auction for the sale of collateral securing the Company’s repayment obligations, which resulted in such lenders taking possession of such collateral in exchange for a full discharge and extinguishment of the Company’s $8,961,872 of indebtedness with respect to the Junior Notes and Senior Convertible Notes, as well as a loss on extinguishment of the Senior Convertible Notes of $1,682,641, of which $27,139 of this loss relates to related parties. The extinguishment of the Junior Notes did not result in a gain or loss on extinguishment as the proceeds deemed to be received by the holders of the Junior Notes in connection with the Foreclosure approximated the carrying value of the Junior Notes and all issuance costs were fully amortized. The loss on extinguishment of the Senior Convertible Notes is included within loss on extinguishment of debt within the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

Liqueous Promissory Note

In October 2024, the Company entered into an unsecured promissory note (the "Liqueous Promissory Note") with Liqueous for a principal amount of $1,053,824. The Liqueous Promissory Note was subordinated to the Company's other outstanding debt instruments, accrued interest at 8% per annum and matured in October 2025. The note was prepayable at any time prior to the maturity date without penalty. Upon an event of default, the investor could require all outstanding and accrued interest immediately due and payable.

In February 2025, in connection with the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended, the Company agreed to issue 6,406,225 pre-funded warrants exercisable into common stock, which included a nominal exercise price, to extinguish the Liqueous Promissory Note. As the pre-funded warrants were not yet issued as of March 31, 2025, the Company continued to remain legally obligated under the terms of the Liqueous Promissory Note. In April 2025, through an additional amendment to the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, the Company agreed to settle the Liqueous Promissory Note through the issuance of 9,090,959 shares of common stock.

19


Table of Contents

 

TAG Promissory Note (Related-Party)

In January 2025, the Company issued a promissory note in a principal amount of $545,000 to The AvantGarde Group ("TAG"), which is founded and owned by the Company's Executive Chairman, as a replacement of a previously recorded shareholder advance (the "TAG Promissory Note"). The TAG Promissory Note is subordinated to the Company's other outstanding debt instruments at the time of issuance, accrues interest beginning October 28, 2025 at the Secured Overnight Financing Rate ("SOFR") plus a margin of 10% per annum and matures in January 2026. The note is prepayable at any time prior to the maturity date without penalty. Upon an event of default, all outstanding and accrued interest is immediately due and payable.

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes

On March 3, 2025, the Company entered into the following transactions:

in exchange for a capital infusion of $1,500,000, the Company issued to Indigo Capital LP ("Indigo Capital") a $1,578,495 face amount unsecured, convertible note (the "Indigo Capital Convertible Note"). The Indigo Capital Convertible Note bears no interest for so long as it is not in default and has a March 1, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to a 20% discount to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date;
in exchange for the extinguishment of the remaining August 2024 Convertible Notes held by Indigo Capital, which it purchased from Esousa on March 3, 2025, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $894,708 face amount unsecured, convertible note (the "Indigo Capital Exchange Convertible Note"), collectively with the Indigo Capital Convertible Note, the "Indigo Capital Convertible Notes". The Indigo Capital Exchange Convertible Note bears no interest for so long as it is not in default, and has March 1, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to 33.33% of the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date.

Issuances of common stock on conversion of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes are limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction is approved by stockholders.

The transaction documents contain customary representations, warranties, and covenants, and the notes include customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay amounts due when required, default in covenants, bankruptcy events, and suspension or delisting from trading of the common stock on an eligible exchange. The Company is also obligated to register for resale the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes.

Certain conversion features of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes would typically be considered derivatives that would require bifurcation. The Indigo Capital Convertible Notes are recorded at fair value, and the changes in the fair value are recorded within the condensed consolidated statement of operations. The excess of the initial fair value of $892,200 of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes over the proceeds received of $879,897 was recorded as a loss on the extinguishment of debt during the three months ended March 31, 2025. Transaction costs of $20,000 were expensed as incurred and included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of general and administrative expenses.

 

In March 2025, Indigo Capital converted $307,320 in face amount of the Indigo Capital Exchange Convertible Notes into 4,313,272 shares of common stock. The conversion did not result in any gain or loss on extinguishment of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes, but rather, a reduction to the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes at fair value of $306,459 which was recorded to common stock at par value and additional paid-in capital.

 

NOTE 9. CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

Series A Preferred Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designation, rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of both March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, there were 2,388,905 shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Ranking

The Company’s Preferred Stock ranks senior to the Company’s Common Stock with respect to rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.

Dividends

Holders of the Company’s Preferred Stock participate, on an as-converted basis (without regard to any conversion limitations) in all dividends paid to the holders of the Company’s Common Stock.

Conversion Rights

Prior to January 31, 2025, as further described under Redemption below, the Preferred Stock was convertible at any time into Common Stock at a conversion price equal to $10.00 (subject to equitable adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock consolidation, subdivision or certain other events of a similar nature that increase or decrease the number of shares of Preferred Stock outstanding (the “Original Issuance Price”)) divided by the lesser of (i) $11.50 and (ii) the greater of (x) 115% of the lowest volume-weighted average price per share of the Company’s Common Stock as displayed under the heading Bloomberg VWAP (the “VWAP”) for any consecutive ninety-trading day period prior to the calculation of such VWAP and (y) $5.00, in each case subject to adjustment as set forth in the Certificate of Designations (the “Conversion Price”).

Mandatory Conversion

If the VWAP is greater than 200% of the Conversion Price for any 20 trading days in a 30-day trading day period, the Company may elect to convert all, but not less than all, of the Preferred Stock then outstanding into the Company’s Common Stock at a conversion rate with respect to each share of Preferred Stock equal to the Original Issuance Price as of the date of such conversion divided by the then applicable Conversion Price.

20


Table of Contents

 

Voting Rights

The holders of Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders, except the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to certain consent rights on matters related to (i) the creation or authorization of the creation of any equity or debt securities of the Company that rank senior or equal to certain rights of the Preferred Stock and (ii) the authorization of any adverse change to the powers, preferences, or special rights of the Preferred Stock set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, and shall have voting rights as required by law.

Redemption

On the second anniversary of the Closing Date, or January 31, 2025 (the “Test Date”), the Company is obligated to redeem the maximum portion of the Preferred Stock permitted by law in cash at an amount equal to the Original Issuance Price as of such date if the Conversion Price exceeds the VWAP. If, on the Test Date, the Conversion Price is equal to or less than the VWAP, the Company must convert all shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding into shares of the Company’s Common Stock at the then applicable Conversion Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to redeem any shares of Preferred Stock to the extent the Company does not have legally available funds to effect such redemption. The mandatory redemption and conversion provisions described herein are further subject to certain limitations detailed in the Certificate of Designations. As a result of such redemption feature, the Company recorded the Preferred Stock at its redemption value and classified the Preferred Stock as mezzanine equity on the consolidated balance sheet through January 31, 2025. As the Conversion Price of the Preferred Stock exceeded the VWAP on the Test Date, the Company was obligated to redeem the Preferred Stock beginning at that time and, as such, reclassified such Preferred Stock from mezzanine equity to a short-term liability on January 31, 2025. The preferred stock short-term liability was initially recorded at its fair value on January 31, 2025 of $13,491,000 and subsequently remeasured to its redemption amount of $10.00 per share, or $23,889,050, as the Preferred Stock is currently mandatorily redeemable at such amount, with the difference between the initial fair value and carrying value of $10,398,050 recorded as an adjustment to net loss available to common shareholders. The remeasurement of the liability subsequent to issuance and through March 31, 2025 of $10,398,050 is recorded within interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability.

NOTE 10. WARRANTS

The following table provides a summary of the number of the Company's outstanding warrants:

 

 

March 31,
2025

 

 

December 31,
2024

 

Liability classified warrants:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Junior Note Warrants

 

 

 

859,315

 

 

 

 

859,315

 

Public Warrants

 

 

 

417,770

 

 

 

 

417,770

 

Total liability-classified warrants outstanding

 

 

 

1,277,085

 

 

 

 

1,277,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity classified warrants:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

June 2023 Senior Note Warrants

 

 

 

335,210

 

 

 

 

335,210

 

Pre-Funded Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

837,116

 

August 2024 Warrants Issued with Junior Notes

 

 

 

19,892

 

 

 

 

19,892

 

Total equity-classified warrants outstanding

 

 

 

355,102

 

 

 

 

1,192,218

 

Liability Classified Warrants

November 2023 Junior Note Warrants

In connection with the Junior Notes discussed in Note 8 - Notes and Convertible Notes Payable, the Company issued the Junior Note Warrants to purchase up to 550,000 shares of the Company's common stock. The Junior Note Warrants currently outstanding have an exercise price equal to $5.00 per share (subject to adjustment per the Junior Note Purchase Agreements) and expire on December 6, 2028. The Junior Note Purchase Agreements also provide for additional warrants to be issued if the Junior Notes remain outstanding for certain periods of time: (i) if the Junior Notes have not been repaid six months after issuance, additional warrants will be issued to each Lender in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Note multiplied by 25%, and such quotient divided by a per share cash exercise price equal to 120% of the Volume Weighted Average Price ("VWAP") of the Company's Common Stock during the ten trading days immediately prior to issuance and (ii) if the Junior Notes have not been repaid nine months after issuance, additional warrants will be issued to each Lender in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Note multiplied by 25%, and such quotient divided by a per share cash exercise price equal to 120% of the VWAP of the Company's Common Stock during the ten trading days immediately prior to issuance. As a portion of the Junior Notes were outstanding at each of May 13, 2024 and August 13, 2024, the Company was required to issue 309,315 additional warrants pursuant to the Junior Note Purchase Agreements during the year ended December 31, 2024.

Based on the terms of the Junior Note Purchase Agreements, the Junior Note Warrants were evaluated under FASB ASC 815-40 - Derivatives and Hedging-Contracts in Entity's Own Equity ("ASC 815-40") and the Company concluded they did not initially meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders' equity (deficit). Specifically, there were contingent exercise provisions and settlement provisions that existed, as described above, where the number of shares available under the Junior Note Warrants may be adjusted. Because the number of outstanding common shares was not a fair value input to a fixed-for-fixed model, the Junior Note Warrants are treated as liabilities and are remeasured at each reporting date. The proceeds of $5,500,000 were allocated first to the Junior Note Warrant liability at fair value and then to the Junior Notes. The Company further determined that the Junior Warrant liability meets the criteria to be accounted for as a bifurcated derivative due to the significant discount it creates on the Junior Notes.

21


Table of Contents

 

Public Warrants

In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, Nuburu assumed the 16,710,785 Public Warrants outstanding on the date of Closing. As of March 31, 2025, all 16,710,785 Public Warrants remain outstanding. However, on December 12, 2023, the NYSE notified the Company and publicly announced that the NYSE had determined to (a) commence proceedings to delist the Company’s Public Warrants, each whole Public Warrant exercisable to purchase one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $460.00 per share, and listed to trade on the NYSE under the symbol “BURU WS”, and (b) immediately suspend trading in the Public Warrants due to “abnormally low” trading price levels. As such, the Public Warrants were determined to have no value in the financial statements as of March 31, 2025.

Each whole Public Warrant entitles the registered holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $460.00 per share, subject to adjustment as discussed below, at any time commencing 30 days after the completion of the Business Combination. Pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, a Public Warrant holder may exercise its warrants only for a whole number of shares of Common Stock. The Public Warrant will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination, at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

Redemptions of Public Warrants when the price of Common Stock equals or exceeds $720.00 — Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.40 per warrant;
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and
if, and only if, the closing price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $720.00 per share for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the Public Warrants become redeemable by the Company, it may exercise its redemption right even if the Company is unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws.

Redemption of Public Warrants when the price per share of Common Stock equals or exceeds $400.00 — Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;
at $16.00 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Common Stock;
if, and only if, the last reported sale price of the Common Stock equals or exceeds $400.00 per share (as adjusted per stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, reclassifications, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders; and
if the closing price of the Common Stock for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders is less than $720.00 per share, the Private Placement Warrants must also be concurrently called for redemption on the same terms as the outstanding Public Warrants, as described above.

Equity Classified Common Stock Warrants

June 2023 Senior Note Warrants

In connection with the issuance of Senior Convertible Notes discussed in Note 8 - Notes and Convertible Notes Payable, the Company issued the Senior Note Warrants to purchase up to 287,972 shares of the Company's common stock pursuant to the June 12, 2023 Purchase Agreement and 47,238 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the June 16, 2023 Purchase Agreement. The Senior Note Warrants have an exercise price equal to $41.20 per share and expire on June 23, 2028.

As the Senior Note Warrants were part of a bundled transaction, the gross proceeds from the issuance of $9,225,000 were allocated to the Senior Convertible Notes and the Senior Note Warrants based on their respective relative fair value upon issuance. The aggregate fair value of the Senior Note Warrants of $3,401,366 was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

 

 

Upon Issuance

Common Stock Warrants:

 

 

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

5.0

Expected volatility

 

 

47.9%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

4.0%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

0.0%

The allocated proceeds from the Senior Note Warrants of $2,511,759 were recorded in additional paid-in capital in the condensed consolidated balance sheets upon issuance of the Senior Note Warrants.

22


Table of Contents

 

Pre-Funded Warrants

On May 1, 2024, the Company entered into a Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Program (the “Program”) with strategic investors, pursuant to which from time-to-time the Company could sell and the investors could acquire pre-funded warrants, up to a total purchase price to the Company equal to $15 million. The exercise price for pre-funded warrants is substantially paid by the purchaser at closing and, as a result, such warrants may be exercised in the future with a nominal exercise price payment. Investors also received a warrant to acquire the same number of shares covered by the pre-funded warrant for a purchase price equal to 150% of the relevant pre-funded warrant purchase price exercisable for a period of 5 years. Each specific transaction was entered into on terms agreed by the parties; provided however, that in no case would the purchase price per share be less than 110% of the closing price per share of the Company’s common stock on the trading day immediately preceding the date of purchase. Contemporaneously with the acquisition of pre-funded warrants, the investors could also voluntarily convert outstanding notes previously issued by the Company; provided that such transactions, as a whole, could not result in an effective direct or indirect discount to market price to the investors of greater than 30%. During 2024, the Company issued 837,116 pre-funded warrants for total cash proceeds of $2,139,866 in pre-funded warrants pursuant to the Program.

Pre-Funded Warrants Modification— In February 2025, in connection with the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended, the Company agreed to (i) modify 665,410 outstanding equity-classified Pre-Funded Warrants issued in connection with the Program during 2024, resulting in the issuance of 3,647,416 equity-classified pre-funded warrants outstanding immediately after the modification exercisable into common stock and (ii) modify the remaining 171,706 outstanding equity-classified Pre-Funded Warrants issued in connection with the Program during 2024, resulting in 9,360,888 pre-funded warrants outstanding immediately after the modification that were concurrently exercised into 9,360,888 common shares of the Company for no additional cash consideration, as the modified pre-funded warrants had a nominal exercise price (the "Pre-Funded Warrants Modification"). As a result of the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, there will not be further issuances under the Program.

The Company accounted for the Pre-Funded Warrants Modification in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, where the effect of a modification shall be measured as the difference between the fair value of the modified warrant over and the fair value of the original warrant immediately before its terms are modified, with each measured on the modification date. As a result of the Pre-Funded Warrants Modification, which was not contemplated as a result of an equity or debt financing, but rather, as a settlement of any claims between the parties related to non-performance of obligations under certain previous agreements executed between the Company and Liqueous, the Company recorded (i) an increase to additional paid-in capital of $3,075,444 related to the incremental fair value of the modified Pre-Funded Warrants over the fair value of the original Pre-Funded Warrants, each measured on the modification date and (ii) a loss on settlement of an aggregate $2,026,380, which represents the incremental fair value of the modified Pre-Funded Warrants over the fair value of the original Pre-Funded Warrants, each measured on the modification date, less cash received or receivable related to the Liqueous Settlement Agreement of $1,050,000. The loss on settlement is recorded in loss on settlement of the condensed consolidated statement of operations during the three months ended March 31, 2025.

In March 2025, the 3,647,416 outstanding warrants were exercised into 3,647,416 shares of common stock for no additional cash consideration, as the pre-funded warrants had a nominal exercise price.

August 2024 Warrants Issued with Junior Notes

As discussed in Note 8, in connection with the issuance of the August 2024 Convertible Notes, the Company issued an aggregate 19,892 warrants to a financial services firm as compensation for their services performed, the fair value of which was determined to be $40,657 and was recorded as a deferred financing cost and associated additional paid-in capital in the consolidated balance sheet, as the warrants were determined to be equity classified. The warrants are exercisable through payment of an exercise price ranging from $2.18 to $3.18, subject to certain customary antidilution adjustments, at any time after issuance through the expiration date in August 2029.

NOTE 11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As of March 31, 2025, the Company had an active stock-based incentive compensation plan and an employee stock purchase plan: the 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”) and the 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). All new equity compensation grants are issued under these two plans; however, outstanding awards previously issued under inactive plans will continue to vest and remain exercisable in accordance with the terms of the respective plans.

The 2022 Plan provides for the grant of stock and stock-based awards including stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, and stock appreciation rights. As of March 31, 2025, there were approximately 174,000 shares available for grant under the 2022 Plan and approximately 43,000 shares available for grant under the ESPP.

23


Table of Contents

 

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations is classified as follows:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

105,734

 

 

$

125,632

 

Research and development

 

 

93,425

 

 

 

139,050

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

196,488

 

 

 

80,925

 

General and administrative

 

 

101,517

 

 

 

268,508

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 

$

497,164

 

 

$

614,115

 

The Company’s stock-based compensation expense is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that are ultimately expected to vest. During the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, stock-based compensation relating to stock-based awards granted to consultants was $219,316 and $69,800, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

The Company grants Restricted Stock Units ("RSUs") to its employees for their services with a liquidity event requirement. The RSUs granted to employees vest over a period of time from the grant date and are subject to the participants continuing service to the Company over the period. The following table shows a summary of the Company's RSUs outstanding as of March 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024 as well as activity the year then ended:

 

 

RSUs

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

Unvested at December 31, 2024

 

 

4,562

 

 

$

223.07

 

RSUs vested (1)

 

 

(1,040

)

 

$

208.51

 

RSUs forfeited

 

 

(275

)

 

$

36.42

 

Unvested at March 31, 2025

 

 

3,247

 

 

$

243.54

 

(1)
Common stock underlying such vested RSUs was not yet formally issued by the Company.

The total grant date fair value of RSUs vested was $216,846 and $240,090 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of March 31, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs related to RSUs were $787,329, which are expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 0.52 years. As of March 31, 2025, all of the outstanding RSUs are expected to vest.

Stock Options

The Company's outstanding stock options generally expire 10 years from the date of grant and are exercisable when the options vest, generally over four years, the majority of which vest at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date, with the remainder vesting ratably each month over the next three years. A summary of stock option activity is as follows:

 

 

Number of Stock Options Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2024

 

 

218,430

 

 

$

40.80

 

 

 

7.1

 

 

$

7,375.15

 

Options cancelled or forfeited

 

 

(31,492

)

 

$

10.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding at March 31, 2025

 

 

186,938

 

 

$

45.96

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

$

 

Options exercisable at March 31, 2025

 

 

122,446

 

 

$

58.39

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

$

 

Options vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2025

 

 

186,938

 

 

$

45.96

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

$

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted to employees and consultants was nil and $0.17 per share for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

As of March 31, 2025, total unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to stock options was $570,832, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.13 years.

24


Table of Contents

 

The Company estimates the fair value of the options utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is subjective and dependent upon several variables, including expected option term, expected volatility of the Company’s share price over the expected term, expected risk-free interest rate over the expected option term, and expected dividend yield rate over the expected option term, and actual forfeiture rates. A summary of the weighted-average assumptions the Company utilized for option grants during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, are as follows:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

2024

 

Expected term (in years)

 

N/A

 

 

4.0

 

Expected volatility

 

N/A

 

47.8%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

N/A

 

4.0%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

N/A

 

0.0%

 

 

Common Stock Issued for Services

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company entered into arrangements with non-employee consultants for services to be provided in exchange for the issuance of shares of the Company's common stock. As of March 31, 2025, the Company was required to but had not yet issued a total of 3,830,189 shares of common stock, (i) 1,000,000 of which were equity-classified, with 500,000 of those shares relating to services previously provided and the remaining 500,000 shares relating to services to be provided over the term of the agreements, and (ii) 2,830,189 of which were liability-classified.

Stock-based compensation expense for the equity-classified awards was recognized based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant over the requisite service period. For the three months ended March 31, 2025, a total of $136,384 of stock-based compensation expense was recognized for the equity classified awards. Additionally, $131,000 was recorded within prepaid expenses and other current assets for common stock issued for services not yet performed.

The liability-classified awards represented compensation for services to be provided over the term of the agreements and were measured based on a fixed monetary value to be paid to the non-employee consultants which will be settled by the issuance of a variable number of shares of common stock. As of and for three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense, along with a corresponding liability of $51,073, which is included in accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

NOTE 12. INCOME TAX

Due to its current operating losses, the Company recorded zero income tax expense during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. During these periods, the Company’s activities were limited to U.S. federal and state tax jurisdictions, as it does not have any significant foreign operations.

Due to the Company’s history of cumulative losses and after considering all the available objective evidence, management concluded that it is not more likely than not that all of the Company’s net deferred tax assets will be realized in the future. Accordingly, the Company’s deferred tax assets, which include net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards and tax credits related primarily to research and development, continue to be subject to a valuation allowance as of March 31, 2025. The Company expects to continue to maintain a full valuation allowance until there is sufficient evidence to support recoverability of its deferred tax assets.

Utilization of the NOL carryforwards and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 and Section 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. Generally, in addition to certain entity reorganizations, the limitation applies when one or more "5-percent stockholders" increase their ownership, in the aggregate, by more than 50 percentage points over a 36-month time period testing period, or beginning the day after the most recent ownership change, if shorter. The Company has determined that a Section 382 change in ownership occurred during 2023. As a result of this change in ownership, we expect that certain of the Company's NOLs may not be utilized in the future to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. However, due to the full valuation allowance recorded as of March 31, 2025, the limitation does not affect the Company's results of operations for the periods presented.

 

25


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 13. NET LOSS PER SHARE

Diluted earnings per share ("EPS") includes the dilutive effect of Common Stock equivalents and is computed using the weighted-average number of Common Stock and Common Stock equivalents outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 excluded Common Stock equivalents because the effect of their inclusion would be anti-dilutive or would decrease the reported loss per share. The following table sets forth securities outstanding that could potentially dilute the calculation of diluted earnings per share:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Stock options outstanding

 

 

186,938

 

 

 

171,170

 

Junior Note Warrants

 

 

859,315

 

 

 

550,000

 

Public Warrants

 

 

417,770

 

 

 

417,770

 

June 2023 Senior Note Warrants

 

 

335,210

 

 

 

335,210

 

August 2024 Warrants Issued with Junior Notes

 

 

19,892

 

 

 

 

Unvested restricted stock units

 

 

3,247

 

 

 

21,778

 

If-converted Common Stock from Series A Preferred Stock(1)

 

 

119,445

 

 

 

151,945

 

If-converted Common Stock from convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

335,661

 

Total

 

 

1,941,817

 

 

 

1,983,534

 

 

(1)
Related to the three months ended March 31, 2024, assumed that all shares of Series A Preferred Stock were converted into Common Stock at a conversion rate equal to $0.25 divided by $5.00, representing the maximum number of shares issuable to holders of Series A Preferred Stock.

NOTE 14. SEGMENT REPORTING

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity about which discrete financial information is evaluated regularly by the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM") in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company operates and manages its business as one business segment, which is high-power, high-brightness blue laser technology. Accordingly, the Company has one reportable segment. The Company has a single management team that reports to the Executive Chairman, the Company's CODM, who comprehensively manages the entire Company. The accounting policies of the segment are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

When evaluating the Company’s financial performance, the CODM is regularly provided with more detailed expense information than what is included in the Company’s statements of operations. The CODM uses net loss, as reported in the consolidated statements of operations, in evaluating the performance of the segment. Decisions regarding resource allocation are made primarily during the annual budget planning process and reallocated as needed throughout the year. The measure of segment assets is reported on the balance sheets as total assets.

The following table shows a reconciliation of the Company’s net loss, including the significant expense categories regularly provided to and reviewed by the CODM, as computed under U.S. GAAP, to the Company’s total net loss in the condensed consolidated statements of operations:

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Materials

 

 

4,593

 

 

 

37,371

 

Direct labor

 

 

153,116

 

 

 

492,896

 

Direct job costs

 

 

(33,273

)

 

 

95,384

 

Overhead

 

 

111,281

 

 

 

231,305

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

235,717

 

 

 

856,956

 

Gross margin

 

 

(235,717

)

 

 

(763,407

)

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

184,563

 

 

 

766,495

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

543,337

 

 

 

345,590

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,078,805

 

 

 

2,652,795

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,806,705

 

 

 

3,764,880

 

Other segment items (1)

 

 

(10,977,628

)

 

 

(1,176,811

)

Segment net loss

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

(1) Other segment items consist of interest income, interest expense, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, change in fair value of derivative liability, change in fair value of debt, loss on extinguishment of debt, gain on sale of intellectual property intangible assets, loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset, interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability and other loss, net.

26


Table of Contents

 

NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

May 2025 Financing Transactions

The Company entered into a Business Loan and Security Agreement with Agile Capital Funding, LLC and its affiliates (“Agile”), dated as of May 12, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $500,000, the Company issued to Agile a $525,000 face amount secured promissory note (the “Agile Note”). The Agile Note requires weekly repayments of $27,000 through November 2025, totaling $756,000. The Agile Note is secured by the Company’s cash and deposit accounts.

The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC (“Diagonal”), dated as of May 13, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $188,000, the Company issued to Diagonal a $227,700 face amount convertible promissory note (the “Diagonal Note”). The Diagonal Note bears interest at 10% and has a maturity date of February 28, 2026. Beginning 180 days after the issuance date, the note may be converted into common stock for a conversion price equal to a discount of 25% to the lowest trading price during the ten days prior to the conversion date. Diagonal also agreed to provide additional tranches of financing during the next twelve months, up to an aggregate of $2,275,000, subject to further agreement between the Company and Diagonal.

The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Boot Capital LLC (“Boot”), dated as of May 13, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $94,000, the Company issued to Boot a $110,000 face amount convertible promissory note (the “Boot Note” and collectively with the Agile Note and Diagonal Note, the “Notes”). The Boot Note bears interest at 10% and has a maturity date of February 28, 2026. Beginning 180 days after the issuance date, the note may be converted into common stock for a conversion price equal to a discount of 25% to the lowest trading price during the ten days prior to the conversion date.

The Notes are subordinate to the currently outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, solely with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company. Issuances of common stock on conversion of the Diagonal Note and the Boot Note are limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction is approved by stockholders.

The foregoing transaction documents contain customary representations, warranties, and covenants, including customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay amounts due when required, default in covenants, and bankruptcy events.

NYSE Regulation Notice of Noncompliance

 

On April 29, 2025, the Company received a Notice of Noncompliance (the “Notice”) from NYSE Regulation indicating that the Company was not in compliance with Section 1003(a)(i) of the NYSE American LLC Company Guide (the “Company Guide”), which requires a company to maintain stockholders’ equity of $2.0 million or more if it has reported losses from continuing operations or net losses in two of its three most recent fiscal years. The Notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s securities and the Company’s common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU” with the designation of “.BC” to indicate that the Company is not in compliance with the NYSE American’s continued listing standards.

As required by the Company Guide, the Company will submit a detailed plan by May 29, 2025, advising of actions it has taken or will take to regain compliance with the continued listing standards by the compliance deadline of October 29, 2026. If NYSE Regulation determines to accept the plan, the Company will be subject to periodic reviews, including quarterly monitoring for compliance. If the plan is not accepted, or the Company does not make progress under the plan during the plan period, NYSE may commence delisting proceedings. However, the Company is entitled to appeal a staff delisting determination in accordance with the Company Guide.

The Company believes that, upon consummation of certain of the transactions that it has recently announced, it will be able to regain compliance. However, such transactions are subject to regulatory approvals, stockholder approval, and other closing conditions and, as a result, may not be consummated. Even if consummated, such transactions may not achieve the anticipated results or benefits to the Company.

 

April 2025 Indigo Transactions

 

The Company entered into the following transactions on April 22, 2025:

in exchange for a capital infusion of $1,350,000, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $1,421,053 face amount unsecured, convertible note. The note bears no interest for so long as it is not in default and has an April 21, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date;
in exchange for the extinguishment of an existing unsecured promissory note of the Company with a $2,003,097 face amount, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $2,108,523.16 face amount unsecured, convertible note that bears no interest for so long as it is not in default, and has an April 21, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date.

Both notes are subordinate to the currently outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, solely with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company.

Issuances of common stock on conversion of such notes are limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction is approved by stockholders.

The transaction documents contain customary representations, warranties, and covenants, and the notes include customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay amounts due when required, default in covenants, bankruptcy events, and suspension or delisting from trading of the common stock on an eligible exchange. The Company is also obligated to register for resale the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes.

27


Table of Contents

 

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The interim financial statements included in this Quarterly Report and this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2024, and the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, contained in the Annual Report filed with the SEC on April 15, 2025, as subsequently amended by the Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on April 30, 2025 and the Form 10-K/A filed with the SEC on May 20, 2025 (as amended, the "Annual Report"). In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including those under “Risk Factors” in this Quarterly Report and our Annual Report that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this section to “Nuburu,” “we,” “us,” “our” and the “Company” refer to Nuburu, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiary, Nuburu Subsidiary, Inc.

The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Quarterly Report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties.

As we have disclosed previously, we have not yet achieved commercialization and expect continued losses until we can do so. We must rely on capital from investors to support our operations. During 2024 and early 2025, management negotiated several funding agreements with multiple investors. Certain of these investors have not fully performed their obligations under such agreements and the Company’s operations have consumed more cash than it has been able to generate or raise. As a result, the Company has not received the funding necessary to maintain operations or implement its business plan. Given the lack of funding, management initiated measures designed to reduce costs, which included implementing a furlough of employees. In response to the furloughs and financing challenges, several key employees have resigned entirely.

We generated total revenue of nil and $93,549 and had net losses of $14,020,050 and $5,705,098 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The operating loss for the three months ended March 31, 2025 included $10,398,050 of non-cash interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability. For additional information on this interest expense see Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

We expect to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future, as we:

devote substantial resources to implement our Transformation Plan (as defined below) and related acquisitions; and
operate as a public company.

Accordingly, we may seek to fund our operations through public or private equity financings, debt financings or other sources. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed on favorable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as and when needed would have a negative impact on our financial condition.

Recent Developments and Financing Transactions

In its Notification of Late Filing on Form 12b-25 filed on May 16, 2025, the Company indicated that it may need to issue a restatement of previously issued financial information, and such previously issued financial statements could no longer be relied upon, to account for expenses and general and administrative expenses relating to: (i) $64,800 related to finder fee payments; and (ii) $500,000 related to an engagement letter executed by the Company for professional services. Subsequently, it was determined that a restatement would not be required and these matters had been appropriately considered and accounted for in its previously issued financial statements and such previously issued financial statements can be relied upon.

Inventory, Property and Equipment and Right-of-Use Asset Impairment

The Company leased approximately 27,900 square feet of office space in Centennial, Colorado, with a lease term through June 2025. Consistent with the Company’s previously disclosed business plan for its future business, the Company does not believe that assets or equipment that remain on this leased property are critical to its new business strategy, given that it will not be conducting full-scale manufacturing or laser design or development that would involve the prior patent portfolio, which was transferred to its former secured lenders. The Company is pursuing a lease for a replacement facility that is more appropriate for the Company’s new business strategy, which will involve laser development in different verticals and outsourcing of manufacturing and inventory management. However, entering into a new lease and appropriately equipping a new facility is costly and time-consuming and may cause delays in the Company’s progress with respect to the business plan focused on building a stable foundation for its future business.

As of March 31, 2025, the Company was in default under the lease, and the Landlord was in the process of pursuing available remedies in advance of the lease term that would otherwise expire in June 2025. In April 2025, the Landlord obtained a default judgment against the Company in the amount of $409,278. The Landlord may exercise rights under the lease agreement and applicable law with respect to a lessee in default and such lessee’s assets located on the premises, including the removal and disposal of inventories and property and equipment remaining on the property. As such, as of March 31, 2025, the Company determined that, based on the assumption that the Landlord would fully exercise its rights with respect to all assets remaining on the premises, (i) it no longer had control over the inventory and that recovery was not probable, therefore, inventory was written down to a net realizable value of zero, (ii) the carrying value of its property and equipment, all of which was at the leased location, was no longer recoverable, and the assets were written down to a net book value of $0, and (iii) the right-of-use asset associated with this lease was fully impaired, as the Company could no longer use the leased premises, each of which is recorded within loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset on the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

28


Table of Contents

 

NYSE Regulation Notice of Noncompliance

On April 29, 2025, the Company received a Notice of Noncompliance (the “Notice”) from NYSE Regulation indicating that the Company was not in compliance with Section 1003(a)(i) of the NYSE American LLC Company Guide (the “Company Guide”), which requires a company to maintain stockholders’ equity of $2.0 million or more if it has reported losses from continuing operations or net losses in two of its three most recent fiscal years. The Notice has no immediate effect on the listing or trading of the Company’s securities and the Company’s common stock will continue to trade on the NYSE American under the symbol “BURU” with the designation of “.BC” to indicate that the Company is not in compliance with the NYSE American’s continued listing standards.

As required by the Company Guide, the Company will submit a detailed plan by May 29, 2025, advising of actions it has taken or will take to regain compliance with the continued listing standards by the compliance deadline of October 29, 2026. If NYSE Regulation determines to accept the plan, the Company will be subject to periodic reviews, including quarterly monitoring for compliance. If the plan is not accepted, or the Company does not make progress under the plan during the plan period, NYSE may commence delisting proceedings. However, the Company is entitled to appeal a staff delisting determination in accordance with the Company Guide.

The Company believes that, upon consummation of certain of the transactions that it has recently announced, it will be able to regain compliance. However, such transactions are subject to regulatory approvals, stockholder approval, and other closing conditions and, as a result, may not be consummated. Even if consummated, such transactions may not achieve the anticipated results or benefits to the Company.

 

NYSE American Delisting and Reinstatement

On June 13, 2024, NYSE American LLC announced that it had determined to commence proceedings to delist our Common Stock. Trading of our stock on NYSE American was immediately suspended and we commenced trading on the over-the-counter market.

On July 29, 2024, we received a notification from NYSE American informing us that we had resolved the continued listing deficiency with respect to low selling price as described in Section 1003(f)(v) of the NYSE American Company Guide. As a result, the staff of NYSE Regulation withdrew its delisting determination and lifted the trading suspension on Nuburu’s Common Stock. The Common Stock re-commenced trading on NYSE American on Friday, August 2, 2024 under the symbol “BURU.”

Reverse Stock Split

On February 22, 2024, we held a special meeting of stockholders where stockholders approved proposals to authorize the Company to effect a reverse stock split of the Company's issued and outstanding Common Stock within a range from 1-for 30 to 1-for-75, with the exact ratio of the reverse stock split to be determined by the Company's board of directors. On July 23, 2024, the Company effected a 1-for-40 reverse stock split (the "Reverse Stock Split").

SFE EI Senior Note Settlement Agreement and Company Funding

On January 13, 2025, the Company entered into a letter agreement with S.F.E. Equity Investments SARL (“SFE EI”), pursuant to which SFE EI agreed to engage in efforts and commit capital to finance the operations of the Company for the next twelve months pursuant to the Transformation Plan. In connection with the Transformation Plan, the Company agreed to certain governance changes.

Trumar Commitment Letter

On February 19, 2025, the Company entered into a commitment letter with Trumar Capital LLC ("TCEI") to acquire: (i) a license of certain technology that would allow the Company to expand its existing business within the defense sector; (ii) a controlling interest in a defense-tech company that specializes in the design, production, and outfitting of a diverse range of vehicles, including industrial and military applications, as well as electronic devices for defense and security, advanced telecommunications, and tracking systems; and (iii) a controlling interest in a Software as a Service (SaaS) startup focused on operational resilience.

The anticipated investments will occur in stages. The first stage, which has been completed, involved the purchase of a 20% ownership interest in TCEI for an aggregate price of $1.5 million in cash plus $23.5 million in notes.

On March 31, 2025, the Company also entered into a Joint Pursuit Agreement with the defense-tech company to allow both parties to jointly develop and market certain defense-related vehicles and services in advance of closing the full TCEI acquisition.

For additional information, see Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Convertible Note Receivable

On March 14, 2025, the Company entered into a convertible facility with capacity of up to $5.15 million (the "Convertible Note Receivable") with Supply@ME Capital Plc (“SYME”), a fintech platform focused on Inventory Monetisation© solutions for manufacturing and trading companies, of which $150,000 was funded under the Convertible Note Receivable as of March 31, 2025, with full funding expected to occur by the end of the third quarter of 2025. For additional information, see Note 5 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Liqueous Settlement Agreement

In January 2025 and April 2025, in connection with a settlement and mutual release agreement entered into between the Company and Liqueous LP (“Liqueous”) (the "Liqueous Settlement Agreement"), as amended, the parties provided an immediate mutual release of claims and obligations through payments from Liqueous to the Company in an aggregate $1,450,000, of which $1,000,000 was paid during the first quarter of 2025. For additional information, see Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In February 2025, in connection with the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended, the Company agreed to (i) modify 665,410 outstanding equity-classified Pre-Funded Warrants issued in connection with its Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Program during 2024, resulting in the issuance of 3,647,416 equity-classified pre-funded warrants outstanding immediately after the modification exercisable into common stock and (ii) modify the remaining 171,706 outstanding equity-classified Pre-Funded Warrants issued in connection with the Program during 2024, resulting in 9,360,888 pre-funded warrants outstanding immediately after the modification that were concurrently exercised into 9,360,888 common shares of the Company for no additional cash consideration, as the modified pre-funded warrants had a nominal exercise price (the "Pre-Funded Warrants Modification").

29


Table of Contents

 

For additional information, see Note 10 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

In March 2025, the 3,647,416 outstanding warrants were exercised into 3,647,416 shares of common stock for no additional cash consideration, as the pre-funded warrants had a nominal exercise price.

In February 2025, in connection with the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended, the Company agreed to issue 6,406,225 pre-funded warrants exercisable into common stock, which included a nominal exercise price, to extinguish the Liqueous Promissory Note, as defined and described in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. As the pre-funded warrants were not yet issued as of March 31, 2025, the Company continued to remain legally obligated under the terms of the Liqueous Promissory Note. In April 2025, through an additional amendment to the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, the Company settled the Liqueous Promissory Note through the issuance of 9,090,959 shares of common stock.

April 2025 Indigo Transactions

 

The Company entered into the following transactions on April 22, 2025:

in exchange for a capital infusion of $1,350,000, the Company issued to Indigo Capital LP (“Indigo Capital”) a $1,421,053 face amount unsecured, convertible note. The note bears no interest for so long as it is not in default and has an April 21, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date; and
in exchange for the extinguishment of an existing unsecured promissory note of the Company with a $2,003,097 face amount, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $2,108,523.16 face amount unsecured, convertible note that bears no interest for so long as it is not in default, and has an April 21, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date.

 

For additional information, see Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

May 2025 Financing Transactions

 

The Company entered into a Business Loan and Security Agreement with Agile Capital Funding, LLC and its affiliates (“Agile”), dated as of May 12, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $500,000, the Company issued to Agile a $525,000 face amount secured promissory note (the “Agile Note”). The Agile Note requires weekly repayments of $27,000 through November 2025, totaling $756,000. The Agile Note is secured by the Company’s cash and deposit accounts.

The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with 1800 Diagonal Lending LLC (“Diagonal”), dated as of May 13, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $188,000, the Company issued to Diagonal a $227,700 face amount convertible promissory note (the “Diagonal Note”). The Diagonal Note bears interest at 10% and has a maturity date of February 28, 2026. Beginning 180 days after the issuance date, the note may be converted into common stock for a conversion price equal to a discount of 25% to the lowest trading price during the ten days prior to the conversion date. Diagonal also agreed to provide additional tranches of financing during the next twelve months, up to an aggregate of $2,275,000, subject to further agreement between the Company and Diagonal.

The Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Boot Capital LLC (“Boot”), dated as of May 13, 2025, pursuant to which, in exchange for a capital infusion of $94,000, the Company issued to Boot a $110,000 face amount convertible promissory note (the “Boot Note” and collectively with the Agile Note and Diagonal Note, the “May 2025 Notes”). The Boot Note bears interest at 10% and has a maturity date of February 28, 2026. Beginning 180 days after the issuance date, the note may be converted into common stock for a conversion price equal to a discount of 25% to the lowest trading price during the ten days prior to the conversion date.

The May 2025 Notes are subordinate to the currently outstanding Series A Preferred Stock, solely with respect to dividend rights and rights on the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company. Issuances of common stock on conversion of the Diagonal Note and the Boot Note are limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction is approved by stockholders.

The foregoing transaction documents contain customary representations, warranties, and covenants, including customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay amounts due when required, default in covenants, and bankruptcy events. For additional information, see Note 16 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note Extinguishments— Junior Notes

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company issued 9,186,581 shares to noteholders to extinguish an aggregate $411,865 of principal and accrued interest under the Junior Notes. The reacquisition value of the debt was higher than the related carrying value, and thus resulted in an aggregate net loss on extinguishment of debt of $1,174,519 recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

Note Extinguishments— August 2024 Convertible Notes Note Extinguishments— Foreclosure Collateral Sale

During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company issued 1,878,620 shares to Esousa to extinguish an aggregate $389,375 of principal and accrued interest under the August 2024 Convertible Notes. The reacquisition value of the debt was higher than the related carrying value, and thus resulted in an aggregate net loss on extinguishment of debt of $480,399 recorded in the condensed consolidated statement of operations.

30


Table of Contents

 

On March 5, 2025, as part of the Foreclosure, the lenders holding the outstanding Senior Convertible Notes held an auction for the sale of collateral securing the Company’s repayment obligations, which resulted in such lenders taking possession of such collateral in exchange for a full discharge and extinguishment of the Company’s $8,961,872 of indebtedness with respect to the Junior Notes and Senior Convertible Notes, as well as a loss on extinguishment of the Senior Convertible Notes of $1,682,641, of which $27,139 of this loss relates to related parties. The extinguishment of the Junior Notes did not result in a gain or loss on extinguishment as the proceeds deemed to be received by the holders of the Junior Notes in connection with the Foreclosure approximated the carrying value of the Junior Notes and all issuance costs were fully amortized. The loss on extinguishment of the Senior Convertible Notes is included within loss on extinguishment of debt within the condensed consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2025.

 

Indigo Capital Convertible Notes

On March 3, 2025, the Company entered into the following transactions:

in exchange for a capital infusion of $1,500,000, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $1,578,495 face amount unsecured, convertible note. The note bears no interest for so long as it is not in default and has a March 1, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to a 20% discount to the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date; and
in exchange for the extinguishment of existing senior convertible notes of the Company held by Indigo Capital, the Company issued to Indigo Capital a $894,708 face amount unsecured, convertible note that bears no interest for so long as it is not in default, and has March 1, 2026 maturity date and a conversion price equal to 33.33% of the lowest VWAP during the 5 days prior to the conversion date.

Issuances of common stock on conversion of such notes are limited to an amount equal to 19.9% of the outstanding common stock as of the date of execution, until such time as the transaction is approved by stockholders.

The transaction documents contain customary representations, warranties, and covenants, and the notes include customary events of default including, but not limited to, failure to pay amounts due when required, default in covenants, bankruptcy events, and suspension or delisting from trading of the common stock on an eligible exchange. The Company is also obligated to register for resale the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes.

Master Agreement with Liqueous

On October 1, 2024, the Company entered into the Master Agreement with Liqueous pursuant to which, the Company and Liqueous established a strategic financing framework for short-term and long-term financing for the Company. The Master Agreement provided for: (i) an immediate capital infusion from Liqueous of $3.0 million at the current market price, (ii) subsequent weekly capital infusions of $1,250,000 at market price until an additional $10 million has been invested; (iii) the acquisition and conversion of certain outstanding notes, with each $1.00 of debt converted into $2.00 of common stock at market price; (iv) an adjustment to current market price of certain outstanding pre-funded warrants held by Liqueous having a current cash value of approximately $2.2 million; and (v) the implementation of a $50 million equity line of credit ("ELOC") pursuant to which the Company may require Liqueous to purchase common stock from time-to-time in the amounts and for the prices determined in accordance with the terms of the ELOC. Following the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended, the ELOC will not be implemented and no additional equity will be sold to Liqueous, other than as set forth in the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as amended.

Components of Statements of Operations

Revenue

Revenue consists of revenue recognized from sales and installation services of high-powered lasers. We have customers in the United States, Europe and Asia. In all sales arrangements, revenue is recognized when control of the promised goods or services is transferred to customers, in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to receive in exchange for those goods or services.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of the cost of materials, overhead and employee compensation associated with the manufacturing of our high-powered lasers. Product cost also includes lower of cost or net realizable value inventory (“LCNRV”) adjustments if the carrying value of the inventory is greater than its net realizable value as well as adjustments for excess or obsolete inventory.

Operating Expenses

As described above, during 2024, management initiated measures designed to reduce costs, which included implementing a furlough of employees. This significantly impacted commercialization and operations, particularly in the second half of 2024 and early 2025.

31


Table of Contents

 

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for personnel, including stock-based compensation, employee benefits, training, travel, third-party consulting services, laboratory supplies, and research and development equipment depreciation incurred to further our commercialization development efforts. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We anticipate research and development expenses to increase significantly as we expand our product portfolio.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for our direct sales force, sales management, and marketing and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits, and travel for selling and marketing employees as well as costs related to trade shows, marketing programs. third-party consulting expenses, and application lab depreciation expenses. We expense selling and marketing costs as incurred. We expect selling and marketing expenses to increase in future periods as we expand our sales force, marketing, and customer support organizations and increase our participation in trade shows and marketing programs.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and related costs for our finance, human resources and other administrative personnel, and include stock-based compensation, employee benefits and travel expenses. In addition, general and administrative expenses include our third-party consulting and advisory services, legal, audit, accounting services and facilities costs. We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase for the foreseeable future as we scale headcount with the growth of our business, and as a result of operating as a public company, including compliance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, legal, audit, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities, and other administrative and professional services.

Interest Income

Interest income consists primarily of interest income received on our cash and cash equivalents.

Interest Expense

Interest expense consists primarily of interest owed on our outstanding debt and amortization of deferred financing costs, as further described in Note 8 in the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report.

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities consists of non-cash gains or losses recognized based on the change in the fair value of our liability-classified warrants, which are re-measured to fair value at each balance sheet date with the corresponding gain or loss from the adjustment. Refer to Notes 4 and 10 in the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report for more information.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liability

Change in fair value of derivative liability consists of non-cash gains or losses recognized based on the change in the fair value of the embedded derivatives under the August 2024 Convertible Notes that were required to be bifurcated from the host instrument and accounted for at fair value at issuance, as well as each subsequent balance sheet date. Refer to Notes 4 and 8 in the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report for more information.

Change in Fair Value of Debt

Change in fair value of debt relates to the unrealized gain or loss resulting from the change in fair value of debt instruments for which the fair value option has been elected. This amount reflects the remeasurement of such liabilities to their current fair value as of the reporting date.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

Loss on extinguishment of debt consists of losses incurred to extinguish debt during the periods presented due to (i) the reacquisition value of the debt exceeding its carrying amount and (ii) the sale of collateral. Refer to Note 8 in the condensed consolidated financial statements included in Item 1 of this Quarterly Report for more information.

Gain on Sale of Intellectual Property Intangible Assets

Gain on sale of intellectual property intangible assets primarily relates to the sale of collateral to the lenders holding both the outstanding Senior Convertible Notes and Junior Notes in exchange for a full discharge and extinguishment of the Company’s Junior Notes and Senior Convertible Notes, as further described in Note 8 in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Loss on Impairment of Inventories, Property and Equipment and Operating Lease Right-of-Use Asset

Loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset relates to write-downs and impairments recorded on the Company's inventories, property and equipment and right-of-use-asset in connection with the Company's default under its lease, and ultimate judgment obtained by the Landlord, in April 2025. For additional information, see Notes 1, 3 and 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Interest Expense Recognized on Remeasurement of Preferred Stock Liability

Interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability relates to the subsequent remeasurement of the preferred stock liability after issuance through March 31, 2025 in connection with the reclassification of the preferred stock from mezzanine equity to a short-term liability on January 31, 2025. For additional information, see Note 9.

 

32


Table of Contents

 

 

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024

The following table sets forth our operations for the periods presented:

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$ Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

 

$

(93,549

)

Cost of revenue

 

 

235,717

 

 

 

856,956

 

 

 

(621,239

)

Gross margin

 

 

(235,717

)

 

 

(763,407

)

 

 

527,690

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

184,563

 

 

 

766,495

 

 

 

(581,932

)

Selling and marketing

 

 

543,337

 

 

 

345,590

 

 

 

197,747

 

General and administrative

 

 

2,078,805

 

 

 

2,652,795

 

 

 

(573,990

)

Total operating expenses

 

 

2,806,705

 

 

 

3,764,880

 

 

 

(958,175

)

Loss from operations

 

 

(3,042,422

)

 

 

(4,528,287

)

 

 

1,485,865

 

Non-operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

7,385

 

 

 

11,740

 

 

 

(4,355

)

Interest expense

 

 

(193,480

)

 

 

(1,191,862

)

 

 

998,382

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

127,300

 

 

 

3,311

 

 

 

123,989

 

Change in fair value of derivative liability

 

 

37,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,900

 

Change in fair value of debt

 

 

28,997

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,997

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

(3,386,416

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,386,416

)

Gain on sale of intellectual property intangible assets

 

 

8,961,872

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,961,872

 

Loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset

 

 

(6,064,823

)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,064,823

)

Interest expense recognized on remeasurement of preferred stock liability

 

 

(10,398,050

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loss, net

 

 

(98,313

)

 

 

 

 

 

(98,313

)

Loss before provision for income taxes

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

 

$

2,083,098

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

 

$

2,083,098

 

Revenue. Revenue decreased $93,549 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. This decrease is primarily due to the measures implemented by management during 2024 and continued into the first quarter of 2025, designed to reduce costs, which included implementing a furlough of employees that significantly impacted commercialization and operations.

Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue decreased $621,239 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. This decrease is primarily due to a period-over-period decrease of approximately $468,000 of direct labor and job costs and $120,000 in overhead due to decreased production of the laser systems related to the measures implemented by management during 2024 designed to reduce costs, which included implementing a furlough of employees that significantly impacted commercialization and operations and has had a continued impact into the first quarter of 2025.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses decreased $581,932 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024.This decrease is primarily due to (i) approximately $447,000 of lower personnel costs due to the furlough of research and development employees as part of the cost reduction measures instituted by management which primarily began during the second quarter of 2024 and (ii) approximately $89,000 of lower spend on the BLTM series.

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses increased $197,747 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. This increase is primarily due to (i) an increase in professional and consulting related expenses of $230,000, partially offset by (ii) a decrease in payroll costs of approximately $48,000, which includes a partially offsetting increase of share-based compensation expense of approximately $116,000 related primarily to shares granted to non-employee consultants for services, due to the furlough of employees as part of the cost reduction measures instituted by management which primarily began during the second quarter of 2024.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses decreased $573,990 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024. This decrease is primarily driven by (i) a decrease in payroll costs of $512,000, including a decrease of approximately $167,000 of share-based compensation expense, due to the cost reduction measures instituted by management in the second half of 2024, as well as (ii) a decrease in professional and consulting related expenses of $233,000, partially offset by (iii) an increase in depreciation expense of approximately $231,000.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $998,382 during the three months ended March 31, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to lower debt balances between periods. Interest expense during the three months ended March 31, 2025 was comprised primarily of interest accrued on the Senior Convertible Notes, Junior Notes and August 2024 Convertible Notes. Refer to Note 8 in the consolidated financial statements included herein for more information on our debt obligations.

33


Table of Contents

 

Change in Fair Value of Warrant Liabilities. We recorded a gain of $127,300 during the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to a gain of $3,311 for the three months ended March 31, 2024. The gain recognized during the three months ended March 31, 2025 largely resulted from a decrease in the Company's share price during the first quarter of 2025.

Change in Fair Value of Derivative Liability. We recorded a gain of $37,900 during the three months ended March 31, 2025, as the August 2024 Convertible Notes were extinguished during the three months ended March 31, 2025. For additional information, see Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. There was no derivative liability recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2024.

Change in Fair Value of Debt. We recorded a gain of $28,997 during the three months ended March 31, 2025, which resulted from the decrease in the fair value of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes, largely due to a decrease in the Company's share price from the time of the issuance in early March 2025 through March 31, 2025.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt. We recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $3,386,416 during the three months ended March 31, 2025, which primarily comprises (i) $1,174,519 related to the issuance of 9,186,581 shares to holders of Junior Notes to extinguish an aggregate $411,865 of principal and accrued interest under the Junior Notes, (ii) $1,682,641 related to the sale of collateral, further described in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, and (iii) $480,399 related to the issuance of 1,878,620 shares to Esousa to extinguish an aggregate $389,375 of principal and accrued interest under the August 2024 Convertible Notes. For further information, see Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Gain on Sale of Intellectual Property Intangible Assets. We recorded a gain on the sale of intellectual property of $8,961,872 during the three months ended March 31, 2025, which primarily related to the sale of collateral to extinguish the remaining outstanding Junior Notes and Senior Convertible Notes, as further described in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Loss on Impairment of Inventories, Property and Equipment and Operating Lease Right-of-Use Asset. We recorded a loss on impairment of inventories, property and equipment and operating lease right-of-use asset of $6,064,823 related to write-downs and impairments recorded on the Company's inventories, property and equipment and right-of-use-asset in connection with the Company's default under its lease, and ultimate judgment obtained by the Landlord, in April 2025. For additional information, see Notes 1, 3 and 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Interest Expense Recognized on Remeasurement of Preferred Stock Liability. We recorded non-cash interest expense of $10,398,050 related to the subsequent remeasurement of the preferred stock liability after issuance through March 31, 2025 in connection with the reclassification of the preferred stock from mezzanine equity to a short-term liability on January 31, 2025. For additional information, see Note 9 to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Liquidity describes the ability of a company to generate sufficient cash flows to meet the cash requirements of its business operations, including working capital needs, debt service, acquisitions, contractual obligations, and other commitments. As of the date of this Quarterly Report, we have yet to generate meaningful revenue from our business operations and have funded capital expenditure and working capital requirements through debt and equity financing.

As of March 31, 2025, we had cash and cash equivalents of $70,937 as compared to $209,337 as of December 31, 2024. During the three months ended March 31, 2025, the Company received cash of $1.5 million from the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes and $1.0 million from the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, and future liquidity may be provided from certain agreements executed subsequent to March 31, 2025, as further described in Note 15 to the condensed consolidated financial statements. Our cash flows from operations are not sufficient to fund our current operating model and expansion plans. As of January 31, 2025, the Company was also required to redeem the Preferred Stock as permitted by law in cash at an amount equal to $10.00 per share, or $23,889,050. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company is not required to redeem any shares of Preferred Stock to the extent the Company does not have legally available funds to effect such redemption.

From inception through March 31, 2025, we have incurred operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities. For the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, we have incurred net losses of $14,020,050 and $5,705,098, respectively, and we have an accumulated deficit of $135,428,605 as of March 31, 2025.

The Company anticipates that it will incur net losses for the foreseeable future and, even if we generate revenue, there is no guarantee that we will ever become profitable. Unless the Company is able to implement its Transformation Plan, all of the aforementioned factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.

Until we can generate sufficient revenue to cover our operating expenses, working capital, and capital expenditures, we will rely on private and public capital raising efforts; however, there is no assurance that plans to obtain additional debt or equity financing will be successfully implemented or implemented on terms favorable to the Company.

The further development of our products, commencement of commercial operations and expansion of our business will require a significant amount of cash for expenditures. Our ability to successfully manage this growth will depend on many factors, including our working capital needs, the availability of equity or debt financing and, over time, our ability to generate cash flows from operations.

Given the Company’s current liquidity position, the Company will need to raise additional capital. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, this would result in dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds by issuing any additional preferred stock, such securities may also provide for rights, preferences, or privileges senior to those of holders of Common Stock. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt securities, such debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of Common Stock. The terms of debt securities or borrowings could impose significant restrictions on our operations. The credit market and financial services industry have in the past, and may in the future, experience periods of uncertainty that could impact the availability and cost of equity and debt financing.

34


Table of Contents

 

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the periods presented.

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(1,927,792

)

 

$

(2,093,442

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(750,000

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

2,539,392

 

 

 

176,627

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Our cash flows used in operating activities to date have been primarily comprised of costs related to research and development, selling and marketing, and other general and administrative activities. We expect our expenses related to personnel and general and administrative activities to increase as a result of operating as a public company.

Net cash used in operating activities was $1,927,792 and $2,093,442 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The decrease in net cash flows used in operating activities is primarily driven by decreased operating expenses and changes in working capital, partially offset by a decrease in revenue.

Cash flows from investing activities

Our cash flows from investing activities have historically been comprised primarily of purchases of equipment and installation of improvements to our leased facilities and headquarters.

Net cash used in investing activities was $750,000 and nil for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The amount used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2025 relates to $600,000 of cash paid for the deposit on the anticipated acquisition of TCEI, as further described in Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, and $150,000 of payments under the convertible note receivable.

Cash flows from financing activities

We have financed our operations primarily through the sale of preferred stock, common stock, convertible notes, and promissory notes.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2,539,392 and $176,627 for the three months ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing in activities during the three months ended March 31, 2025 is comprised primarily of (i) $2,394,708 of proceeds from the issuance of the Indigo Capital Convertible Notes, as further described in Note 8 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, (ii) $1.0 million in proceeds from the Liqueous Settlement Agreement, as further described in Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements and (iii) a payment on debt borrowings of $835,316 related to the extinguishment of the remaining August 2024 Convertible Notes.

Net cash provided by financing activities in the first quarter of 2024 is comprised of proceeds from the issuance of Common Stock, offset by payments of accrued debt issuance costs for the Junior Notes.

Key Operating and Financial Metrics (Non-GAAP Results)

We regularly review several metrics, including the metrics presented in the table below, to measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, prepare financial projections, and make strategic decisions. We believe that these key business metrics provide meaningful supplemental information for management and investors in assessing our historical and future operating performance. The calculation of the key metrics and other measures discussed below may differ from other similarly-titled metrics used by other companies.

The following table presents our key performance indicators for the periods presented:

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

$ Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

 

 

$

93,549

 

 

$

(93,549

)

Total gross margin

 

 

235,717

 

 

 

(763,407

)

 

 

999,124

 

EBITDA(1)

 

 

(13,387,506

)

 

 

(4,268,081

)

 

 

(9,119,425

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(600,000

)

Free cash flow(1)

 

 

(2,527,792

)

 

 

(2,093,442

)

 

 

(434,350

)

(1) EBITDA and Free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures. See “Non-GAAP Information” below for our definitions of, and additional information about, EBITDA and Free cash flow and for a reconciliation to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

Non-GAAP Information

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measures are useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following non-GAAP financial information to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that non-GAAP financial information, when taken collectively and in context, may be helpful to investors in assessing our operating performance and trends and in comparing our financial measures with those of comparable companies that may present similar non-GAAP financial measures.

35


Table of Contents

 

EBITDA and Free Cash Flow

We define “EBITDA” as income (loss), plus (minus) depreciation and amortization expenses, plus (minus) interest, plus (minus) taxes and define “Free cash flow” as net cash from (used in) operating activities less capital expenditures. EBITDA and Free cash flow are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP and these measures should not be considered a substitute for net income (loss), and net cash used in operating activities reported in accordance with GAAP. Our computation of EBITDA and Free cash flow may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate EBITDA or Free cash flow in the same fashion.

Limitations of Non-GAAP Measures

There are a number of limitations related to EBITDA and free cash flow, including the following:

EBITDA excludes certain recurring, non-cash charges, such as depreciation of property and equipment and amortization of intangible assets. While these are non-cash charges, we may need to replace the assets being depreciated and amortized in the future and EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for these replacements or new capital expenditure requirements.
EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, net, which may constitute a significant recurring expense in the future.
Free cash flow does not reflect the impact of equity or debt raises or repayment of debt or dividends paid.

Because of these and other limitations, EBITDA and Free cash flow should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using EBITDA and Free cash flow on a supplemental basis. You should review the reconciliation of our net loss to EBITDA and net loss to Free cash flow below and not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.

Our presentation of EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items and our presentation of Free cash flow does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund our cash needs.

Reconciliation

The following table reconciles our net loss (the most directly comparable GAAP measure) to EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(14,020,050

)

 

$

(5,705,098

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

186,095

 

 

 

1,180,122

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

446,449

 

 

 

256,895

 

EBITDA

 

$

(13,387,506

)

 

$

(4,268,081

)

The following table reconciles our net cash used in operating activities (the most directly comparable GAAP measure to Free cash flow) to Free cash flow for the periods presented:

 

 

Three Months Ended
March 31,

 

 

 

2025

 

 

2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

$

(1,927,792

)

 

$

(2,093,442

)

Capital expenditures

 

 

(600,000

)

 

 

 

Free cash flow

 

$

(2,527,792

)

 

$

(2,093,442

)

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of March 31, 2025. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Contractual Obligations

For our contractual obligations that are expected to have an effect on our liquidity and cash flow, see section “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 6 – Commitments and Contingencies” in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our condensed consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.

There have been no significant changes to our accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2025, as compared to the critical accounting policies described in our audited financial statements included in the Annual Report (as defined above).

36


Table of Contents

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

We review new accounting standards to determine the expected financial impact, if any, that the adoption of each new standard will have. For the recently issued and adopted accounting standards that we believe may have an impact on our condensed consolidated financial statements, see the section entitled “Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements – Note 2 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Executive Chairman, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2025, as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer have concluded that during the period covered by this report, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due to a material weakness in our control environment around the accounting and presentation of complex financial instrument transactions that was not effectively designed or maintained. This material weakness could result in material misstatements of the financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We plan to take steps to enhance and improve the design of our internal control over financial reporting. During the period covered by this quarterly report on Form 10-Q, we have not been able to remediate the material weaknesses identified above. To remediate such weaknesses, we intend to implement the following changes during our fiscal year ending December 31, 2025: (i) hire additional qualified personnel to address inadequate segregation of duties and ineffective risk management; and (ii) adopt sufficient written policies and procedures for accounting and financial reporting. The remediation efforts set out in (i) and (ii) are dependent upon our receiving additional financing to cover the costs of implementing the changes required. If we are unsuccessful in securing such funds, remediation efforts may be adversely affected in a material manner.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all disclosure controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance that we have detected all our control deficiencies and instances of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controls and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management's evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act during the period covered by this Quarterly Report that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II - OTHER INFORMATION

The information under the caption “Commitments and Contingencies” in Note 6 of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of this Quarterly Report is incorporated herein by reference.

In the normal course of business, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings. The Company will accrue a liability for legal proceedings when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. When only a range of possible loss can be established, the most probable amount in the range is accrued. If no amount within this range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. At March 31, 2025, the Company was subject to legal proceedings as described in further detail below.

During the first quarter, the Company was subject to three separate actions seeking default judgments for the alleged failure to pay amounts when due. CFGI, LLC is seeking a total judgment in the amount of $86,826 through the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, FICTIV, Inc. obtained a default judgment through the Superior Court of California on January 30, 2025 in the amount $197,899, which was subsequently settled by the Company, and the Landlord sought a total judgment in the amount of $409,278 through the Arapahoe County Colorado District Court, which it obtained in April. See additional detail regarding the Landlord default judgment in Inventory, Property and Equipment and Right-of-Use Asset Impairment in Note 1.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

In addition to the other information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, you should consider the following risk factor, which supplements those contained in in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of our most recently filed Form 10-K, as amended, in evaluating our results of operations, financial condition, business and operations or an investment in the shares of our Company. There have been no material changes from the risk factors disclosed in our Form 10-K, as amended.

37


Table of Contents

 

If any of the risks discussed in our Form 10-K, as amended, are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities, Use of Proceeds, and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Descriptions of the financing transactions described above under "Recent Developments and Financing Transactions" in Part I, Item 2 in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as share-based compensation arrangements described in Note 11, Stock-Based Compensation, to the condensed consolidated financial statements are incorporated herein by reference. Such transactions were conducted as private placements to accredited investors exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities.

See Note 8, Notes and Convertible Notes Payable.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

Item 5. Other Information.

Not applicable.

38


Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

No.

Description of Exhibit

Form

File No.

Exhibit No.

Filing Date

2.1†

 

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2022, by and among Tailwind Acquisition Corp., Compass Merger Sub, Inc. and Nuburu, Inc.

8-K

001-39489

2.1

August 8, 2022

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company.

8-K

001-39489

3.2

September 9, 2020

3.2

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company

8-K

001-39489

3.1

November 12, 2024

3.3

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

8-K

001-39489

3.1

February 6, 2023

3.4

 

Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

8-K

001-39489

3.1

June 13, 2024

3.5

 

Certificate of Designations of the Company.

8-K

001-39489

3.3

February 6, 2023

10.1*

 

Proposal Letter dated January 13, 2025,among S.F.E. Equity Investments SARL, The AvantGarde Group S.p.A., Alessandro Zamboni and the Company

 

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability and Indemnification dated January 14, 2025, between the Company and Liqueous LP

 

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Amendment to Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability and Indemnification dated February 14, 2025 between the Company and Liqueous, LP

 

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Second Amendment to Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability and Indemnification, dated February 17, 2025, between the Company and Liqueous LP

 

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Binding and Irrevocable Commitment Letter, dated February 14, 2025, among the Company, Trumar Capital LLC and Ambrogio D'Arrezzo

 

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Subordinated Convertible Note, dated March 3, 2025, between the Company and Indigo Capital LP

 

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Subordinated Convertible Exchange Note, dated March 3, 2025, between the Company and Indigo Capital LP

 

 

 

 

10.8*

 

On Demand Facility Agreement, dated March 18, 2025, between the Company and Supply@ME Capital plc

 

 

 

 

31.1*

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

31.2*

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

32.1**

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

32.2**

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

101.INS

Inline XBRL Instance Document – The instance document does not appear in the interactive data file because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema With Embedded Linkbase Documents

 

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

 

 

 

 

* Filed herewith

** Furnished herewith.

† Certain of the exhibits and schedules to these exhibits have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The registrant agrees to furnish a copy of all omitted exhibits and schedules to the SEC upon its request.

39


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

May 20, 2025

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

By:

 

 

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

 

Name:

Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

 

Title:

Executive Chairman

 

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

40


EX-10.1 2 buru-ex10_1.htm EX-10.1 EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

 

S.F.E. EQUITY INVESTMENTS S.à r.l.

 

300C Route de Thionville, 5884 Howald - Numéro d'immatriculation: B70552

 

 

January 13, 2025

 

To:

Nuburu, Inc.

 

7442 S. Tucson Way, Suite 130

 

Centennial, CO 80112

 

Attention: Brian Knaley, CEO

 

Reference is made to that certain Proposal Letter (the “Proposal”), dated January 7, 2025, from S.F.E. Equity Investments SARL (“Investor”) to Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) regarding the Transition Plan, as defined in the Proposal. Capitalized terms used in this letter agreement (this “Agreement”) have the meaning ascribed in the Proposal, unless otherwise defined herein.

Upon execution of this Agreement, the Board of Directors of the Company shall adopt a resolution authorizing and approving: (i) the resignation of Mr. Nicol, the reinstatement of Mr. Zamboni as a director and appointment as Executive Chairman, and the appointment of an additional director designated by the Investor; (ii) the amendments to the Senior and Junior Notes described in the Proposal, subject to such notes being assigned to the Investor Group; (iii) the director remuneration described in the Proposal; (iv) the documentation of the TAG Junior Note and the repayment mechanism of that note as described in the Proposal; and (v) pursuit of the Transition Plan, all of which matters are subject to applicable law and stock exchange requirements. The specified directors shall also deliver conditional resignation letters that may be accepted or rejected by the Company through June 30, 2025.

In consideration for the matters being approved by such resolution, (i) the Investor represents and warrants that the Investor Group has committed capital and it is engaged in advanced discussions with additional third-party partners to provide the necessary capital required to repay, settle, or acquire, the Senior and Junior Notes and finance the on-going operations of the Company for the next twelve months, subject to the review of the over-all business plan of the Company; (ii) the Investor represents and warrants that it has reviewed the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, is familiar with the Company’s operations and required working capital, understands the Company’s current exposure to creditors, and is aware of potential claims that may be brought by various capital providers to the Company, including holders of the Senior and Junior Notes, Esousa Holdings, LLC, and Liqueous LP; (iii) the Investor Group shall secure and fully fund director and officer insurance for the Company on equal or better terms than the Company’s existing policies for a period of no less than 12 months, beginning as soon as feasible, but in no case later than the expiration of the Company’s existing policy on January 31, 2025, regardless of the outcome of discussions with the Senior and Junior Note holders or the success or failure of the Transition Plan; and (iv) Mr. Zamboni agrees to serve as a director, in the role of Executive Chairman, of the Company, in good faith in full discharge of applicable fiduciary duties, through the Transition Plan or, in the event that the Transition Plan is not consummated, until the sale, recapitalization, or appropriate dissolution of the Company. The Company’s officers and directors shall cooperate and provide commercially reasonable support to Mr. Zamboni (and other representatives of the Investor Group who may be appointed to the Board) to implement and effect the Transition Plan, as well as in the event the Transition Plan is not fully consummated. Finally, it is acknowledged by the parties that the Company has engaged a wind down agent to assist with wind down efforts in the event of dissolution. Provided that TAG is able to sell or transfer the TAG Junior Note, TAG shall guarantee the obligations of the Investor Group to provide director and officer insurance, in the event that the Investor Group shall fail to perform such obligations.

1


S.F.E. EQUITY INVESTMENTS S.à r.l.

 

300C Route de Thionville, 5884 Howald - Numéro d'immatriculation: B70552

 

The parties hereto each covenant and agree, on behalf of itself and its successors and assigns, without further consideration, to take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out effectively the rights and obligations in this Agreement.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error) as to any particular provision, except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto; may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument; shall be binding on the undersigned and each of its respective affiliates, successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of any kind, and will inure to the benefit of any successor or transferee of the Company; and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws provisions.

 

 

(Signature page follows)

 

2


S.F.E. EQUITY INVESTMENTS S.à r.l.

 

300C Route de Thionville, 5884 Howald - Numéro d'immatriculation: B70552

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered.

 

 

 

 

The AvantGarde Group S.p.A.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

 

 

 

Alessandro Zamboni, Sole Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*solely for the purposes of any express obligations of TAG set forth in this Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

S.F.E. Equity Investments SARL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matteo Ricchebuono

 

 

 

 

 

Matteo Ricchebuono, Sole Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alessandro Zamboni, in his individual capacity*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*solely for the purposes of any express obligations of Mr. Zamboni set forth in this Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nuburu, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brian Knaley

 

 

 

 

 

Brian Knaley, CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

3


EX-10.2 3 buru-ex10_2.htm EX-10.2 EX-10.2

Exhibit 10.2

Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability, and Indemnification

This Agreement is made and entered into as of January 14, 2025, by and among Liqueous LP (“Liqueous”), Nuburu, Inc. (the “Company”), and the following officers and directors of Nuburu, Inc., collectively referred to as the “Released Parties”:

Alessandro Zamboni - Executive Chairman of the Board
Brian Knaley - CFO/CEO
Daniel Hirsch – NED
Matteo Ricchebuono - NED
Elizabeth Mora – I-NED
Dario Barisoni - I-NED
Shawn Taylor- I-NED

Together, Liqueous, the Company, and the Released Parties are referred to herein as the “Parties.”

Recitals

A. The Parties acknowledge mutual disagreements concerning the actions and transactions conducted between Liqueous and the Company, including but not limited to issues surrounding shareholder approval, share issuance delays, the Esousa financing, delisting, and the devaluation of certain securities held by Liqueous.

B. The Parties wish to avoid litigation, foreclosures, or insolvency proceedings and instead resolve all disputes amicably through this Agreement.

C. No Party admits wrongdoing in connection with any past events, and this Agreement is intended solely to establish a mutual release of all claims and liabilities and define actions for financial and operational resolution.

Agreement 1. Mutual Release of Claims

1.1 Release by Liqueous

Liqueous hereby releases Nuburu, Inc., and its officers, directors, employees, agents, and representatives, including but not limited to the Released Parties listed above, from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, liabilities, obligations, damages, and losses arising from or relating to any events or transactions that occurred prior to the execution of this Agreement.

 


 

1.2 Release by the Company and Released Parties

Nuburu, Inc., and the Released Parties hereby release Liqueous and its partners, employees, agents, and representatives from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, liabilities, obligations, damages, and losses arising from or relating to any events or transactions that occurred prior to the execution of this Agreement.

2. Indemnification

2.1 Indemnification by Liqueous

Liqueous agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Nuburu, Inc., and the Released Parties from any claims or liabilities asserted by third parties arising from actions taken by Liqueous under this Agreement.

2.2 Indemnification by Nuburu and Released Parties

Nuburu, Inc., and the Released Parties agree to indemnify and hold harmless Liqueous from any claims or liabilities asserted by third parties arising from actions taken by Nuburu under this Agreement.

3. Settlement Actions and Payment Schedule

The Parties agree to the following actions and payment schedule to resolve all disputes and establish a clear path forward:

3.1 Issuance of Shares to Liqueous

The Company shall immediately execute and deliver issuance resolutions to Continental Stock Transfer & Trust (“Continental”) to release 9,187,631 shares owed to Liqueous under prior agreements. These issuance resolutions shall be executed and tendered to Continental by Brian Knaley.

Upon confirmation of delivery of these resolutions:

Liqueous will pay to the Company $1,000,000 as indemnity under the following payment schedule:
o
$300,000 within 24 hours;
o
$450,000, by Monday 20 January;
o
$250,000, by Friday 24 January.
Liqueous represents and warrants that, as of the effective date of this Agreement, it maintains a minimum collective balance of $750,000 in immediately available funds between Liqueous and its principals. Liqueous further represents and warrants that it does not act as an underwriter and does not engage in any unregistered broker-dealer activities.

 


 

3.2 Exchange of Pre-Funded Warrants

The Company shall execute a Section 3(a)(9) exchange for the pre-funded warrants valued at $2.2 million (“Liqueous Pre-Funded Warrants”) that were devalued following delisting. Such exchange shall comply with the Esousa-related restrictions set forth in the court-ordered injunction, which prohibits the issuance of new shares until thirty (30) days after the S-1 Registration Statement becomes effective. The exercise price of these warrants shall be adjusted to the at-the-market (ATM) price on the date of exchange.
The Company shall deliver all required issuance resolution documentation to the Transfer Agent at the earliest date permissible under the Esousa restrictions.
Upon completion of the exchange and delivery of resolutions, Liqueous will pay $500,000 to the Company within 24 hours, as residual subscription price of the Liqueous Pre-Funded Warrants.

3.3 Payment to Anson Fund

Liqueous acknowledges and confirms that Anson Fund will receive its final payment, within 24 hours of the release, closing the file and relationship with them
4. Business support

With the aim at supporting the blue-laser business line of the Company, Liqueous will introduce a pre-audited laser company from Israel, which is prepared for a M&A transaction.

5. Consideration for Release

The total cash consideration of $1,500,000 paid by Liqueous to the Company, serves as full and final consideration for this mutual release and indemnification.

6. Execution and Timing

Payments by Liqueous will commence according to the schedule outlined in Section 3.

7. Governing Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

8. Entire Agreement

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between the Parties and supersedes all prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral.

 


 

Signatures

Nuburu, Inc.

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

Name:

Alessandro Zamboni

 

Title:

Executive Chairman of the Board

 

 

Liqueous LP

 

By:

/s/ Jacob Fernane

 

Name:

Jacob Fernane

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

 


EX-10.3 4 buru-ex10_3.htm EX-10.3 EX-10.3

Exhibit 10.3

 

AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT, MUTUAL RELEASE OF LIABILITY, AND INDEMNIFICATION DATED JANUARY 14, 2025

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) with an effective date of February 14, 2025, by and between Liqueous LP (“Liqueous”) and Nuburu, Inc. (“Nuburu” or “Company”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into the Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability and Indemnification (“Agreement”) on January 14, 2025 incorporated herein by reference;

WHEREAS, the Parties acknowledge that the repricing and exchange of warrants referenced in the Agreement was intended to remediate damages resulting from the Company’s breach of the original settlement agreement, and is separate and distinct from any new funding arrangement;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to clarify and amend certain terms of Section 3.2, third bullet of the Agreement to reflect their intent regarding the payment obligation of $500,000 and to distinguish it from the warrant exchange;

WHEREAS, on December 16, 2024, a Proxy Statement Pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 was deemed effective and was approved by the Company’s shareholders that allows for the issuance of shares of common stock in excess of the Share Cap in connection with the Master Agreement with Liqueous LP, which includes the issuance of up to $15 million of securities, issuance of securities upon future adjustments pursuant to the terms of such securities, and issuance of securities upon conversion of certain outstanding notes held by Liqueous, including the pre-funded warrants;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1.
Amendment to Section Section 3.2, Third Bullet of the Agreement

Section 3.2, third bullet of the Agreement, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“Liqueous acknowledges and agrees that, in connection with this exchange, it may negotiate with the Company to provide additional funding in an amount of up to $500,000, subject to the successful delivery of repriced warrants and separate funding terms to be agreed upon by the Parties in writing. No obligation to fund exists under this Agreement, and the timing of any such funding shall be mutually agreed by the Parties pursuant to the terms of Liqueous funding agreements approved by shareholders as outlined in the Schedule 14A in December 2024.”

2.
No Other Changes

Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, conditions, rights, obligations, and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Amendment conflicts with the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment shall control solely to the extent of such conflict.

{Signature Page Follows}


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

Liqueous LP

 

 

By:

/s/ Jacob M. Fernane

Name:

Jacob Fernane

Title:

Managing Partner

 

Nuburu, Inc.

 

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Name:

Alessandro Zamboni

Title:

Executive Chairman

 


EX-10.4 5 buru-ex10_4.htm EX-10.4 EX-10.4

Exhibit 10.4

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE COMPREHENSIVE SETTLEMENT AGREEMENT,

MUTUAL RELEASE OF LIABILITY, AND INDEMNIFICATION

DATED JANUARY 14, 2025

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) is entered into as of February 17, 2025, by and between Liqueous LP (“Liqueous”) and Nuburu, Inc. (“Nuburu” or “Company”) (collectively, the “Parties”).

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into the Comprehensive Settlement Agreement, Mutual Release of Liability and Indemnification (“Agreement”) on January 14, 2025 incorporated herein by reference;

WHEREAS, since the execution of the Agreement, Brian Knaley has resigned as CEO and Ron Nichol has resigned as Executive Chairman, with Alessandro Zamboni now serving as Executive Chairman;

WHEREAS, the Parties executed an Amendment to the Agreement with an effective date of February 14, 2025, to clarify and amend certain terms of Section 3.2 to reflect their intent regarding the payment obligation of $500,000 and to distinguish it from the warrant exchange;

WHEREAS, the Parties entered into certain entered into a Pre-Funded Warrant Purchase Program (“Warrant Program”) on May 1, 2024 incorporated herein by reference; and

WHEREAS, The Company represented to Liqueous that a Supplemental Listing Application (“SLAP”) was filed with the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) for Warrants referenced herein; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Agreement to reflect the change in officer/ directors, adjust payment terms and reprice certain warrants. The parties wish to further settle the proposed Amended Bridge Note dated October 17, 2024, and the corresponding $1,053,824 wired to NUBURU in aggregate from October 10, 2024 through November 26, 2024 pursuant to the mutual understanding of the terms set forth in the proposed Bridge Note, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Parties.

WHEREAS, Liqueous has no preexisting, present, or future obligation to make any investments or provide any consideration as part of this Settlement Agreement. Any investment by Liqueous shall be made independently and at its sole discretion, subject to terms approved by shareholders.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1.
Change in Officer

All references in the Agreement to the “CEO/CFO” shall now refer to Alessandro Zamboni, the current Executive Chairman.

2.
Definitions

“Tier 1 Warrants” refers to the Pre-Funded Warrants issued under Section 3.2 of the Agreement, which were originally priced at 140% above market and are hereby being repriced to reflect a 30% discount to the market price, as set forth in Exhibit A.

 


 

“Tier 2 Warrants” refers to the Pre Funders Warrants previously issued to Liqueous that were originally priced at-the-market price and are hereby being repriced to reflect a 30% discount to the market price, as set forth in Exhibit B.

“Closing Bid Price” means, for any Trading Day, the last reported sale price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported by its principal trading market (e.g., NYSE or NASDAQ) at 4:00 PM Eastern Time.

“Trading Day” means any day on which the principal trading market for the Company’s Common Stock is open for trading.

“Definitive 14A” refers to the proxy statement filed by the Company with the SEC on December 27, 2024, which authorizes issuances in excess of the 19.99% beneficial ownership threshold.

“Market Price” means the official closing price of a security on its principal trading market, as published by the exchange or trading system where the security is primarily listed and traded (e.g., NYSE, NASDAQ, or OTC Markets).

“Warrant Coverage” means the right to purchase additional shares of the Common Stock at an exercise price equal to a 30% discount to the current market price. The Warrants are exercisable at any time up to five years from the date of issue.

3.
Adjustments to Payment and Warrant Exchange
3.1.
Exchange of “Tier 1” Warrants (Pre-Funded Warrants – Section 3.2 of the Agreement)
3.1.1.
The parties agree as part of this settlement agreement to exchange the Tier 1 Warrants for warrants with a 30% discount to the current market price, as detailed in Exhibit A.
3.1.2.
Warrant Coverage. Liqueous may purchase additional adjusted warrants per the terms in Exhibit A, subject to the authority granted in accordance with the Company’s proxy statement dated December 27, 2024.
3.2.
Repricing of “Tier 2” Warrants
3.2.1.
Liqueous’ existing Tier 2 Warrants will be exchanged for warrants with a 30% discount to the market price, as detailed in Exhibit B.
3.2.2.
Warrant Coverage. Liqueous may purchase additional adjusted warrants per the terms in Exhibit B for a total funding up to $50,000,000, subject to the authority granted in accordance with the Company’s proxy statement dated December 27, 2024.
3.2.3.
The $50,000,000 in financing under the terms outlined in Exhibit B is permitted pursuant to the stockholder approval described in the Definitive 14A filed with the SEC on December 27, 2024; provided that it is implemented substantially in accordance with the terms of such proposal.

2


 

4.
Settlement of Amended Bridge Note

The Parties agree to settle the Amended Bridge Note, dated October 17, 2024, with a total funded balance of $1,053,824 through a warrant exchange at a 30% discount to the market price, as detailed in Exhibit C attached hereto, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Parties. Between October 10, 2024, and November 26, 2024, Liqueous transferred funds totaling $1,053,824 as part of a bridge note that has not been formally memorialized.

5.
Timely Execution of Obligations

The Company shall execute and deliver all necessary instructions, authorizations, and resolutions required to effectuate the transactions contemplated herein, including but not limited to:

Issuance of Pre-Funded Warrants (Tier 1 Warrants) and Tier 2 Warrants pursuant to the pricing terms set forth in Exhibits A and B.
Issuance of the corresponding instruction letters to the Transfer Agent within one (1) Trading Day of this Amendment’s execution or later, in case of any pre-existing restrictions.
Issuance of all underlying shares upon exercise of the warrants in accordance with the agreed pricing terms.
6.
Exhibits

The following exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated by reference:

Exhibit A: Pricing Terms for Pre-Funded Warrants.

Exhibit B: Repriced Terms for Tier 2 Warrants.

Exhibit C: Settlement and Exchange Agreement for Amended Bridge Note.

Exhibit D: Sample Closing Statement for Tranches

7.
Miscellaneous

Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, conditions, rights, obligations, and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. If any provision of this Amendment conflicts with the Agreement, the terms of this Amendment shall control solely to the extent of such conflict. All references to the ‘Agreement’ shall be deemed to include this Amendment. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

Liqueous LP

 

By:

/s/ Jacob Fernane

 

Name:

Jacob Fernane

 

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

Nuburu, Inc.

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

Name:

Alessandro Zamboni

 

Title:

Executive Chairman

 

 

4


 

Exhibit A

Pricing Terms for Pre-Funded Warrants (Tier 1 Warrants)

1.
Repricing of Pre-Funded Warrants and Settlement into Common Shares
a.
The Company and Liqueous acknowledge and agree that the Tier 1 Prefunded-Warrants previously issued to Liqueous shall be exchanged into Common Shares of the Company per the terms set forth in the Settlement Agreement to reflect a 30% discount to the market price, which is the lower of the following:
i.
The closing bid price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the principal trading market on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of exchange date, or
ii.
The average price of the Company’s Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the date of exchange date.
b.
The number of Common Shares to be issued in exchange for the Pre-Funded Warrants shall be determined by dividing the total amount funded by seventy percent (70%) of the Closing Bid Price of the Company’s Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the exchange date (the “Exchange Price”). The resulting number shall be the total Common Shares to be issued to Liqueous upon completion of the exchange.
2.
Blocking Provisions

The exchange of the Pre-Funded Warrants shall be subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker, such that Liqueous (together with its affiliates) may not receive Common Shares to the extent that such issuance would result in Liqueous beneficially owning more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, unless waived in writing by Liqueous with at least sixty-one (61) days prior notice to the Company.

3.
Issuance and Settlement
a.
Upon execution of this Amendment, the Company shall issue Common Shares to Liqueous corresponding to the Pre-Funded Warrants within one (1) Trading Day unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties.
4.
Issuance Failure Definition

An Issuance Failure occurs when:

a.
Company fails to process issuance within 48 hours, including submitting supporting materials to the transfer agent.
b.
Company intentionally delays or obstructs conversion process.
c.
Company prioritizes other conversions while denying Investor's rights.

5


 

5.
Issuance Failure Damages

If an Issuance Failure occurs and stock price increases >30% during the 48-hour period:

a.
Penalty calculated as: (Highest traded price over prior two trading days × Number of shares to be issued) – Original issuance amount.
b.
Penalty added to note balance.
c.
Calculation repeats every two trading days until issuance is completed.

6


 

Exhibit B

Repricing Terms for Tier 2 Warrants

1.
Exchange of Tier 2 Warrants
a.
The Company and Liqueous acknowledge and agree that the Tier 2 Warrants previously issued to Liqueous shall be exchanged into for new Pre-Funded Warrants of the Company per the terms set forth in the Agreement to reflect a 30% discount to the market price, which is the lower of the following:
i.
The closing bid price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the principal trading market on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of exchange date, or
ii.
The average price of the Company’s Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the date of exchange date.
c.
The number of Common Shares to be issued upon conversion of the Pre-Funded Warrants shall be determined by dividing the total amount funded by seventy percent (70%) of the Closing Bid Price of the Company’s Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the exchange date (the “Exchange Price”).
d.
No obligation to fund exists under this Agreement..
2.
Conversion and Issuance of Common Shares
a.
The Pre-Funded Warrants shall automatically convert into Common Shares upon submission of a Conversion Notice by Liqueous.
b.
The Company shall issue the Common Shares within one (1) Trading Day following receipt of a valid Conversion Notice unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Parties.
c.
The Company shall not issue to Liqueous any other class of securities in lieu of Common Shares without the prior written consent of Liqueous.
d.
No additional cash payment shall be required from Liqueous for the conversion of Pre-Funded Warrants into Common Shares.
3.
Conversion Failure Definition

A Conversion Failure occurs when:

a.
The Company fails to process conversion within 48 hours, including submitting supporting materials to the transfer agent.
b.
The Company intentionally delays or obstructs the conversion process.
c.
The Company prioritizes other conversions while denying Investor's rights.

7


 

4.
Conversion Failure Damages

If a Conversion Failure occurs and stock price increases >30% during the 48-hour period:

a.
Penalty calculated as: (Highest traded price over prior two trading days × Number of conversion shares) – Original conversion amount.
b.
Penalty added to note balance.
c.
Calculation repeats every two trading days until conversion completed.
5.
Blocking Provisions

The conversion of Pre-Funded Warrants into Common Shares shall be subject to a 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker, such that Liqueous (together with its affiliates) may not receive Common Shares to the extent that such issuance would result in Liqueous beneficially owning more than 4.99% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock, unless waived in writing by Liqueous with at least sixty-one (61) days prior notice to the Company.

6.
Additional Purchases and Funding Commitment
a.
Right to Purchase Additional Pre-Funded Warrants
i.
Liqueous shall have the right, but not the obligation, to offer to purchase additional Pre-Funded Warrants under the same terms as this exchange, which may be accepted or declined by the Company in its discretion.
ii.
Liqueous LP shall have a right of first refusal (ROFR) for six (6) months to invest in any financing structure undertaken by the Company. Liqueous shall have ten (10) business days to exercise its right after the Company provides written notice of a proposed investment opportunity. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the ROFR shall not apply to investors or partners introduced by or affiliated with Alessandro Zamboni pursuant to any preexisting agreement between him and the Company, executed prior to his appointment as Executive Chairman. The Company shall provide Liqueous with written confirmation that any such investors or partners fall within this exclusion upon request.
b.
Share Issuance Authorization and Compliance
i.
Such additional purchases and funding shall be subject to the authorization granted under the Company’s Proxy Statement dated December 27, 2024, which permits Liqueous to receive shares in excess of the 19.99% beneficial ownership threshold upon stockholder approval.
ii.
The Company shall take all necessary corporate actions to ensure that Liqueous is able to receive the full number of Common Shares upon conversion of Pre-Funded Warrants, including:
Submitting all required notices and approvals to the NYSE or other applicable exchanges.
Reserving sufficient authorized shares for issuance upon conversion.
Maintaining compliance with SEC and exchange listing requirements.

8


 

c.
Future Funding and Share Issuance Mechanics
i.
Any future purchases of Pre-Funded Warrants by Liqueous under this provision shall be priced based on a 30% discount to the market price, which is the lower of the following:
The closing bid price of the Company’s Common Stock as reported on the principal trading market on the Trading Day immediately preceding the purchase date, or
The average price of the Company’s Common Stock for the five (5) Trading Days immediately preceding the purchase date.
d.
The Company shall issue the newly purchased Pre-Funded Warrants within one (1) Trading Day following receipt of funds from Liqueous.
e.
Upon submission of a Conversion Notice, the Company shall issue the corresponding Common Shares within one (1) Trading Day following receipt of such notice.

9


 

Exhibit C

Settlement and Exchange Agreement for Amended Bridge Note

THE SECURITIES TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS (1) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WITH RESPECT THERETO IS EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (2) THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH

SECURITIES, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

SETTLEMENT AND EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

This Settlement and Exchange Agreement (this "Agreement"), dated as of February 17, 2025, is entered into by and between Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Liqueous LP, a Delaware limited partnership ("Lender"). The Company and Lender are referred to collectively as the "Parties" and individually as a "Party."

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Lender provided funding to the Company under the terms of an Amended Bridge Note dated October 17, 2024, with a total funded balance of $1,053,824 (the "Bridge Note");

WHEREAS, between October 10, 2024, and November 26, 2024, Lender transferred funds totaling $1,053,824 under the terms of the Bridge Note;

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to settle and satisfy the outstanding obligations under the Bridge Note through an exchange for Pre-Funded Warrants, which will be convertible into Common Shares in accordance with the procedures outlined in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Parties agree that this settlement is being executed at a 30% discount to the Market Price as defined herein, and the Bridge Note shall be deemed fully satisfied and extinguished upon the issuance of the Pre-Funded Warrants;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:

1.
Settlement of Amended Bridge Note
1.1.
Exchange and Cancellation of Bridge Note. The Company and Lender acknowledge and agree that the Bridge Note shall be exchanged for Pre-Funded Warrants under the terms set forth herein. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall cancel the Bridge Note, and Lender shall have no further rights to principal or interest payments under the Bridge Note. This exchange shall constitute a full and final settlement of all obligations of the Company under the Bridge Note.

10


 

1.2.
Issuance and Conversion. The Company shall issue Pre-Funded Warrants to Lender within one (1) Trading Day of this Agreement’s execution. The Pre-Funded Warrants shall be immediately convertible into Common Shares through the submission of a Conversion Notice by Lender to the Company, unless mutually agreed otherwise by the Parties. Lender shall submit Conversion Notices in tranches that do not exceed ownership limitations, ensuring compliance with the 4.99% beneficial ownership blocker unless waived with prior notice as outlined in Section 4 herein.
1.3.
Calculation of Pre-Funded Warrants to be Issued. The number of Pre-Funded Warrants to be issued in exchange for the Bridge Note shall be determined by dividing the total outstanding balance of the Bridge Note (including principal and accrued interest) by seventy percent (70%) of the lower of (i) the Closing Bid Price of the Company’s Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the exchange date or (ii) the lowest closing bid price for the five (5) Trading Days preceding the exchange date (the "Exchange Price"). The resulting number shall be the total Pre-Funded Warrants to be issued to Lender upon completion of the exchange.
1.4.
Warrant Coverage. Liqueous may purchase additional adjusted warrants per the terms herin, subject to the authority granted in accordance with the Company’s proxy statement dated December 27, 2024.
1.5.
Final Satisfaction of Debt Obligations. Upon issuance of the Pre-Funded Warrants in accordance with Section 2.1, the Bridge Note shall be deemed fully satisfied, released, and extinguished, and the Company shall have no further obligations related to the Bridge Note. The Company shall not impose any additional fees, interest, penalties, or conditions on the settlement of the Bridge Note.
2.
Issuance of Common Shares and Transfer Agent Instructions
2.1.
Conversion Process and Common Share Issuance. Upon receipt of a valid Conversion Notice, the Company shall instruct the Transfer Agent to issue the corresponding Common Shares within one (1) Trading Day. If permitted under the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions (ITAI), Lender may directly initiate the transfer of shares with the Transfer Agent, and the Company shall not delay, prevent, or require additional approvals for such transactions.
2.2.
Nature of Issuance. The Common Shares issued under this Agreement shall be fully paid, non-assessable, and free from any liens, encumbrances, or restrictions, except as required by applicable securities laws. The Company shall not issue any other class of securities in place of Pre-Funded Warrants without the prior written consent of Lender.
2.3.
Delivery Method. The Company shall deliver the Common Shares via DWAC transfer to Lender’s designated brokerage account as provided in Schedule I attached hereto.
2.4.
Closing. The exchange, in whole or part, (each a “Closing”) will take place remotely as provided in the Notice of Conversion, or at such time as the Company and Lender may otherwise determine (the “Closing Date”).
3.
Irrevocable Transfer Instruction Letter (ITAI)
3.1.
Lender may convert any portion of the Notes by submitting a “Notice of Conversion” to the Company's Transfer Agent, as detailed in the Irrevocable Transfer Instruction Letter, in the form agreed by the parties and the Transfer Agent (the “Instruction Letter”).
3.2.
The Company shall issue irrevocable instructions to its Transfer Agent (ITAI) within one (1) Trading Day of this Agreement’s execution.

11


 

3.3.
The Transfer Agent shall be directed to immediately process all share issuances related to this Agreement without requiring additional approvals from the Company.
3.4.
Lender shall be entitled to obtain a legal opinion from its own counsel to facilitate share issuance, and the Company shall instruct the Transfer Agent to accept such opinion.
3.5.
Ownership Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if at any time Lender will or would be issued shares of Common Stock under this Agreement, but such issuance would cause Lender (together with its affiliates) to beneficially own a number of shares of Common Stock exceeding 4.99% of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such date (including for such purpose the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such issuance) (the “Maximum Percentage”), then the Company will not issue to Lender shares of Common Stock which would exceed the Maximum Percentage. Further, the Company will not issue shares of Common Stock under this Agreement to the extent that such shares would equal greater than 19.9% of the Common Stock outstanding as of the date of this Agreement, unless the Company first obtains stockholder approval of any such issuance in excess of such limitation. These ownership limitations are enforceable, unconditional and non-waivable and will apply to all affiliates and assigns of Lender.
4.
Representations and Warranties of the Company
4.1.
Due Incorporation. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.
4.2.
Authority; Validity. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and any related agreements are within the Company’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate actions.
4.3.
Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy laws and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
4.4.
Share Reservation. The Company will use its best efforts to authorize and reserve for issuance the number of Shares required for the Company to perform its obligations hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable.
4.5.
NYSE and SEC Compliance. The Company shall take all necessary actions to ensure that the issuance of Pre-Funded Warrants and subsequent conversion into Common Shares complies with NYSE listing requirements and SEC regulations. The Company shall file any necessary supplemental listing applications (SLAPs) and ensure the shares are eligible for unrestricted public trading.
5.
Covenants
5.1.
Conduct of Business. Until the Closing, the Company agrees to conduct its business in the ordinary course and will not engage in any transaction outside of ordinary business without the prior written consent of Lender.
5.2.
Access and Information. The Company will provide Lender with reasonable access to information regarding the Company to facilitate Lender’s ongoing due diligence until the Closing Date.
5.3.
Compliance. The Company shall comply with all NYSE and SEC regulations concerning the issuance of shares and execution of this exchange.

12


 

5.4.
NYSE. Prior to Closing, the Company will submit a supplemental listing of shares to be issued hereunder to The New York Stock Exchange.
6.
Representations and Warranties of Lender
6.1.
Due Organization. Lender is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.
6.2.
Authority; Validity. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and any related agreements are within Lender’s powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action.
6.3.
Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid, and binding obligation of Lender, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy laws and other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally.
6.4.
Accredited Lender Status. Lender is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
6.5.
Due Diligence. Lender has received all the information Lender has requested from the Company and considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to convert the Notes. Lender has had an opportunity to obtain any additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of the information given Lender. Lender is a sophisticated investor and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Lender is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of this investment. Lender is not acquiring Common Stock with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, except as permitted under applicable securities laws.
7.
Miscellaneous
7.1.
Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the state of Delaware.
7.2.
Further Assurances. Each party will perform further acts and execute and deliver additional documents as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement.
7.3.
Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both oral and written, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
7.4.
Amendments and Waivers. No amendment to this Agreement will be effective unless it is in writing and signed by both parties.
7.5.
Jurisdiction. Any disputes arising under this Agreement will be adjudicated in the appropriate courts of the state of Delaware.

{Signature Page Follows}

13


 

The Company has executed this Agreement as of the date stated above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Name:

Alessandro Zamboni

Title:

Executive Chairman

 

14


 

Schedule 1

Lender has executed this Agreement as of the date stated above and confirms the information provided below is accurate.

 

LENDER:

 

 

 

 

Liqueous LP

 

 

By:

/s/ Jacob Fernane

Name:

Jacob Fernane

Title:

Managing Partner

 

 

Lender Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Shares will be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

15


 

EXHIBIT D

Total Issued and Outstanding Common Stock as of 02/13/2025: 31,339,439 Shares

Current Balance of Tier 1 Warrants: $1,539,866

Total Shares to be Issued on Conversion of Pre-Funded Warrants: 9,360,888

Shares to be issued subject to 4.99% limitation: 1,500,000

Shares remaining to be issued in full settlement of Tier 1 Warrants: 7,860,888

16


EX-10.5 6 buru-ex10_5.htm EX-10.5 EX-10.5

 

Exhibit 10.5

To

Trumar Capital LLC

1675 South State St.,

Ste B Dover-19901, Delaware, USA,

Email: d.white@maxrs.group

To the kind attention of Andrew Dominique White

and

Mr. Ambrogio D'Arrezzo

Majority Stockholder ofTekne S.p.A.,

Piazza Gualdi n. 19,

42016 -Guastalla (RE), Italy,

E-mail: ambrogio@tekne.it

February 14, 2025

RE: Binding and Irrevocable Commitment Letter -Acquisition of the 100% of the corporate capital
of TCEI S.a.r.l.

Dear Sirs,

The Board of Directors of Nuburu Inc. (the "Company" or "Nuburu"), a Delaware corporation, hereby issues this binding and irrevocable commitment letter (the "Letter") in connection with the proposed transactions as outlined below, to be entered into, directly and indirectly, with Trumar Capital LLC ("Trumar").

Whereas that:

A.
Trumar holds 100 % of the share capital ofTCEI S.a.r.l. ("TCEI").
B.
Nuburu acknowledges that TCEI and the selling stockholders of Tekne S.p.A. (the "Sellers Tekne") in February 2025 will enter into a binding and conditional agreement regarding the acquisition by TCEI of 70% of the share capital of Tekne S.p.A. ("Tekne") for a maximum amount equal to $42 million ("Acquisition Tekne Liability"), consisting of (i) $8,4 million in cash and (i) $33,6 million in Nuburu stock (the "Acquisition Tekne"), as detailed in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Tekne Acquisition Agreement").
C.
The Sellers Tekne are aware that the Acquisition Tekne is part of a more complex transaction, under which, prior to the Acquisition Tekne, Nuburu will acquire 100% of the share capital of TCEI from Trumar, as follows: (i) Nuburu will acquire 20% of the share capital of TCEI (the "First Acquisition TCEI"); and (ii) Nuburu will acquire the remaining 80% of the share capital of TCEI (the "Second Acquisition TCEI") in order to provide, inter a/ia, the necessary financial resources for TCEI to fulfill its obligations under the Tekne Acquisition Agreement and the acquisition of 100% of the share capital of 1AF2 S.r.1. ("Orbit") by TCEI (the "Acquisition Orbit" and, jointly with the Acquisition Tekne and the Second Acquisition TCEI, the "Final Transaction"), The stockholders of Nuburu approved on December 27, 2024, the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the issuance of up to $50 million of equity securities pursuant to an equity line of credit with Liqueous LP1.

 

1


 

D.
E.
Trumar, TCEI and their representatives provided certain supportive documentation (the "Transaction Documentation") regarding the First Acquisition TCEI and the Final Transaction.
F.
Nuburu has reviewed the Transaction Documentation that has been made available and confirms: (i) the feasibility and the intent to execute the First Acquisition TCEI; and (ii) the feasibility of the Final Transaction, subject to (i) the exhaustive, complete and satisfactory completion of the Due Diligence (as defined under the Tekne Acquisition Agreement), which does not result in serious and justified reasons that, in the interest of the TCEI, prevent the conclusion of the said Acquisition Tekne or the Final Transaction (as regulated under the clause 6.1.1.(iii) of the Tekne Acquisition Agreement), (ii) the obtainment to Nuburu of an independent evaluation from a designated advisor appointed by Nuburu's independent director (the "Independent Evaluation"), and (iii) the necessary regulatory, stockholders' approvals (collectively, the "Transaction Conditions").
G.
By means of this Letter, the Board of Directors of Nuburu hereby commits to proceed with the (i) First Acquisition TCEI under the terms and conditions below; and (ii) the Final Transaction under the terms and conditions precedent below indicated.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the recitals and annexes form an integral part of this Letter, and the following commitments and guarantees are hereby given to Trumar:

1.
Proposal to Nuburu Stockholders.
1.1.
In connection with the First Acquisition TCEI, Nuburu and the Board of Directors of Nuburu hereby irrevocably undertakes within 5 (five) business days from the date of this Letter, to execute the First Acquisition TCEI with payment to Trumar (or other party delegated by Trumar) for a total consideration equal to $25 million (the "TCEI First Closing") consisting of amount equal to (collectively, the "First Closing Consideration"):
(i)
$23,5 million by issuing Nuburu' notes, with a maturity of 5 (five) years, an annual interest rate of 10%, with a repayment schedule over 36 months and a three-month pre-amortization period with payable monthly (the "Nuburu Notes"); and
(ii)
$1,5 million in cash.
1.2.
In connection to the Final Transaction, the Board of Directors of Nuburu hereby commits to (i) prepare and filing a proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders to consider the proposal to approve the Fina I Transaction, within 5 (five) days of receipt of any financial information (including pro forma information) regarding Tekne or Orbit that is required to be included in the proxy statement; and (ii) hold such special meeting by a certain date2, in line with the closing date of the Acquisition Tekne as defined in the Tekne Acquisition Agreement.

 

1.
NUBURU Secures Strategic $65 Million Funding Program to Accelerate Commercialization, Including $15 Million PIPE Investment & $SOM Equity Line of Credit I Business Wire.
2.
That date may be extended solely in the event that the Securities and Exchange Commission is reviewing the proxy statement filed by Nuburu or to comply with applicable law).

 

2


 

1.3.
In connection with the Second Acquisition TCEI, Nuburu and the Board of Directors of Nuburu hereby irrevocably undertakes, by no later than the end of March 2025, subject to the Transaction Conditions, to execute the Second Acquisition TCEI with payment to Trumar (or other party delegated by Trumar) for a total consideration consisting of an amount consistent with the Independent Evaluation or as otherwise agreed by the parties, taking into consideration the Independent Evaluation (the "TCEI Second Closing"). The payment terms and conditions will be as mutually agreed with Trumar under the definitive documentation related to TCEI Second Closing.
1.4.
In connection with the Acquisition Orbit and Acquisition Tekne, Trumar hereby irrevocably undertakes to ensure that TCEI, following the execution of the TCEI First Closing:
(i)
enter into a binding agreement with Orbit' sellers to finalise, within 30 days, the Acquisition Orbit, taking in consideration the payment of the First Closing Consideration;
(ii)
signs a financing agreement on behalf of TCEI to:
a)
execute and pay all liabilities ofTCEI specifically disclosed in writing in connection with the Acquisition Orbit (the "Acquisition Orbit Liability"); and
b)
pay a consideration equal to$ 50,000 to Epsion Capital (or any other entity designated by Trumar) as retainer fee for the preparatory and advisory activities related to Acquisition Tekne.
(iii)
procures that Tekne shall negotiate in good faith with Nuburu a licensing agreement at market conditions where Nuburu can develop derivative technologies regarding the application of the blue-laser technology in the defence sector, leveraging the expertise and know-how of Tekne.
2.
Guarantee Deposit.

In relation to TCEl's undertakings pursuant to the Tekne Acquisition Agreement, and considering the current financial situation ofTekne, Nuburu hereby irrevocably commits to depositing a guarantee in the value of$ 4,200,000.00 in listed securities within the timelines specified in Exhibit A.

3.
Information Provision.

Nuburu hereby irrevocably allows to provide all necessary and relevant information regarding the Company to Tekne, TCEI and all relevant Italian and European authorities in order to obtain the required and necessary authorizations to proceed with the Acquisition Tekne.

4.
Financial Support for TCEI.

In connection to the Final Transaction, Nuburu hereby undertakes to provide, directly and indirectly, all necessary financial resources to ensure that TCEI shall fulfill its liabilities and obligations specifically disclosed in writing under the Tekne Acquisition Agreement (including the Acquisition Tekne Liability) and the Acquisition Orbit (including the Acquisition Orbit Liability), subject to the Transaction Conditions.

 

3


 

5.
Post-closings Appointment of Advisors and Key Roles.
5.1.
Upon the TCEI First Closing, Nuburu shall be entitled to appoint a director of TCEI (the "New Director"), which New Director shall have a veto right with respect to the approval of the Acquisition Tekne, provided that the New Director's consent will not be unreasonably withheld.
5.2.
Upon the Closing of the Acquisition TCEI and Acquisition Tekne, Nuburu and its Board of Directors, hereby ensure that Tekne appoints the following individuals and entities to support its debt restructuring and business turnaround efforts:
(i)
Epsion Capital (or any other entity designated by Trumar) as the advisor for debt restructuring and business relaunch, with an annual retainer fee of EUR 120,000, payable monthly, and a success fee of EUR 250,000 upon Tekne's exit from its restructuring process, as declared by the relevant authorities;
(ii)
Dr. Luca Zanni as Chief Restructuring Officer ofTekne S.p.A., with compensation in line with the industry's best practices; and
(iii)
Gianni & Origoni Law Firm as the legal advisor for the debt restructuring and relaunch of Tekne.

This Letter shall be binding and irrevocable and shall remain in full force and effect unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties in writing.

We trust that the contents of this Letter accurately reflect our shared commitment to proceeding with the outlined transactions and look forward to working together towards their successful conclusion.

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Nuburu Inc.

Name: Alessandro Zamboni

Title: Executive Chairman

For acceptance:

/s/ Andrew Dominique White

Trumar Capital LLC

Name: Andrew Dominique White

Title: Authorized person

 

 

For knowledge:

/s/ Ambrogio D'Arrezzo

Ambrogio D'Arrezzo

 

4


 

Exhibit A - Agreement of Tekne Acquisition

 

5


Execution Version

 

 

 

 

To

Ambrose D'Arrezzo

Gualdi Square No. 19

42016 - Guastalla (RE)

By pec and e-mail: ambrogio.darrezzo@cert.cna.it; ambrogio@tekne.it

Charles Ulacco

Contrada Piane No. 8

66023 - Francavilla Al Mare (CH)

By e-mail: ulacco@tekne.it

Andrea Lodi

Isonzo Street No. 2

42042 - Fabbrico (RE)

By e-mail: andrea.lodi@lodispa.it

February 14, 2025

-via PEC or e-mail-

Re: Framework Agreement - Proposal

Dear Sirs,

We refer to our recent discussions and agreements to submit our proposal for the execution of the framework agreement.

* * *

 

 

 


Execution Version

 

 

 

 

 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

between

TCEI S.À.R.L.

-on the one hand-

e

AMBROSE D'ARREZZO, CARLO ULACCO and ANDREA LODI

-on the other side-

 

 

 


Execution Version

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.

Definitions

2

2.

Certain Rules Of Interpretation

7

3.

Subject Matter Of The Agreement

7

4.

Sale And Purchase Of The Participation

8

5.

Pre-Closing Covenants

13

6.

Conditions Precedent

16

7.

Closing

18

8.

Post-Closing Covenants

20

9.

Representations And Warranties Of The Sellers

22

10.

Warranties Of The Investor

27

11.

Investor's Indemnification Obligations

27

12.

Corporate Governance Rules Of Tekne

28

13.

Taxes Costs, And Expenses

33

14.

Miscellaneous

33

15.

Dispute Resolution

36

 

 

i

 


Execution Version

 

 

FRAMEWORK AGREEMENT

This framework agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into on February 14, 2025

between

TCEI S.À.R.L., a company incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg, having its registered office at Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur no. 1, L-1258, Luxembourg, Luxembourg Commercial Register entry number B267726, in the person of Andrew Dominique White, who signs this agreement in his capacity as legal representative (the “Investor”);

- on the one hand -

and

Ambrogio D'Arrezzo, born in Crecchio (CH), January 14, 1962, Italian tax code DRRMRG62A14D137F (“AD”);

and

Carlo Ulacco, born in Rome (RM), April 15, 1976, Italian tax code LCCCRL76D15H501S (“CU”);

and

Andrea Lodi, born in Carpi, August 25, 1979, Italian tax code LDONDR79M25B819A (“AL” and jointly with AD and CU, the “Sellers”);

- on the other side - (the Investor and the Sellers, individually, a “Party” and jointly, the “Parties”).

RECITALS

(A) AD, CU, and AL hold, respectively, 86.2%, 10.8%, and 3% of the share capital of TEKNE S.p.A. (“TEKNE” or the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of Italy, with registered office at Contrada San Matteo no. 42, Poggiofiorito (CH), 66030, registration number with the Companies’ Register of Chieti-Pescara, Italian tax code and VAT number 01992140697, with share capital equal to Euro 30,500,000.00 (thirty million five hundred thousand/00), fully paid up, represented by no. 30,500,000 shares with a nominal value equal to Euro 1.00 each;

(B) TEKNE is a company active in the development of the design, production and outfitting of industrial, special and military vehicles, and in the development of products, systems and services related to electronics for automotive, defense and security, in the military and in the military and civilian fields;

(C) TEKNE needs to obtain additional financial resources, including, lines of credit for a total value equal to Euro 50,000,000.00 (fifty million/00), in order to be able to complete the composition with creditors procedure (composizione negoziata della crisi) to which TEKNE is a party, as well as to complete certain orders related to its business as described in the Recovery Plan (the “Pending Orders”). In such respect, the Investor has approached the Sellers for the creation of a commercial investment and strategic partnership with TEKNE through the possible entry of the Investor in the share capital of TEKNE, by the means of a potential acquisition of 70% of TEKNE’s share capital (the “Transaction”). The aforementioned Transaction is part of a more complex transaction that the Investor is finalizing with Nuburu Inc., listed on the U.S. regulated market (the “Final Investor”), through which the Investor will contribute all of its assets, including the Company, into the capital of the Final Investor, involving the transfer of a certain number of shares (the “U.S. Participation”) of the Final Investor (the “Final Transaction”);

 

1

 


Execution Version

 

 

(D) in accordance with the foregoing, the Investor is interested in investing in the Company through the purchase by the Investor of a shareholding equal to 70% of the Company’s share capital (the “Participation”).

NOW, THEREFORE,

the Parties, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows.

SECTION I INTRODUCTORY PROVISIONS AND SUBJECT OF THE AGREEMENT

1. DEFINITIONS

In addition to the terms and expressions defined in other Clauses, Paragraphs, in the Recitals, Annex, Appendix and preamble to this Agreement, the following terms and expressions have the following meanings in the context of this Agreement:

1.1. “Acceptance Date”: means the date on which the Parties duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement, pursuant to Clause 14.2, by exchange of proposal and acceptance (scambio per corrispondenza).

1.2. “Accounting Principles”: means the provisions dictated by section 2423 et seq. of the Civil Code for the preparation of the financial statements of companies, as interpreted and supplemented by the national accounting standards issued by the Italian Accountants’ Organization (“Consigli Nazionali dei Dottori Commercialisti e dei Ragionieri”), applied in a manner consistent and coherent with the Company's previous practice.

1.3. “Agreement”: has the meaning set forth in the preamble.

1.4. “Antitrust Regulations”: means (i) Law No. 287 of October 10, 1990, as subsequently amended and implemented; and (ii) EU Regulation No. 1/2003.

1.5. “Authority”: means any public authority, including legislative, executive, administrative, fiscal, or judicial bodies (including European community, international, foreign, federal, state, regional, interregional, or local authorities as well as European authorities and by way of example but not limited to, the Department of Security Information “DIS”) or any commission, board, agency, bureau, official as well as any other regulatory, administrative, judicial authority including arbitration courts and arbitrators and all their divisions and subdivisions.

1.6. “Authorization(s)”: means all authorizations, licenses, concessions, permits, approvals, certifications, clearances (nulla osta), as well as any other measure of any Authority necessary for the management of the Company as it is currently conducted.

1.7. “Bankruptcy Law”: means Royal Decree No. 267 of March 16, 1942, as subsequently supplemented and amended.

1.8. “Binding Exchange Share”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(b).

1.9. “Binding Price-Exchange Date”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.3 (a)(v).

 

2

 


Execution Version

 

 

1.10. “Business Day”: means a day on which banks operating in the Rome and Milan are open for the conduct of their normal business.

1.11. “Candidates”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4.1a).

1.12. “Candidate Designated Investor”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4.1 b).

1.13. “Civil Code”: means Royal Decree No. 262 of March 16, 1942, as amended from time to time.

1.14. “Claim”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.4 (a).

1.15. “Closing”: means the performance of all acts, operations, fulfilments, exchanges of documents, none excluded and/or excepted, to be performed on the Closing Date, as well as the completion of all transactions that, according to the provisions of this Agreement, are to take place on the Closing Date.

1.16. “Closing Date”: means the date on which the Closing (as defined below) will take place in accordance with this Agreement.

1.17. “CNC Expert”: means the independent expert appointed by measure by the Chieti-Pescara Companies’ Register on August 14, 2024 in the person of Dr. Luigi Carunchio pursuant to section 17 et seq. of Legislative Decree No. 18/2021.

1.18. “Compensation Notice”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.3.

1.19. “Competition Activities”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.9.1(i).

1.20. “Conditions Precedent”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.1.1.

1.21. “Confidential Information”: has the meaning set forth in Clause14.7.1.

1.22. “Confirmatory Due Diligence”: has the meaning set forth in Clause8.1“Control”: means the case referred to in section 2359, par. 1 and 2 of the Civil Code; the terms “Parent” and “Subsidiary”, and the verb “Control” will have a meaning consistent with the definition of Control.

1.23. “Decree 231”: means Legislative Decree No. 231/2001, as subsequently amended.

1.24. “Direct Claim”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.4 (a).

1.25. “Designated Investor Chief Executive Officer”: has the meaning set forth in Clause12.4.1 d).

1.26. “Due Diligence”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 5.1.

1.27. “Due Diligence Documentation”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 5.1(i).

1.28. “Encumbrances”: means pledges, mortgages, rights of use, usufruct, garnishments, seizures, pre-emptions, options, charges, prejudicial passive transcripts, general and special privileges, pending litigation, third party rights, for any reason, including inheritance, redemption rights in favor of third parties pursuant to section 1500 of the Civil Code, and any other encumbrances, charges or encumbrances.

1.29. “Escrow Account”: means the bank account to be opened by either Party with the Escrow Agent, pledged for the benefit of the Parties to secure (i) the Fixed Binding Price payment, (ii) the transfer of the Binding Exchange Share, and (iii) the Sellers’ indemnification obligations, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

3

 


Execution Version

 

 

1.30. “Escrow Agent”: means escrow agent, as a notary or bank of primary standing, jointly selected by the Parties.

1.31. “Escrow Agreement”: means the mandate and escrow agreement to be entered into between the Parties and the Escrow Agent as of the Closing Date substantially in accordance with the text attached to this Agreement as Annex 1.33, designed to secure (i) the payment of the Fixed Binding Price, (ii) the transfer of the Binding Exchange Share, (iii) the deduction of the Relevant Results, and (iv) the indemnification obligations of the Sellers, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

1.32. “Escrow Amount”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.2(ii).

1.33. “Exchange Share”: has the meaning set forth given in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(b).

1.34. “Exchange Share Closing”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(b).

1.35. “Expert's Decision”: has the meaning given in Clause 4.3.3(b)(iv).

1.36. “Final Investor”: has the meaning set forth in Recital (C).

1.37. “Final Transaction”: has the meaning set forth in Recital (C).

1.38. “Final Transaction Authorization”: means (i) the granting by any competent Authority of authorization, approval or consent to execute the Final Transaction contemplated by this Agreement, such as, by way of example but not limited to, antitrust authorization, the so-called golden power authority under the Golden Power Legislation to execute the Final Transaction notified to it; or (ii) the silence-consent provided for in the Golden Power Legislation as a result of the expiration of the deadline for the verification of the request for golden power authorization; or (iii) the notice that the Golden Power Legislation is not applicable to the Final Transaction contemplated by this Agreement.

1.39. “Financial Statement(s)”: means the Company's financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2024, respectively, duly approved by the Company's corporate bodies.

1.40. “First Chief Executive Officer”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.3.

1.41. “Fixed Price”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(a).

1.42. “Fixed Price Closing”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(a).

1.43. “Fixed Binding Price”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(ii)(a).

1.44. “Golden Power Regulations”: means (i) Decree-Law No. 21 of March 15, 2012, converted into law by Law No. 56 of March 11, 2012, as subsequently amended or supplemented; (ii) Decree-Law No. 105 of September 21, 2019, converted into law by Law No. 133 of November 18, 2019, as subsequently amended and implemented; and (iii) EU Regulation No. 452/2019.

1.45. “Group”: means the Company and its Subsidiaries, and “Group Companies” shall be interpreted accordingly.

1.46. “Indemnification”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.6(a).

1.47. “Investor”: has the meaning set forth in preamble.

1.48. “Indemnifiable Event”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.6

 

4

 


Execution Version

 

 

1.49. “Independent Expert”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.3.

1.50. “Intellectual Property Rights”: means any and all intellectual and/or industrial property rights owned by the Company, including but not limited to rights relating to: firm, company name, company name, patents for inventions, ornamental and utility models, trademarks (including unregistered), distinctive signs, applications relating to the foregoing, industrial and trade secrets, software, Internet domains, databases (including where “non-creative”), contact lists used by the Company in the exercise of its activities, know-how, the processes, productive and commercial, image rights and domain names.

1.51. “Interim Period”: means the period from the Acceptance Date to the Closing Date.

1.52. “Internal Contact Person”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 5.2.3.

1.53. “Investor’s Representations and Warranties”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 10.1.

1.54. “Law”: means any supranational, national, regional, state, provincial or local law or other form of regulatory provision, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, order, injunction or decree, and any rule of primary or secondary status applicable to the Parties and/or the Company (as applicable).

1.55. “Lock-Up”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2(a).

1.56. “Lock-up Period”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.2(a).

1.57. “Long Stop Date”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 6.1.1.

1.58. “Loss(es)”: means all losses and damages determined in accordance with section 1223 of the Civil Code, including expressly the loss of profit, and any contingent liabilities, non-existence of assets, costs, expenses, charges, disbursements, including those in the nature of Tax.

1.59. “Material Adverse Change”: means any event (or series of events) related to the Company that results in a material adverse change or impact on the Company's assets, financial or earnings conditions or business activities, such as impairing the Company’s ordinary operations or result in its insolvency.

1.60. “New By-laws”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 7.2 (a)(v).

1.61. “Notary”: means the notary who will be chosen by the Investor.

1.62. “Notice of Candidates”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4.1(a).

1.63. “Notice of Designated”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4.1(b).

1.64. “Objection to Claim”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.4 (b).

1.65. “Objection to the Compensation”: has the meaning set forth in Clause4.3.3(b)(i).

1.66. “Objection Term”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.3.

1.67. “Participation”: has the meaning given in Recital (D).

1.68. “Parties”: has the meaning set forth in preamble.

1.69. “Penalty for Breach of Non-Competition Obligations”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.9.4.

1.70. “Pending Orders”: has the meaning set forth in Recital (C).

 

5

 


Execution Version

 

 

1.71. “Related Parties”: means any natural person and legal entity identified as such in accordance with the “Regulation of Related Party Transactions” adopted by CONSOB Resolution No. 17221 of March 12, 2010, as amended and in accordance with IAS ("International Accounting Standards") No. 24.

1.72. “Relevant Results”: means any findings noted by the Investor and/or its advisors (if any) during the exercise of Due Diligence and Confirmatory Due Diligence that (if any) result in a net loss or Loss for any of the Group Companies in excess of an amount equal to Euro 250,000.00 (two hundred and fifty thousand/00) arising from any breach arising from contractual relationships, third party rights or any other relationship to which any of the Group Companies are party or from the Law or Accounting Principles applicable to the Group Companies. It remains understood that any liabilities or Losses arising from one or more contracts for causes of production delays caused by the compositions with creditors procedure (composizione negoziata della crisi) to which the Company is subject shall not be included as Relevant Results, only in the event that such liabilities or Losses are offset by new orders or contracts that the Company receives or enters into in the following 6 months from the Acceptance Date.

1.73. “Relevant Territory”: means the territory, Cities, Regions, States, without limitation, where the Company carries out and/or organizes and/or maintains relations with third parties in connection with its business and corporate purpose.

1.74. “Sellers’ Representations and Warranties”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.

1.75. “Tax(es)”: means any charge payable, obligation to pay, including any fee, tax (direct or indirect,

including VAT, income tax, regional business tax, sales or transfer tax), government concessions occupation tax, excise tax, duty, customs tax, stamp duty, registration tax, IMU charge, tax burden, withholding tax, imposed by Law or any Authority (including those due as a substitute for tax), as well as any interest or penalty, surtax and/or surcharge related thereto.

1.76. “Termination of Office”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 12.4.1.

1.77. “Third Party Claim”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 9.4(a).

1.78. “Transaction”: has the meaning set forth in Recital (C).

1.79. "Transfer": means (i) any inter vivos transaction or act, whether in whole or in part, in a particular or universal capacity (a titolo particolare o universale), for valuable consideration (fungible or non-fungible) or gratuitous, and (ii) any inter vivos transaction, deed or agreement in a universal or particular capacity (a titolo particolare o universale), whether for valuable consideration (fungible or non-fungible) or gratuitous - including but not limited to, sales, exchanges, donations, constitution of separate estates, contributions to trusts, contributions to companies or estate funds, pledges, enforcement of security interests (including but not limited to forced sales and forced assignments) constitutions or transfers of usufruct or other right of guarantee or enjoyment (diritto di garanzia o godimento), securities lending, mergers and demergers, preliminary contracts, trust transfers, options and deferred execution contracts - by virtue of which the result of the transfer or constitution (or commitment to transfer or constitution) of ownership or any other real or personal right (including usufruct,

 

6

 


Execution Version

 

 

bare ownership and pledge) is achieved. The verb "Transfer," in all its conjugations, shall have a meaning consistent with the definition of Transfer.

1.80. “US Escrow Participation”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.2(ii).

1.81. “Value of the Participation”: has the meaning set forth in Clause 4.3.1(i).

2. CERTAIN RULES OF INTERPRETATION

2.1. The Premises referred to above the Annexes and Appendix to this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted as an integral and essential part of this Agreement.

2.2. References to “Premises”, “Clauses”, “Paragraphs”, “Annexes, and “Appendix” shall be construed as to refer to the respective premises, clauses, paragraphs, annexes and appendix of this Agreement.

2.3. The expressions "therein included," "includes," or similar shall be construed as introducing a mere exemplification as if they were always followed by "without limitation," and the singular includes the plural and vice versa, the masculine includes the feminine and vice versa.

2.4. The obligation to "cause" certain activities to be carried out by third parties shall be construed under section 1381 of the Civil Code.

2.5. The definitions in Clause 1 apply to both the singular and plural of the respective headings where the context so requires.

2.6. The headings of the Clauses, Paragraphs and Annexes are inserted for convenience only, for the sole purpose of ease of reference, and shall in no way affect the meaning, interpretation or effectiveness of this Agreement.

2.7. The agreements in favor of third parties are deemed to be stipulated pursuant to section 1411 of the Civil Code.

3. SUBJECT MATTER OF THE AGREEMENT

The purpose of this Agreement is:

(i) to regulate the transfer of the Participation on the Closing Date by the Sellers in favor of the Investor. The provisions relating to this stage are contained in Section II of this Agreement, without prejudice to the application of any additional provisions contained in other Sections of this Agreement as relevant;

(ii) to set forth the corporate governance rules, as shareholder agreement, relating to the Company following the Closing Date. The relevant provisions are contained in Section III of this Agreement, without prejudice to the application of any additional provisions contained in other Sections of this Agreement as relevant; and

(iii) to regulate the additional commitments to be borne by the Parties. The relevant provisions are contained in Section VI of this Agreement, without prejudice to the application of any additional provisions contained in other Sections of this Agreement as relevant.

 

7

 


Execution Version

 

 

SECTION II

4.
Sale and Purchase of the Participation
4.1.
Sale and purchase
4.1.1.
Under the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Sellers sells to the Investor, who acquires from each of the Sellers, effective as of the Closing Date and subject to the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent (or the waiver thereof in accordance with this Agreement), against the payment of the Fixed Price and the transfer of the Exchange Share, paid in under the terms and conditions set forth in Clause 4.3, the full and exclusive ownership of all of the shares constituting the Participation, consisting of no. 21,350,000 shares of the Company, representing 70% of the Company’s share capital, free and clear of all Encumbrances, as further set forth below:
(a)
AD holds no. 18,403,700 shares of the Company, representing 60% of the Participation;
(b)
CU holds no. 2,305,800 shares of the Company, representing 8% of the Participation; and
(c)
AL holds no. 640,500 shares of the Company, representing 2% of the Participation.
4.1.2.
It is understood that pursuant to and for the purposes of section 1316 of the Civil Code, the Participation is conventionally considered as a single and indivisible object in its entirety. Therefore, any possibility of partial fulfilment consisting in the transfer of portions of the Participation is excluded.
4.2.
Translative effect and enjoyment

The transfer of ownership of the Participation takes place on the Closing Date, subject to the occurrence of the Closing, as provided in Clause 7, and the Participation is transferred to the Investor, with regular enjoyment as of the Closing Date.

4.3.
Fixed Price and Exchange Share
4.3.1.
Participation Value
(i)
The Parties agree that the value of the Participation is, as of today's date, conventionally determined in the fixed and unchangeable amount (except as set forth below) equal in the aggregate to the sum of USD 42,000,000.00 (forty-two million/00) (the “Value of the Participation”).
(ii)
The Parties agree that, based on the Value of the Participation, the Investor will pay the price of the Participation to the Sellers, pro-rata to the portion of the Participation transferred by each of the Sellers, by:
(a)
the payment in cash of an amount equal to USD 8,400,000.00 (eight million four hundred thousand/00) (the “Fixed Price”) of which: (i) an amount equal to USD 4,200,000.00 (four million two hundred thousand/00) (the “Fixed Price Closing”) shall be paid on the Closing Date in the manner set forth in Clause 4.3.2(i) below, and (ii) an amount equal to USD 4.200,000.00 (four million two hundred thousand/00) shall be paid net of any Relevant Results calculated in the manner set forth in Clause 4.3.2(i) below (the “Fixed Binding Price”); and

 

8

 


Execution Version

 

 

(b)
the exchange shares, by way of an exchange pursuant to section 1554 of the Civil Code, of a portion of the U.S. Participation, equal to the value of USD 33,600,000.00 (thirty-three million six hundred thousand/00) in accordance with the criteria and terms of the monetary currency, as agreed between the Parties, on the Closing Date (the “Exchange Share”), of which: (i) a portion of the U.S. Participation, equal to the value of USD 16,800.000.00 (sixteen million eight hundred thousand/00) (the “Exchange Share Closing”) shall be transferred on the Closing Date the manner set forth in Clause 4.3.2 below, and (ii) a portion of the US Participations, equal to the value of USD 16,800.000.00 (sixteen million eight hundred thousand) net of any Relevant Results calculated in the manner set forth in Clause 4.3.3 below (the “Binding Exchange Share”), shall be transferred on the Closing Date in the manner set forth in Clause 24.3 below.
4.3.2.
Method of Payment of Fixed Price Closing and Exchange Share Closing
(i)
The Parties agree that, on the Closing Date, the Fixed Price Closing shall be paid by instant transfer to the respective bank accounts of the Sellers, which shall be notified to the Investor at least 5 Business Days prior to the Closing Date, and the Exchange Share Closing shall be transferred, from the Investor to the Sellers, pro rata to the portion of the equity interest transferred by each of the Sellers.
(ii)
For the purpose of the payment of the Fixed Binding Price and the transfer of the Binding Exchange Share, on the Closing Date, the Investor shall (i) pay an amount equal to USD 4,200.000.00 (four million two hundred thousand/00) (the “Escrow Amount”) to the Escrow Agent on the Escrow Account, and (ii) will deliver by way of deposit a portion of the U.S. Participations, equal to USD 16,800,000.00 (sixteen million eight hundred thousand) to the Escrow Agent (the “U.S. Escrow Participation”).
(iii)
The Parties agree that the Escrow Amount and the U.S. Escrow Participation, when respectively accredited and delivered by Investor to Escrow Agent on the Closing Date to the Escrow Account, shall remain on deposit in the Escrow Account and shall be released by Escrow Agent to Sellers as Binding Fixed Price and Binding Exchange Share, on the terms and conditions set forth in the Escrow Agreement within 5 Business Days after the Binding Price-Closing Date, less any amounts due from Sellers to Investor under this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement.

 

9

 


Execution Version

 

 

(iv)
The Escrow Amount and US Escrow Participations may be moved by the Escrow Agent only and exclusively in accordance with the irrevocable provisions and instructions set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
(v)
Within the next 7 (seven) Business Days from the Acceptance Date of this Agreement, the Investor and an escrow agent, selected by the Investor, shall enter into a warrant and escrow agreement designed to guarantee the payment of an aggregate amount equal to USD 4,200,000.00 (four million two hundred thousand/00) (the “Guarantee”), by way of security, which shall be released to the Sellers if the Closing fails to complete due to causes directly attributable to the Investor. In such event, subject to the provisions of Clause 6 (Conditions Precedent), Sellers shall be entitled to receive from the escrow agent the Guarantee. It is understood that if (i) any of the above Conditions Precedent have not occurred or (ii) the Parties, directly or indirectly, have executed the Closing, the Guarantee shall be released in favor of the Investor by the escrow agent.
4.3.3.
Calculation of Fixed Binding Price and Binding Exchange Share
(a)
The Parties agree that the Fixed Binding Price and the Binding Exchange Share will be calculated through a contingent and variable compensation mechanism, which, in any case, may not result in a decrease by more than USD 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00) and will be equal to the result of the following formula:

Fixed Binding Price= 20%*Binding Value; and

Binding Exchange Share= 80%*Binding Value.

Where:

“Binding Value”: means the value resulting from the following formula:

Binding Value = 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00) - the maximum value converted into USD of the Relevant Results (the "Maximum Compensated Value").

(b)
In order to calculate the amount, if any, due as Binding Fixed Price and Binding Exchange Share, the Parties will follow the following procedure:
(i)
within 30 Business Days from the date of the conclusion of the Confirmatory Due Diligence, the Investor shall calculate (if necessary also by using external professionals) and transmit to the Sellers its determination of the Binding Fixed Price and the Binding Exchange Share by sending to the Sellers an appropriate written communication (the “Objection to the Compensation”) containing the Binding Value, the Binding Fixed Price, the Binding Exchange Share and the Relevant Results calculated by the Investor pursuant to Clause 4.3.3(a). In the absence of the submission of the Compensation Notice within the specified time limit, the amount determined in this Agreement by way of Binding Fixed Price and Binding Exchange Share shall become final and immediately due to the Sellers in the manner set forth in the Escrow Agreement.

 

10

 


Execution Version

 

 

The Sellers undertake that the Company shall give full cooperation to the Investor and provide any documents or data requested by the Investor for the purpose of calculating the Binding Value, Binding Fixed Price, Binding Exchange Share and Relevant Results.
(ii)
Sellers may contest the determination of the Fixed Binding Price and Binding Exchange Share made by Investor by sending the latter a written notice (the "Objection to the Compensation") containing: (a) the Relevant Findings values disputed and recalculated by Sellers and the grounds for such disputes; and (b) the amount by way of Fixed Binding Price and Binding Exchange Share based on the Relevant Results values deemed correct by Sellers. The Objection to the Compensation shall be delivered to Investor within 20 (twenty) Business Days of receipt of the Compensation Notice (the "Objection Term").
(iii)
In the event that the Investor does not receive any Objection to the Compensation, the value of the Binding Fixed Price and Binding Exchange Share determined by the Investor and contained in the Compensation Notice shall be deemed finally accepted by the Sellers and shall become binding between the Parties.
(iv)
In the event the Objection to the Compensation is sent within the Objection Term, the Investor and the Sellers shall be required to discuss in good faith in order to reach an agreement to resolve the dispute amicably. In the event that the Investor and the Sellers fail to reach an agreement within 20 (twenty) Business Days of receipt of the Objection to the Compensation, the resolution of such dispute shall be submitted to a chartered accountant or an auditing firm of primary standing appointed jointly by the Parties or, in the event the Parties fail to agree on the choice of such accountant or such auditing firm, by the President of the Court of Rome upon the application of the most diligent Party (the "Independent Expert") and the following shall apply:
1)
the Parties involved shall instruct the Independent Expert to take into account only those items and amounts set forth in the Objection to the Compensation on which the Parties have not yet reached agreement, and shall, each to the extent of its responsibility, cause the Independent Expert to have access to all books, records, financial statements, data and other relevant information and documentation of the Company, and to cooperate with the Independent Expert in complying with all requests reasonably made by the Independent Expert in connection with the exercise of his or her mandate; the Parties shall instruct the Independent Expert to deliver to the Parties, in the shortest possible time (and in any event no later than 20 (twenty) Business Days after his designation), a written decision setting forth the resolution of the disagreement on the Binding Fixed Price and the Binding Exchange Share of the Compensation Notice and the Objection to the Compensation (the "Expert's Decision").

 

11

 


Execution Version

 

 

2)
The Expert's Decision shall be final and binding between the Parties;
3)
the Independent Expert will act with fair appreciation pursuant to sections 1349 and 1473 of the Civil Code, expressly excluding mere arbitrariness and not acting as an arbitrator; and
4)
fees and expenses related to the appointment of the Independent Expert will be borne by the losing Party.
(v)
The Parties agree that upon the outcome of the procedure set forth in the preceding Clause 4.3.3 (b) (ii) , (iii) and (iv) , the Binding Fixed Price and the Binding Exchange Share shall be final and binding between the Parties, within 20 (twenty) Business Days (the "Binding Price-Exchange Date") (1) after the expiration of the Objection Term, if an Objection to the Compensation has not been transmitted pursuant to Clause (iii) above; or (2) by the reaching of an amicable agreement between the Parties involved pursuant to the preceding Paragraph (iv), where, following the transmission of an Objection to the Compensation pursuant to the preceding Paragraph (iii) , such amicable agreement has been reached; or (3) from the receipt of the Expert's Decision, where, following the transmission of an Objection to the Compensation pursuant to the preceding Paragraph (iii), the resolution of such dispute has been submitted by the most diligent Party to the judgment of the Independent Expert pursuant to the preceding Paragraph (iv).
4.4.
Method of Payment of Binding Fixed Price and Binding Exchange Share
(a)
Subject to the provisions of Clause 4.3.2 above, the payment of the Fixed Binding Price and the transfer of the Binding Exchange Share shall be made by the Escrow Agent, dollar for dollar and pro rata to the portion of the Participation transferred by the Sellers, and specifically, (i) with respect to the Fixed Binding Price, by wire transfer at least 5 Business Days following the Binding Price-Purchase Date, to the current accounts of Sellers pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, and
(ii)
with respect to the Binding Exchange Share, shall be transferred directly or indirectly to Sellers, pursuant to applicable law as soon as practicable after the Binding Price-Purchase Date.
(b)
Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 4.3.2 above, following the payment of the Binding Fixed Price and the transfer of the Binding Exchange Share, the remaining amounts and the remaining U.S. Participation held by the Escrow Agent, if any, and therefore due to the Investor, shall be made by the Escrow Agent, dollar for dollar, by wire transfer at least 5 Business Days following the Binding Price-Exchange Date, to the bank account that of the Investor under the Escrow Agreement.

 

12

 


Execution Version

 

 

5.
Pre-Closing Covenants
5.1.
Due Diligence

The Parties agree that, during the Interim Period, the Investor, together with its advisors, may and will be permitted to carry out, within a maximum period of 30 (thirty) Business Days from the Acceptance Date, due diligence (including questions and answers with relevant persons within the Group Companies) (the "Due Diligence"), provided that:

(i)
the Due Diligence activity will be based on the analysis of the information and documents provided by the Group Companies and the Sellers, directly or indirectly through their advisors, as listed in the checklist in Annex5.1(i), and from the additional questions and requests that will be provided during the Due Diligence (the "Due Diligence Documentation");
(ii)
advisors of the Investor shall be disclosed in writing to the Company for the purpose of the Company's authorization to analyse the information and documents provided by the Group Companies and Sellers;
(iii)
the Sellers, either directly or through their advisors, will ensure that the Due Diligence Documents are made available in a virtual data room, established and maintained by the Sellers, at the beginning of the Due Diligence and that the Investor and its advisors have access to them during the Due Diligence period; and
(iv)
the Due Diligence and the relevant results derived from the Due Diligence (including, without limitation, the Relevant Results), if any, shall constitute a condition precedent to the completion of the Closing and shall entitle the Investor not to consummate the Transaction (and, in fact, the Final Transaction) and/or to terminate, cancel or rescind this Agreement, within the maximum period of 40 Business Days from the Acceptance Date.
5.2.
Interim Management
5.2.1.
Actions prior to Closing

The Sellers undertake to ensure that, during the Interim Period, the Group Companies are managed in a prudent manner, by which term is meant consistent, diligent management and in line with past practice, in compliance with applicable Laws and without engaging in any acts that may give rise to a breach or misstatement of the Sellers' Representations and Warranties, except as provided in this Agreement and as expressly permitted in writing by the Investor. Without prejudice to the foregoing general provisions, the Sellers undertake to cause the Group Companies, except as permitted under this Agreement and/or any express authorization by the Authorities and/or the Investor, including through its Internal Contact Person referred to in the following Clause 5.2.3.

 

13

 


Execution Version

 

 

(i)
do not make, nor undertake to make, any by-laws changes;
(ii)
shall not make, nor undertake to make, any Transfer to third parties of the shares of the Company and/or the shares or units of its Subsidiaries and not to create in any way Encumbrances on the same or, in any case, to carry out any transaction that may prejudice the Investor's rights under this Agreement;
(iii)
do not carry out, nor undertake to carry out, any sale or purchase of business or business units;
(iv)
do not carry out, nor undertake to carry out, any extraordinary transactions including, but not limited to, capital increases or decreases, mergers, demergers, and joint ventures;
(v)
not make in any form (including the purchase of its own shares) any distribution of profits or reserves in favor of its shareholders or modify its share capital (and/or bylaws) in any way;
(vi)
undertake no new obligations, nor undertake to incur any new expenses, charges, or make purchases or sales of goods and/or services in such a way as to deviate significantly from the management operated in the same period in previous years, so as to maintain diligent management that will remain in line with past practice, except for transactions that will be duly approved by written authorization from the Investor and/or the Internal Contact Person, which will not be unreasonably withheld;
(vii)
do not sign any lease agreements, except for the properties located in Poggiofiorito, Guastalla and Orsogna;
(viii)
do not make or apply for financing, or repay in advance any financing or issue warranties in favor of third parties, or place Encumbrances or other encumbrances on any of its assets, rights or property, except with the prior approval of the Investor, which shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(ix)
not award, increase or modify economic charges and/or bonuses, rewards, benefits and incentives of any nature and/or commissions due to its employees, contractors or consultants, as the case may be, except for increases due under applicable collective bargaining agreements and already in force and effective as of the Acceptance Date, except with the Investor's prior approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld;
(x)
do not enter into new agreements or amendments to agreements with labour organizations, and do not enter into new employment contracts, whether self-employed or salaried, that are not motivated by business needs for the execution of ongoing orders or projects and/or that do not deviate significantly from the management performed in the same period in previous years so as to maintain diligent management that will remain in line with past practice, unless prior approval by the Investor is unreasonably withheld; do not change the payment terms agreed with suppliers or resulting from invoices issued by suppliers, and do not change the collection terms agreed with customers or resulting from invoices issued by customers, except with the Investor's prior approval, which will not be unreasonably withheld;

 

14

 


Execution Version

 

 

(xi)
(xii)
do not change their accounting principles or methods or practices;
(xiii)
do not change their business or financial situation, either individually or in the aggregate, so as to result in a Material Adverse Change;
(xiv)
do not enter into license agreements for the use of intellectual property rights, or grant third parties any right to use them, or terminate them;
(xv)
do not perform, nor undertake to perform, any transactions with the Sellers and their Related Parties;
(xvi)
do not carry out, nor undertake to carry out, any corporate reorganization or liquidation; and
(xvii)
do not engage in any activities that conflict with the provisions of this Agreement or the performance of the operations hereunder.
5.2.2.
Right of access

During the Interim Period, the Sellers undertake to cause the Investor, directly or through trusted agents authorized by the Sellers, to be permitted to examine and verify such documentation and information relating to the Group Companies as may be reasonably useful or necessary for the purpose of evaluating the same and compliance with the actions prior to closing set forth in the preceding Clause 5.2.1. The Sellers shall cause the Group Companies to render all assistance reasonably required for the performance of the examinations, visits, verifications and assumption of information provided for above.

5.2.3.
Disclosure and Approval Requirements

Without prejudice to the provisions of the preceding Clauses, the Sellers undertake to keep the Investor promptly informed, through its Internal Contact Person (the “Internal Contact Person”), which is as of now indicated in the person of Mr. Luca Zanni (expressly authorized to give his assent/authorization, on behalf of the Investor) of any event or circumstance, including those of a financial nature, concerning the Group Companies occurring between the Interim Period as well as of any fact or circumstance that may reasonably and in good faith be relevant to the best protection of Investor's interests under this Agreement in connection with the Financed Amount, the Transaction (and, in fact, the Final Transaction) contemplated herein or that may result in a breach, inaccuracy or untruthfulness of the Representations and Warranties of the Sellers set forth in Clause 9.

During the Interim Period, the Internal Contact Person will be consulted by the Sellers regarding any requests for authorizations for operations, including extraordinary operations and operations of a financial nature, that may be necessary for a more efficient and appropriate management of the Group Companies and, within 10 Business Days, will provide the appropriate authorizations.

 

15

 


Execution Version

 

 

5.3.
Implementation of a CNC payment and business plan

For the purposes of the composition with creditors procedure (composizione negoziata della crisi) to which the Company is subject pursuant to the Law and, specifically, Decree-Law No. 118/2021 and Legislative Decree No. 14/2019 (the "CNC Procedure"), during the Interim Period, the Parties shall use their best efforts to cooperate in good faith in order to agree on a business plan, as well as a creditor payment plan, with terms and conditions satisfactory to both Parties, aimed at the recovery and overcoming of the aforementioned CNC Procedure (the "Recovery Plan"). For the purpose of overcoming the aforesaid CNC Procedure, on the Acceptance Date, the Sellers shall cause the Company to mandate Mr. Luca Zanni, as CRO (Chief Restructuring Officer), granting him all necessary and useful powers in order to mitigate, limit and manage the damages suffered by the Company during the CNC Procedure, the latter being able, upon agreement with the Sellers and in particular with AD in his capacity as chief executive officer of the Company, also to avail himself of work services from collaborators, advisors and professionals external to the Company (by way of example but not limited to, the management of legal work as governed by the following Paragraph and the assignment to a consultant or communications and/or marketing company the management and recovery of the media image relating to TEKNE). It is understood that the costs, expenses, and legal fees of such activities shall be borne by the Company.

5.4.
Management of legal activity

As of the Acceptance Date, the Sellers undertake, and will cause the Company to undertake, that the legal work and management of all legal matters relating to the Company and the Group Companies will be assumed by their current and future advisors and professionals, together with such advisors and professionals that will be appointed by the Investor. The legal fees and expenses of such activities will be borne by the Company.

6.
Conditions Precedent
6.1.
Conditions Precedent
6.1.1.
Pursuant to and for the purposes of section 1353 of the Civil Code, the obligation of the Parties to execute the sale and purchase of the Participation and to proceed with the Closing is subject to the fulfilment prior to the Closing Date, and, in any event, no later than March 20, 2025 (the "Long Stop Date"), of the following conditions precedent:
(i)
obtaining the Final Transaction Authorization;
(ii)
obtaining necessary and possible authorizations from the CNC Expert or the competent judicial authority provided under the Law.
(iii)
the exhaustive, complete and satisfactory completion of the Due Diligence, within the time limit specified pursuant to Clause 5.1, which does not result in serious and justified reasons that, in the interest of the Investor, prevent the conclusion of the said Transaction or the Final Transaction;
(iv)
the non-occurrence of any Material Adverse Changes and the absence of any provisions, order, judgment, or other decision, including those of a provisionally enforceable or precautionary nature, by any Authority, which has the effect of preventing one or more of the Parties from performing their respective obligations under this Agreement and, to that effect, the Transaction or the Final Transaction; and

 

16

 


Execution Version

 

 

(v)
the absence of any breach of each of the Representations and Warranties of the Sellers set forth in Clause 9 , except for any additions and/or modifications that will be disclosed by the Sellers to the Investor in connection with facts, events or circumstances that have occurred during the Interim Period, which do not constitute a Material Adverse Changes;
(vi)
the exact performance by the Sellers and the Company, in all relevant aspects, of all their obligations under this Agreement, within the respective terms provided herein; and
(vii)
the written approval of both Parties and the Company of the Recovery Plan in accordance with the Law, (the “Conditions Precedent”).
6.1.2.
For the purpose of the Conditions Precedent referred to in Clause 6.1.1 above, each Party shall send to the other Party, by the Long Stop Date, a letter confirming the fulfilment of the respective Conditions Precedent.
6.1.3.
The Conditions Precedent must come true at least by the Long Stop Date.
6.2.
Failure to comply with the Conditions Precedent

Failure to fulfil (or waive) the Conditions Precedent by the Closing Date shall automatically and permanently render this Agreement ineffective between the Parties, effective immediately, except for Clause 14.3 (Notices and Other Communications), 14.7 (Confidentiality Obligations), 14.9 (Governing Law), and 15 (Dispute Resolution), and without prejudice to each Party's liability for any breach of this Agreement prior to the final ineffectiveness of this Agreement.

6.3.
Nature of Conditions Precedent

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 6.2 , the Conditions Precedent set forth in 6.1.1(iii), 6.1.1(iv) , 6.1.1(v) , 6.1.1(vi) and 6.1.1(vii) are placed in the interest of the Investor. Therefore, in the event that they are not satisfied or waived by the Investor by the Long Stop Date, or such other deadline as may be agreed upon by the Parties, this Agreement shall automatically terminate and the Parties shall be released from their respective obligations hereunder, except for Clause 14.3 (Notices and Other Communications), 14.7 (Confidentiality Obligations),14.9 (Governing Law) and 15 (Dispute Resolution) and without prejudice to each Party's liability for any breach of this Agreement prior to the final ineffectiveness of this Agreement.

 

17

 


Execution Version

 

 

6.4.
Obligations of the Parties in connection with the Conditions Precedent
(a)
The Sellers and the Company shall see to it that the satisfaction of the Conditions Precedent set forth in Clause 6.1.1 takes place as expeditiously as possible. In this regard, the Sellers and the Company shall, together with such other advisors and professionals, if any, as may be appointed by the Investor, each to the extent of his expertise:
(i)
by the Long Stop Date, properly prepare and file with the relevant authorities the necessary documentation and/or notification for the purpose of obtaining the Final Transaction Authorization; and
(ii)
to comply with reasonable requests from the Authorities pursuant to, respectively, Antitrust Regulations, the Golden Power Regulations, as well as other competent Authorities.
(b)
The Sellers shall, and shall cause the Company to do the same, cooperate with and provide the Investor with information and documents necessary and, reasonably requested by the Investor or its advisors and professionals, to make the filing referred to above.
7.
Closing
7.1.
Place and Date of Closing

Subject to the fulfilment or waiver of all of the Conditions Precedent referred to in Clause 6, the Closing shall take place at Studio Legale Gianni & Origoni, Via delle Quattro Fontane 20, 00184, Rome, in the presence of the Notary Public, beginning at 9:00 a.m., on the 10th Business Day following the occurrence of the last of the Conditions Precedent referred to in Clauses 6.1.1(i), 6.1.1(ii) and 6.1.1(iii) (as the Conditions Precedent set forth in Clauses 6.1.1(iv), 6.1.1(v), 6.1.1(vi) and 6.1.1(vii) shall occur on the Closing Date itself, except where otherwise provided), provided that such day shall not be after the Long Stop Date, or at such other time and place as the Parties may agree in writing.

7.2.
Actions and Deliveries at Closing

In addition to any other obligations to be performed under this Agreement or applicable provisions of Law, on the Closing Date:

(a)
Sellers shall:
(i)
pursuant to and in accordance with section 2355, paragraph 3, of the Civil Code, deliver the respective share certificates representing the Participation, free of Encumbrances and arrange before the Notary Public to endorse them as ownership in favor of the Investor;
(ii)
ensure that the transfer of the Participation is duly recorded in TEKNE's shareholder register;
(iii)
arrange that following the transfer of the Participation, all members of the Board of Directors of TEKNE and other Group Companies resign by delivering a letter of resignation in the forms set out in Annex7.2 (a)(iii); propose, with due respect for their autonomy, that all members of the Board of Statutory Auditors of TEKNE and, if any, in the other Group Companies to resign by delivering a letter of resignation in the forms set out in Annex7.2 (a)(iv); and

 

18

 


Execution Version

 

 

(iv)
(v)
ensure that the followings are held (and regularly attend and vote favourably at the meeting):

 

 

-

a meeting in extraordinary session of the shareholders of TEKNE before the Notary Public for the purpose of resolving to approve new bylaws of TEKNE in a text that substantially conforms to those set forth in Annex 7.2(a)(v) (the “New By-laws”); and

 

 

 

 

-

a meeting in ordinary session of TEKNE's shareholders in order to deliberate (i) the appointment of a new board of directors and a new board of statutory auditors; and (ii) the approval of the remuneration to be awarded to the aforementioned corporate bodies, in accordance with the provisions of the New By-laws and the indications received from the Investor.

 

(b)
the Investor shall:
(i)
in conjunction with the delivery of the share certificates representing the Participation, (i) pay the Fixed Price Closing and transfer the Exchange Share Closing to the Sellers in the manner described therein in Clause 4, and (ii) pay the Escrow Amount to the Escrow Account and deliver the US Escrow Participations, pursuant to Clause 4, in favor of the Escrow Agent;
(ii)
concurrently with the transfer of the Participation, pay the taxes and notary fees necessary for the transfer, filing or registration of the Participation, as well as all costs and expenses related thereto;
(iii)
accept delivery of the share certificates representing the Participation free of Encumbrances, duly endorsed in ownership in favor of the Investor by endorsement notarized by the Notary Public pursuant to section 2355, paragraph 3, of the Civil Code; and
(iv)
attend and, where possible, vote in the meetings referred to in Clause 7.2(a)(v).
(c)
The Parties shall:
(i)
execute the Escrow Agreement;
(ii)
subsequent to the meeting referred to in Clause 7.2(a)(v), pursuant to and in accordance with section 1381 of the Civil Code, cause a meeting of the board of directors of TEKNE to be validly held for the purpose of (i) granting to the new directors appointed pursuant to the aforementioned Paragraph the powers relating to the management and representation of TEKNE; and (ii) approving a new business plan relating to the fiscal years 2025 - 2029 of the Company (the "Business Plan"); take any other action, perform any other obligation or exchange any other instrument necessary or appropriate to transfer to the Investor a valid title to the Participation, free from Encumbrances, and for the Closing to have regular and valid completion in accordance with applicable Laws; and

 

19

 


Execution Version

 

 

(iii)
(iv)
to also take any other action, perform any other obligation, or exchange any other instrument necessary or appropriate to perfect the Exchange Share Closing and thereby transfer, directly or indirectly, to the Sellers a valid title to the Exchange Share Closing, free and clear of Encumbrances, and so that the Closing shall have regular and valid completion in accordance with applicable Laws.
7.3.
One Transaction

The Parties mutually acknowledge and agree that all acts, fulfilments, activities, and transactions constituting Closing under this Clause 7, are interrelated and, therefore, notwithstanding their plurality and variety, are to be functionally considered as a single, inseparable act constituting a single transaction, so that, at the discretion of the Party which, as the case may be, has an interest in their performance, none of such acts, performances, activities and operations shall be deemed to be capable of producing effects, unless all other acts, performances, activities and operations constituting the Closing have also been performed in accordance with the respective provisions of this Agreement.

8.
Post-Closing Covenants
8.1.
Confirmatory Due Diligence

The Parties agree that, during the first 6 months from the Closing Date (the "Confirmatory Due Diligence Period"), the Investor, together with its advisors, may and will be authorized to conduct confirmatory due diligence based on the analysis of the Due Diligence Documentation and, if any, additional information and documents related to, including potential, Relevant Results (including questions and answers with management teams within the Group Companies) (the "Confirmatory Due Diligence"), subject to Confirmatory Due Diligence and the noted results derived from the Confirmatory Due Diligence (including, without limitation, the Relevant Results), if any:

(a)
may result in an adjustment of the Fixed Binding Price and the Binding Exchange Share, which shall be subject to an offsetting procedure set forth in the preceding Clause 4.3.3, which, in any event, shall not result in a decrease in the Binding Value by more than USD 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00); and
(b)
in the event that any of the Relevant Findings are detected and/or confirmed and/or determined during the Confirmatory Due Diligence, the provisions of the preceding Clause 4.3.3 shall apply.
8.2.
Investor's Financial Commitment

For the purpose of the execution of the Recovery Plan, the Parties undertake to carry out all formalities required by the Law in order to allow the legitimate and effective investment, direct or indirect, including in the form of a guarantee, by the Investor in favor of the Company, only following an express approval by the competent judicial authority, of a possible, variable and conditional maximum amount of USD 50,000,000.00 (fifty million/00) in the following manner:

 

20

 


Execution Version

 

 

(i)
within 35 (thirtyfive) Business Days from the Closing Date, of a maximum amount equal to USD 20,000,000.00 (twenty million/00); and
(ii)
as of the Closing Date, if specifically, and expressly requested by the board of directors of TEKNE through a valid resolution of the same, within 30 (thirty) Business Days from the date of such resolution, by a maximum amount up to the value of USD 30,000,000.00 (thirty million/00) (the "Financed Amount").

It is understood between the Parties that the financial resources provided, directly or indirectly, through the Financed Amount shall be used by the Parties and the Company exclusively for (i) the Recovery Plan provided for in the negotiated settlement of the crisis; (ii) the completion and execution of the Pending Orders, subject to the written consent of the Internal Contact Person (as defined below); and (iii) the completion of any other transaction, involving the Company, which has been expressly authorized in writing by the Internal Contact Person. In this regard, the Sellers shall at all times keep the Investor and the Internal Contact Person informed of the use of the Financed Amount by providing the necessary documentation and, if required by the Investor or the Internal Contact Person, for verification of the actual use of the Financed Amount. In the event that all or any part of the Financed Amount has not been used exclusively for the transactions referred to in (i), (ii) and (iii) above, such amounts shall be deducted at the time of the determination and release of the Fixed Binding Price and Binding Exchange Share by the Escrow Agent to the Sellers pursuant to the Escrow Agreement and pursuant to Clause 4.3.3 of this Agreement.

8.3.
Commitment to IPO Listing
8.3.1.
The Parties shall use their best efforts and to the extent of their respective competences, as of the third anniversary of the Closing Date of this Agreement, including complying with the formalities required by Law in listing the Company on one or more regulated markets in Italy or the United States of America, in order to carry out an initial public offering of shares (the "IPO"), subject to the occurrence of the following conditions:
(i)
IPO will be realized if the Company's actual results for fiscal years 2026, 2027, and 2028 are in line with, or exceed, the numbers and economic and financial targets set forth in the Business Plan.
(ii)
It being understood that the Investor shall promptly inform the Sellers in case of any delay in the start of the listing process, specifying the reasons related to market conditions.
8.3.2.
If the conditions set forth in the preceding Paragraph are fulfilled, (i) the Investor agrees to cooperate with the Company and legal, financial, and business advisors necessary for the preparation of the documentation and implementation of the IPO, in accordance with applicable regulations and market standards, and (ii) the Sellers agree to provide all cooperation necessary to support the listing process, including the preparation of any documentation required by the relevant authorities.

 

21

 


Execution Version

 

 

8.3.3.
The Parties agree that following the eventual and conditional IPO, AD will be granted, where possible and within the limits of applicable Law, the option to maintain a relative majority interest in the Company's share capital.
8.4.
Transfer of participations of the company Turismo Italia S.r.l.

As of the Date of Closing of this Agreement and the closing of the negotiated crisis settlement procedure to which the Company is subject, the Parties undertake that the Company will transfer, directly or indirectly, to AD the equity investments of the subsidiary Turismo Italia S.r.l., for a total book value of Euro 5,000,000.00 (five million/00), which may also be paid by offsetting and in accordance with the applicable provisions of Law. The Parties shall see to it that such transfer takes place within the terms and in the manner provided for by the applicable regulations and, where necessary, shall enter into any suitable deeds and documents to finalize the transfer of the shareholdings in any form and manner as per the agreement between the Parties.

9.
Representations and Warranties of the Sellers
9.1.
The Sellers (i) make the representations and warranties set forth in Annex 9.1 (collectively, the " Sellers' Representations and Warranties ") and (ii) confirm that the Sellers' Representations and Warranties are true, correct, complete, and not misleading as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (except for those Sellers' Representations and Warranties that by their nature or by express provision of this Agreement refer to a specific date).
9.2.
The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Sellers' Representations and Warranties and related indemnification obligations are in the nature of independent and autonomous obligations.
9.3.
The Parties acknowledge and agree that the Appendices referred to in Annex 9.1 (Representations and Warranties of the Sellers) shall be provided, in the manner and under the conditions pursuant to Clause 14.3 , by the Sellers to the Investor within, and not later than, 7 (seven) Business Days from the Acceptance Date. It being understood that if the Appendices referred to in Annex 9.1 are not provided within the aforesaid time limit and in the manner pursuant to this Paragraph, such Appendices shall be deemed to have been waived by Sellers.
9.4.
Exclusions, Deductions and Limitations applicable to breach of Sellers’ Warranties
(a)
As of the end of the Confirmatory Due Diligence Period, except for the cases of wilful misconduct or gross negligence of the Sellers and the Representations and Warranties of the Sellers set forth in Clauses 1 (Profiles Concerning Sellers), 2.1 (Incorporation of Group Companies), 2.2 (Authorized Capital), 2.6 (Intellectual Property Rights), 2.11 (Employees) and 2.16 (Taxes and Fees) of Annex 9.1 , with respect to which the limitations set forth in this Clause 9.3 shall not apply, the Sellers shall not be liable to the Investor:
(i)
for a Loss which, individually considered, has a value of less than Euro 20,000.00 (twenty thousand/00) (the "De Minimis"). In this regard, it is understood, moreover, that the Loss resulting from the same event or from related events or of the same nature, shall be added together and considered as a single Loss for the purposes of reaching the De Minimis;

 

22

 


Execution Version

 

 

(ii)
until the aggregate of the Losses having a value exceeding the De Minimis has reached the total value of Euro 200,000.00 (two hundred thousand/00) (the "Deductible"). In this regard, it is understood that, upon exceeding the Deductible, the Sellers shall be obligated to indemnify the Investor for the full amount of the Losses; and
(iii)
without prejudice to the provisions of (i) and (ii) above, for Losses that exceed, in aggregate, the total amount of Euro 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00) - Maximum Compensated Value (the "Cap") referred to in Clause 4.3.3.
(b)
The Parties agree that, in any case, the maximum indemnifiable amount may never exceed the sum of Euro 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00) as and already considered and indicated in Clause 4.3.3. in terms of Maximum Compensated Value. This implies that: (i) in the event that the same Indemnifiable Event results in both a Relevant Finding and one or more breaches of the Sellers' Representations and Warranties, the related Loss arising from such Indemnifiable Event shall be compensated or indemnified only once without duplication; (ii) in the event that the maximum aggregate amount of Euro 21,000.000.00 (twenty-one million/00) has been considered, in whole or in part, in the determination of the Binding Value pursuant to Clause 4.3.3, the Sellers' Liss exposure shall only exist for the sole and possible differential residual portion up to the indicated maximum amount of Euro 21,000,000.00 (twenty-one million/00).
9.5.
Time Limitations

Investor's right to receive payment of indemnification from Sellers, or to demand that such indemnification be paid in favor of the Company, for any Losses arising out of the untruthfulness, inaccuracy or incorrectness of any of Sellers' Representations and Warranties set forth on Annex 9.1 shall terminate at, and therefore Sellers shall in no event be liable to Investor in connection with, any Claim transmitted by Investor to Sellers after the following deadlines:

(i)
the last day of the 36th month following from the end of the Confirmatory Due Diligence Period for all Vendor Representations and Warranties referred to in Clauses 2.11 (Employees) and 2.21 (Compliance with Environmental Regulations) of Annex 9.1;
(ii)
with respect to the Representations and Warranties of the Sellers set forth in Clauses 1 (Profiles Concerning Vendors), 2.1 (Incorporation of the Company), 2.2 (Authorized Capital) and 2.15 (Taxes and Fees) of Annex 9.1, within 30 days after the effective expiration of the relevant period provided for in the statute of limitations provisions applicable to the Loss subject to the Claim in question (as defined below); and the last day of the 24th month following from the end of the Confirmatory Due Diligence Period for all other Sellers' Representations and Warranties other than the Sellers' Representations and Warranties set forth in (i) and (ii) above of Annex 9.1, except in cases of wilful misconduct and gross negligence of the Sellers.

 

23

 


Execution Version

 

 

(iii)
9.6.
Claim Procedure

In the event that the Investor becomes aware of (a) any circumstance or event that may give rise to an obligation to indemnify the Sellers and/or (b) any claim, demand and/or proceeding brought by a third party in connection with which the Sellers are required to indemnify the Investor (each of the events or circumstances referred to in (a) and (b) above is hereinafter referred to as an "Indemnifiable Event"), the Parties shall comply with the following provisions:

(a)
the Investor shall give notice to the Sellers under penalty of forfeiture, within 45 Business Days of the date on which such Investor became aware of the Indemnifiable Event. Such notice (the "Claim") shall specify whether the Indemnifiable Event arises as a result of the claim of a third party or Authority against the Company or Investor (hereinafter referred to as the "Third Party Claim") or whether the Indemnifiable Event directly affects the Company or Investor (hereinafter referred to as the "Direct Claim") and shall contain (a) a clear statement of (i) the facts underlying the claim and the relevant Representations and Warranties of Sellers breached; (ii) to the extent already known or available to Investor, the amount of the Liabilities arising from such facts or events (the "Indemnification"); and (b) reasonable documentary support of the facts underlying the Claim. Failure to submit the Claim within the time period set forth above in this paragraph shall be deemed to have been waived by the Investor.
(b)
The Sellers may jointly dispute the Investor's Claim in writing, under penalty of forfeiture, within 20 (twenty) Business Days after receipt thereof, by sending the Investor a notice detailing the reasons for the dispute (the “Objection to Claim”). In the event of an Objection to Claim complying with the foregoing, the Investor and the Sellers shall make an attempt at amicable settlement within 30 days following the aforesaid time limit, with the intent of reaching in good faith a mutually agreeable settlement as to the reasons for the dispute. If the disagreement persists, the Claim shall be resolved, by the most diligent party, pursuant to the following Clause 15.
(c)
In the absence of an Objection to Claim in accordance with (b) above, the Claim shall be deemed finally accepted by the Sellers, who shall be obligated to pay to the Investor or (if so requested by the Investor) to the Company the amount set forth in the Claim.
(d)
In the event that any Losses arise from Third Party Claims, in addition to the provisions of the preceding paragraphs, the Investor shall have the right to direct and coordinate, in addition to its own, the defense of the Company with respect to any Third Party Claim, it being understood that the Sellers shall have the right to appoint a trusted advisor, to assist the advisors appointed by the Investor, without, however, prejudicing the defense coordinated by the Investor, and it being understood that the Investor shall retain control and make all decisions with respect to the defense strategy to be deployed by the Company (or the Investor itself) with respect to the Third Party Claim.

 

24

 


Execution Version

 

 

In any event, Investor shall keep reasonably informed and up-to-date Sellers on developments in the Third Party Claim; the cost of such defense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) shall be borne by Sellers only if and to the extent they are held liable for the claim, action, suit or proceeding that is the subject of the defense and from which a Loss arises for Investor or Company.
(e)
Notwithstanding Clause 9.5 (d) above, the Sellers shall have the right to direct and coordinate, at their own expense, the defense of the Company with respect to Third Party Claims with respect to which the Sellers have previously accepted in writing and in full the relevant Claim and, therefore, their respective liability and indemnification obligations to the Investor. In such case, the Investor shall have the right to appoint, at its own expense, a trusted advisor to work alongside the advisors appointed by the Sellers without, however, prejudicing the defense coordinated by the Sellers, who shall retain control and make all decisions in relation to the defense strategy to be deployed by the Company with respect to the Third Party Claim, except to the extent that the defense so deployed may result in the Company incurring additional Losses arising from the same events, acts, facts or circumstances that relate to a time frame subsequent to the Closing Date. In any event, the Sellers shall keep the Investor reasonably informed and updated on developments in the Third Party Claim.
(f)
Subject to Clauses 9.5 (d) and 9.5 (e) , the Sellers shall not accept, and shall cause the Company not to accept, any settlement of any claim, action, suit or proceeding asserted or commenced against the Investor or the Company that is the subject of a Third Party Claim, nor shall they lend acquiescence to it or to any claim, assessment, judgment or order which constitutes the subject matter of a Third Party Claim or, as the case may be, which is the result of such claim, action, suit or proceeding, without first consulting the Investor. To this end, in the event that a settlement offer is made in connection with the Third Party Claim, Sellers shall promptly notify Investor of such offer, and Investor may, within 10 Business Days of receipt of such notice (subject to the lesser period for acceptance set forth, from time to time, in the settlement offer), give written notice of its consent or dissent to the settlement of the Third Party Claim.
(g)
If an offer is made to the Investor or the Company by a third party to settle out of court any claim, action, suit, or proceeding asserted or commenced against the Investor or the Company that is the subject of a Third Party Claim and the Sellers, but not the Investor, are willing to accept such offer, the Investor shall be free not to enter into such settlement and to commence or continue litigation, at its own expense, but the Sellers' obligation to indemnify shall be limited to the amount of the settlement offer proposed by the third party.
(h)
If, on the other hand, in the case referred to in the preceding Clause 9.5(e) , the Investor declares in writing, within the time limit referred to in Clause 9.5(f) , that it gives its consent to the third party's settlement offer , the Sellers may choose to reject (or, if applicable, to instruct the Company to reject) the proposed settlement and continue the Company's defense at their own expense, it being understood that, in such case, the Sellers' obligation to indemnify shall always be equal to the aggregate amount of the Losses to be indemnified as ascertained and determined by the Authority having final jurisdiction over the Third Party Claim.

 

25

 


Execution Version

 

 

9.7.
Payment of Amounts Subject to Claims
(a)
The Indemnification shall be paid by the Sellers, no later than 10 (ten) Business Days from:
(i)
the expiration of the 30 (thirty) day period after the Sellers' receipt of a Claim, if not disputed in writing by the Sellers through an Objection to Claim; or
(ii)
the date on which the Investor and the Sellers enter into, pursuant to Clause 9.4(b), an amicable agreement as to the reasons for the Objection to Claim; or
(iii)
if the Investor and the Sellers fail to reach an agreement within the terms set forth in Clause 9.4(b) , the date of the final order, which has determined the Sellers' obligation to indemnify and the amount thereof.
(b)
If the Claim relates to Third Party Claims of such a nature that the Investor or the Company is required, as a result of a final court order, to make a payment to any Third Party prior to the conclusion of negotiations between the Parties or the related judicial or arbitration proceedings-regardless of whether or not the Sellers have acknowledged their obligation to indemnify-each Seller shall without delay (and in any event prior to the expiration of the deadline for payment by the Investor or the Company) advance to the Investor or the Company upon the Investor's written request the amount to be paid, on a provisional basis.
(c)
It is agreed that the Sellers, having thus made available the amount to be provisionally paid, shall be entitled to obtain from the Investor or the Company reimbursement of any sums subsequently collected in recovery from the Investor or the Company, within 15 (fifteen) Business Days from the date of the act or order (however provisional) founding such recovery.
(d)
Without prejudice to any other right or remedy provided in this Agreement or by Law in favor of Investor, Investor shall have the right to set off any amount owed by Sellers to Investor by way of indemnification against any amount owed by Investor to Sellers by way of Fixed Binding Price and/or Binding Exchange Share and/or indemnification by Investor pursuant to Clauses 10 and 11, and Sellers shall render all appropriate and necessary cooperation (e.g., by signing appropriate private deeds, etc.) in order to enable the effective set-off of such amounts.
(e)
The indemnification will be increased by the amount necessary to have any tax effect neutralized, for the Investor and/or the Company.

 

26

 


Execution Version

 

 

10.
Warranties of the Investor
10.1.
Investor Warranties

Investor makes the following representations and warranties (the "Investor’s Representations and Warranties") to Sellers and acknowledges that such Investor Representations and Warranties are true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (except for those Investor Representations and Warranties that by their nature or by express provision of this Agreement relate to a specific date).

10.2.
Capacity and standing of the Investor
10.2.1.
The Investor acknowledges the effectiveness and binding force of this Agreement with respect to itself and declares that it has full capacity and title to enter into the Agreement (including the agreements and documents to be entered into and fulfilled in accordance with the provisions thereof or otherwise connected therewith or resulting therefrom) and to fully execute it, without the need for authorization from any third party, except for the Final Transaction Authorization and as set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
10.2.2.
All corporate proceedings required by the corporate bodies of the Investor to approve the execution and execution of this Agreement and, more generally, the consummation of the Transaction contemplated herein have been duly concluded.
10.2.3.
The execution of this Agreement and/or the performance of the Transaction contemplated herein: (i) does not violate or conflict with (a) the sections of incorporation or by-laws of the Investor or (b) any contract, act or order of any Authority to which the Investor is a party/recipient, and (ii) does not give rise to a default or forfeiture of the benefit of any term with respect to any contract by which the Investor is bound.
10.2.4.
No Authorization, registration, declaration or exemption from any Authority, is required for, and in connection with the execution of this Agreement and, more generally, the consummation of the Transaction contemplated herein by the Investor, except for the Final Transaction Authorization and as set forth in the Escrow Agreement.
10.2.5.
The Investor is a company validly incorporated, existing and duly organized in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Law, and has full title and authority to conduct its business as presently conducted. The Investor is not insolvent.
10.3.
No brokers

The Investor has assumed no liability for brokerage or procuring fees or commissions or the like in connection with the transactions contemplated herein, the payment of which may be validly claimed against the Sellers.

11.
Investor's Indemnification Obligations

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Clause 11 , Investor shall indemnify and hold harmless Sellers and shall be obligated to pay, without duplication of any other payment due from Investor under this Agreement, to Sellers the full amount of any and all Losses suffered or incurred by Sellers arising out of: (a) the breach of Investor's Representations and Warranties, and/or (b) the failure to properly perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

27

 


Execution Version

 

 

SECTION III

12.
Corporate Governance Rules of Tekne
12.1.
Corporate governance rules

The Parties agree that as of the Closing Date, the provisions of this Clause 12 shall apply.

12.2.
Restriction on the circulation of Shares - Lock-up
(a)
Except for Permitted Transfers, the Sellers and the Investor may not transfer to third parties until the 5th (fifth) anniversary of the Closing Date ("Lock-up Period"), in whole or in part, their respective shares held in the Company's share capital ("Lock-Up").
(b)
"Permitted Transfers" means those made between Affiliates or otherwise belonging to the same group respectively of the Investor or the Sellers (only if jointly controlled between the Sellers).
(c)
During the Lock-up Period, no shares or other interest or voting rights in the Company may be (directly or indirectly) immediately or in the future offered for subscription or otherwise issued, including through the issuance of convertible bonds or other financial instruments or in connection with the implementation of any long-term incentive plan or the award of free shares or any similar mechanism, to any person other than the Sellers and the Investor.
(d)
In the event of a transfer of the Company's participation, even when the same takes place in compliance with the by-laws and the shareholders' agreements de quibus, it is understood in any case that it is the obligation of the transferring TEKNE shareholder to make said transfer and the registration of said transfers subject to compliance with the following conditions: (a) that the transferring shareholder has given prior notice to the other shareholders of its intention to carry out the transfer in compliance with all statutory and shareholder rules and pre-emption rights; (b) as a condition subsequent, the successor in title within the scope of the transfer shall continue to be a parent company, subsidiary or otherwise belonging to the same group as the transferring shareholder company (pursuant to section 2359, paragraph 1, no. 1 and 2 and paragraph 2 of the Civil Code); and (c) as a condition precedent, that the assignee within the scope of the transfer shall sign appropriate deed of accession to this Agreement.
(e)
In the event of a transfer executed without complying with what is prescribed herein, the same shall not be enforceable against the Company and the relative transferee shall not be entitled to be entered in the shareholders' register, nor to exercise voting and other administrative and patrimonial rights connected with or arising from the shareholding of the Company being Transferred, it being understood that the defaulting Transferring Shareholder shall be obliged to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Shareholders from any and all consequential damages.

 

28

 


Execution Version

 

 

(f)
The Sellers may not Transfer until the 2nd (second) anniversary of the Closing Date, in whole or in part, their respective shares held in the share capital of the Final Investor, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the Parties. Beginning on the 3rd (third) anniversary of the Closing Date, the Sellers may Transfer in whole or in part, their respective shares held in the capital stock of the Final Investor up to a maximum value of 10% of said shares held per calendar year. The aforesaid Transfer (in whole or in part) by the Sellers of the respective shares of the Final Investor, shall be subject to the right of the Investor to acquire, for itself or for a person to be appointed pursuant to section 1401 et seq. of the Civil Code, the ownership of the shares subject to Transfer at the same consideration offered by the prospective buyer.
12.3.
Composition of the Board of Directors, powers of directors and governance of the Company

The Parties agree that TEKNE's board of directors will consist of 5 (five) members of which:

(i)
3 (three), including the chairman of the board of directors, will be appointed by the Investor; and
(ii)
2 (two) will be appointed by the Sellers.

It is, however, expressly understood that the Investor and, jointly, the Sellers also have the right to indicate the replacement of the directors appointed on their respective indication who, for any reason, have ceased to hold office, or to request their removal, holding the Company harmless and indemnified against any negative consequences arising from said removal. Where revocation is not possible, the Parties undertake to consider the disqualification of the body through the resignation of the members appointed by them. This is without prejudice to a different unanimous will of the Parties.

The Parties also agree that, in accordance with the following, the management of the Company will remain with the current management team and, in particular: (i) the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Ambrogio D'Arrezzo, will retain his position as chief executive officer until the Termination of Office (as defined below); (ii) he will be assigned, until the Termination of Office, certain powers to manage the Company's business; (the “First Chief Executive Officer”); (iii) the chief financial officer shall be designated by the Investor and shall be given certain powers for the full and proper performance of the designated office; and (iv) the Investor shall undertake, on behalf of the Company, to select and engage a communications and/or marketing firm for the purpose of managing TEKNE's image within 30 (thirty) Business Days from the Closing Date.

12.4.
Appointment of subsequent Managing Directors of the Company
12.4.1.
If the person appointed as the First Chief Executive Officer ceases to serve as the Company's chief executive officer for any reason (the “Termination of Office”), the Company's board of directors will appoint a new chief executive officer, following the outlined procedure below:
a)
within 5 (five) Business Days from the date of Termination of Office, at least one of the Sellers shall notify Investor in writing of a list (the “Notice of Candidates”) containing a number of three (3) candidates for the appointment of the new Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “Candidates”). The Candidates shall meet the same requirements of professionalism, independence and experience as the First Managing Director.

 

29

 


Execution Version

 

 

Notice of Candidates shall contain their respective resumes;
b)
within 10 (ten) Business Days of receiving the Notice of Candidates, the Investor shall notify the Sellers in writing (the “Notice of Designated”) of the name chosen from the list of Candidates (the “Candidate Designated Investor”);
c)
in the event that, in the opinion of the Investor, each Candidate Designated Investor does not meet the requirements of (a) above, the designation of the Candidate Designated Investor shall be referred to the internal selection practices of the Investor's group; and
d)
within 2 (two) Business Days of the last receipt of the Notice of Designated, the Parties shall cause a meeting of the board of directors to be convened so that the board of directors can deliberate on the appointment of the Candidate Designated Investor as the new chief executive officer of the Company, giving him the same powers delegated to the First Chief Executive Officer (the “Designated Investor Chief Executive Officer”).

In the event that the office of the Designated Investor Chief Executive Officer ceases to hold office for any reason, the same replacement procedure provided in Clause 12.4.1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.

12.5.
Composition of the board of auditors
12.5.1.
The Parties agree that TEKNE's Board of Statutory Auditors will consist of 3 (three) effective and 2 (two) substitute auditors, of which:
(i)
2 (two) effective auditors, including the chairman of the board of auditors, and 1 (one) substitute auditor are appointed on the recommendation of the Investor;
(ii)
1 (one) effective auditor and 1 (one) substitute auditor are appointed on the recommendation of the Sellers.
12.5.2.
It is, however, expressly understood that the substitutes of the effective or substitute auditors who, for any reason, have ceased from their office shall be appointed upon indication of the Parties who originally appointed them, whether the Sellers jointly or the Investor. This is subject to a different unanimous will of the Parties.
12.6.
New By-laws
12.6.1.
In addition to this Agreement, the Company will be governed by the New By-laws.
12.6.2.
The Parties undertake to exercise at all times their rights under the New By-laws in compliance with their obligations under this Agreement and in such a manner as to give full effect to the provisions hereof and to fully implement their respective obligations hereunder. Accordingly, each of the Parties agrees, inter alia, to vote in favor, at shareholder meetings, of resolutions, activities and transactions necessary to achieve the objectives of this Agreement and, with respect to such resolutions, the Parties agree and undertake not to exercise any right of withdrawal or redemption, even if they would be entitled to do so by law.

 

30

 


Execution Version

 

 

12.6.3.
In the event and to the extent that (A) the New By-laws are inconsistent or inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, and/or (B) this Agreement provides exceptions or limitations to one or more of the provisions of the New By-laws, and/or (C) a dispute arises as to the interpretation of any possible inconsistency/ambiguity/legal or linguistic discrepancy between this Agreement and the New By-laws, as in effect from time to time, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as between the Parties for so long as this Agreement remains in force and, accordingly, the Parties shall exercise all voting and other rights and powers available to them so as to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement and shall also take all such further steps as may be necessary or required to ensure that the provisions of this Agreement prevail over the New By-laws.
12.7.
Rules of operation of the members' meeting and the board of directors
12.7.1.
TEKNE's shareholder meetings shall be validly held and resolutions thereon shall be validly approved, respectively, with the presence and affirmative vote of as many shareholders representing the percentage of share capital as required by the Civil Code, except as otherwise provided in Clause 12.7.2.
12.7.2.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the entire term of this Agreement, resolutions of the board of directors and the shareholders' meeting relating to the following matters shall be validly approved by the shareholders' meeting and/or the board of directors of TEKNE with the presence and affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to the shares held by the Sellers , to be reflected in the New By-laws as well:
(i)
increase in the Company's share capital, with the exclusion of those provided for in sections 2446 and 2447 of the Civil Code and any other capital increase to be resolved if in implementation of the Business Plan;
(ii)
revocation and appointment of the AD throughout the lock-up period;
(iii)
admission of the Company's shares to trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in Italy or abroad;
(iv)
convertible bond issues;
(v)
amendments to the by-laws, except those mandatorily imposed by law;
(vi)
merger, demerger or transformation operations, except those mandatorily imposed by legal regulations; and
(vii)
dissolution and/or winding up of the Company and appointment, replacement and empowerment of liquidators, except those mandatorily imposed by law.

 

31

 


Execution Version

 

 

12.8.
Rules of operation for board meetings
12.8.1.
Meetings of TEKNE's board of directors are validly held with the presence of as many directors representing the majorities required by the Civil Code.
12.8.2.
Resolutions of TEKNE board meetings are validly approved by the affirmative vote of an absolute majority of those present.
12.9.
Non-competition covenant and solicitation
12.9.1.
In order to preserve the goodwill of the Company, the Sellers undertake directly and pursuant to section 1381 of the Civil Code on behalf of any company directly and/or indirectly controlled by the latter-until the 5th (fifth) anniversary of the Closing Date, within the Relevant Territory:
(i)
not to carry out, on their own, in association with third parties or on behalf of third parties, directly or indirectly, any activities that compete with the business carried out by the Company (the “Competition Activities”);
(ii)
not to take or hold, directly or indirectly, any interest, direct or indirect, in any corporation, partnership, association, joint venture, unincorporated organization in companies or other entities engaged in any of the Competition Activities;
(iii)
not to provide consultancy services or any kind of collaboration in favor of parties that carry out activities pertaining to any of the Competition Activities;
(iv)
not disclose to third parties or, otherwise, use the Intellectual Property Rights, including know-how, used by the Company in any way and, in any case, in such a way that may prejudice the Company and/or its organizational structure; and
(v)
not to approach, contact, or establish negotiations with any other natural or legal person whether a customer, supplier, or agent of the Company to carry out any of the Competition Activities, and not engage in acts directed-in any way-to divert the Company's customers.
12.9.2.
Sellers directly -and in accordance with section 1381 of the Civil Code, any company directly and/or indirectly, controlled by the Sellers, -for a period of five (5) years from the Closing Date, not to contact or solicit, directly or indirectly, the Company's employees, collaborators and/or consultants in order to offer them other employment or consulting relationships, corporate offices or associative relationships inherent to productive, commercial or professional activities.
12.9.3.
The Parties agree that compliance with the obligations contained in this Clause 12.9 is an essential element in forming the Investor's consent to this Agreement, and that the Fixed Price and the Exchange Share have also been established taking into consideration the obligations assumed by the Sellers under this Clause 12.9. The Sellers acknowledge that the Penalty for Breach of Non-Competition Obligations (as defined below) is equitable.

 

32

 


Execution Version

 

 

12.9.4.
If, for any reason, the non-competition obligations set forth in this Clause 12.9 , are violated, directly or indirectly, by any of the Sellers, the Investor shall first, and as a condition to the exercise of the subsequent remedy, serve on the Sellers, including for their information, a notice to object to and describe the conduct of Competition Activity engaged in and to immediately cease all conduct of activity inconsistent with the provisions of Clause 12.9. Sellers shall immediately cease all conduct of activity contrary to the provisions of Clause 12.9. If, after the expiration of 10 (ten) days from the service of the warning notice, any of the Sellers has not ceased the conduct of activity contrary to the provisions of Clause 12.9, the Investor shall be entitled to the payment by the Sellers, jointly and severally, of a penalty amount equal to Euro 500.000.00 (five hundred thousand/00) for each breach ("Penalty for Breach of Non-Competition Obligations"), without prejudice to any greater damages or other right or remedy provided in this Agreement in favor of Investor. Investor shall have the right to set off any amount owed by the breaching Seller(s) to Investor as a Penalty for Breach of Non-Competition Obligations under this Clause 12.9 against any amount owed by Investor to the breaching Seller(s), and Sellers shall give all appropriate and necessary cooperation (e.g., by signing appropriate private deeds, etc.) to enable such amounts to be effectively set off.
12.9.5.
Should any of the above-mentioned agreements be found to be null and/or ineffective as a result of a ruling by any judicial or other competent authority, section 1419 of the Civil Code will apply.

SECTION IV

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.
Taxes Costs, and Expenses
13.1.
Each Party shall bear the costs and expenses of its advisors who assisted in the drafting, negotiation and/or execution of this Agreement.
13.2.
Notary fees and costs related to the transfer of the Company's holdings in reliance on this Agreement (including those resulting from the exercise of options therein) shall be borne in full by the Investor.
13.3.
The costs and charges of a tax nature associated with the transfer of the Company's holdings in dependence of this Agreement (including those resulting from the exercise of the options provided for therein) shall be borne in full by the Investor. It is understood that the Sellers shall bear the Taxes on any income or capital gain realized by them as a result of the sale of the Company's interests in dependence of this Agreement. In addition, each Party shall be responsible for any Taxes due in performance of its relevant obligations under this Agreement.
14.
Miscellaneous
14.1.
Amendments

Any amendment to this Agreement shall not be valid and binding where it does not result from a written instrument signed by the Party against whom it is invoked.

 

33

 


Execution Version

 

 

14.2.
Common Representative

The Parties expressly acknowledge and agree that the Sellers, by entering into this Agreement, irrevocably appoint Ambrogio D'Arrezzo as their common representative (the "Common Representative") and accordingly, if (i) the Common Representative sends a communication to Investor pursuant to this Agreement, such communication shall be deemed to have been sent on behalf of all Sellers with respect to Sellers' rights and obligations under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified in the relevant notice sent pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) the Investor sends a notice to the Common Representative pursuant to this Agreement, such notice shall be deemed to have been received on behalf of all Sellers, with respect to the rights and obligations of the Investor arising under this Agreement, except as otherwise specified in the relevant notice sent pursuant to this Agreement.

14.3.
Notices and Other Communications

Any notice, information, notification, or request under this Agreement shall be deemed validly executed if made in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered letter with return receipt, telefax, or certified electronic mail (PEC), to the following addresses:

(i)
If addressed to TCEI S.À.R.L., to:

Rue Jean-Pierre Brasseur no. 1,

L-1258, Luxembourg

E-mail: d.white@maxrs.group

To the kind attention of Andrew Dominique White

With copy to:

Gianni&Origoni

Via delle Quattro Fontane 20 – Rome, Italy

To the kind attention of Adv. Raimondo Premonte and Adv. Vito Quaglietta

E-mail: RPremonte@gop.it; vquaglietta@gop.it

(ii)
If addressed to AD i.e. the Common Representative, to:

Gualdi Square No. 19

42016 - Guastalla (RE), Italy

PEC: ambrogio.darrezzo@cert.cna.it

E-mail: ambrogio@tekne.it

(iii)
If addressed to CU, to:

Contrada Piane No. 8, Italy If addressed to AL, to:

66023 - Francavilla Al Mare (CH)

E-mail: ulacco@tekne.it

 

34

 


Execution Version

 

 

(iv)

Isonzo Street No. 2, Italy

42042 - Fabbrico (RE),

E-mail: andrea.lodi@lodispa.it

All notices, disclosures, notifications, or requests so made shall be deemed to have been received by the addressee: (a) if delivered in person, on the date of such delivery, which shall be evidenced by a signature for receipt; and (b) if sent by mail or transmitted by telefax or PEC, on the date resulting from the acknowledgement of receipt of the registered letter of notice, or from the acknowledgement of receipt of the telefax or PEC.

The Parties shall promptly notify each other of any changes in the addresses (physical or e-mail), or telefax numbers referred to above, in the forms provided in this Clause 14.2.

It is understood that, at the above-mentioned addresses or at such other addresses as may be communicated in the future in compliance with the foregoing, the Parties shall elect their domicile for the purposes of this Agreement, as well as for the purposes of any notifications relating to legal proceedings.

14.4.
Tolerance

Any forbearance by either Party of conduct of the other put in place in violation of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of the rights arising from the violated provisions nor of the right to demand the exact fulfilment of all terms and conditions therein.

14.5.
Invalidity

In the event that one or more clauses of this Agreement are declared null and void or, in any case, invalid or ineffective, this Agreement shall be understood to be automatically supplemented with valid and effective covenants having the content closest to that of the clauses declared null, invalid and/or ineffective, and the Parties undertake to do what is necessary to formalize, with promptness, such covenants. In any case, the nullity, invalidity and/or ineffectiveness of one or more of the clauses will not result in the nullity, invalidity and/or ineffectiveness of the other provisions set forth in this Agreement, except as provided in section 1419, first paragraph, of the Civil Code.

14.6.
Completeness

This Agreement constitutes the integral manifestation of all understandings made between the Parties regarding its subject matter and supersedes and cancels any other previous agreement, including the provisions contained in the Letter of Intent.

 

35

 


Execution Version

 

 

14.7.
Confidentiality Obligations
14.7.1.
Each of the Parties undertakes to keep confidential and privileged (i) any document or information received (as well as any analysis, collection, study or document prepared by the other parties or their consultants) in the context of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) any document or information concerning the companies involved by such transactions to which it has access directly or through its representatives (the "Confidential Information"); as well as not to disclose the Confidential Information to third parties, except for those employees and consultants who must necessarily have access to it in consideration of the provisions of this Agreement, it being further understood that such employees and consultants shall be bound in advance by a similar obligation of confidentiality.
14.7.2.
The confidentiality obligation provided for in Clause 14.7.1 above shall take effect from the Acceptance Date of this Agreement and until 2 years after the Closing Date.
14.7.3.
The confidentiality obligation set forth in Clause 14.7.1 above will not apply with respect to Confidential Information:
(a)
which are already in the public domain or become so later without default of the receiving Party;
(b)
that are already in the possession of the receiving Party or have been given by a third party;
(c)
the disclosure of which is required by a provision of law or regulation or an order or measure of authority.
14.8.
Announcements

Except for announcements or statements that the Parties are required to make as a result of provisions of law or in accordance with provisions or regulations binding on them, of which, however, each Party undertakes to inform the other in advance within the limits of and consistent with applicable provisions of law or regulations, the Parties undertake to agree in advance on any announcement or statement in any way concerning the conclusion of this Agreement and the execution of the transactions contemplated by it.

14.9.
Governing law

This Agreement and the Annexes thereto are governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Italy.

15.
Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising between the Parties in connection with this Agreement (including those concerning its validity, effectiveness, interpretation, execution and termination) shall be submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Rome.

 

36

 


Execution Version

 

 

* * * * *

Should the foregoing reflect the understandings reached between us, please kindly return to us this Agreement, together with its attachments, marked on each page and signed on the last as a sign of full and unconditional acceptance no later than 7 (seven) Business Days from the date of receipt of the following proposal, it being understood that should such proposal not be accepted within the aforesaid period, the latter shall be deemed null and void.

Sincerely,

TCEI S.à.r.l.

 

 

 

Name: Andrew Dominique White

Title: Authorized Person

 

37

 


Execution Version

 

 

Annexes

 

Annex 1.33

Escrow Agreement

 

 

Annex 5.1(i)

Due Diligence Checklist

 

 

Annex7.2 (a)(iii)

Letters of resignation of directors of the Company

 

 

Annex7.2 (a)(iv)

Letters of resignation of the Society's auditors

 

 

Annex7.2 (a)(v)

New By-laws

 

 

Annex 9.1

Sellers’ Representations and Warranties

 

 

38

 


 

Annex 1.20 - Escrow Agreement Form

ESCROW AGREEMENT

This escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”) is entered into at [●], on [●] 2025 between:

(1)
[●] (“[●]” or the “Investor”);

and

(2)
Ambrogio D'Arrezzo, born in Crecchio (CH), January 14, 1962, italian tax code DRRMRG62A14D137F (“AD”);

and

(3)
Carlo Ulacco, born in Rome (RM), on April 15, 1976, italian tax code LCCCRL76D15H501S (“CU”);

and

(4)
Andrea Lodi, born in [●], on [●], italian tax code [●] (“AL” and, jointly with AD and CU, the “Sellers”);

- on the one side

and

(5)
[●] (the “Escrow Agent”)

- on the other side

(the Sellers and the Investor are collectively referred to as the “Principals” and the Principals together with the Escrow Agent are collectively referred to as the “Parties” or, each of them individually, a “Party”).

WHEREAS

A.
On [●], the Sellers and the Investor entered into a framework agreement (the “Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sellers sold to the Investor, who purchased, a shareholding representing 70% of the share capital of TEKNE S.p.A. (the “Company”) .
B.
Capitalised terms used in this Escrow Agreement, unless otherwise defined therein, shall have the same meaning as in the Agreement.
C.
Pursuant to section 7 of the Agreement, the Investor undertook to deposit, on the Closing Date, in the Escrow Account (as defined below), registered in the name of the Sellers also in the interest of the Investor pursuant to Section 1773 of the Italian Civil Code, the consideration for the purchase of the aforesaid shareholding for an amount equal to Dollars 21,000,000 (twenty-one million/00) of which: (i) a part in cash equal to Dollars 4,200,000.00 (four million two hundred thousand/00) (the “Escrow Amount”); and (ii) another part in shares of the company [●] equal to Dollars 16,800.000.00 (sixteen million eight hundred thousand/00) (the “Escrow US Shares” and, together with the Escrow Amount, the “Escrow Amount and Shares") as security for the payment of the Binding Fixed Price and the Binding Exchange Share to the Sellers and the deduction of the Relevant Resultsunder the Agreement.

 

1


 

D.
Pursuant to the provisions of the aforementioned Agreement, the Principals intend to appoint the Escrow Agent for the purposes set forth therein.
E.
The Escrow Agent intends to accept this appointment in accordance with the provisions contained herein.
F.
Prior to entering into this Escrow Agreement, and in accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, the Principals have opened, with the Escrow Agent, a current account identified as follows: IBAN code [●] and an administrative deposit in respect of the Escrow US Shares (the “Escrow Account”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree and stipulate the following.

1.
ESCROW ACCOUNT
1.1.
Appointment of the Escrow Agent
1.1.1.
The Investor and the Sellers jointly and irrevocably, pursuant to section 1723(2) of the Italian Civil Code, authorise the Escrow Agent to perform all acts and activities contemplated by this Escrow Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.
1.1.2.
The Escrow Agent, by entering into this Escrow Agreement, accepts the assignment set forth in section 1.1.1 above and agrees to hold and manage the Escrow Amount and Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Escrow Agreement.
1.1.3.
This Escrow Agreement and the appointment of the Escrow Agent shall not be revocable except jointly by all the Principals, or by an order contained in an arbitration award or a final judgment.
1.1.4.
The Escrow Agent shall notify the Investor and the Sellers, in writing, monthly of the balance of the Escrow Amount and Shares.
1.2.
Delivery of the Escrow Amount and Shares
1.2.1.
Concurrently with entering into this Escrow Agreement, the Investor shall transfer the Escrow Amount and Shares to the Escrow Account in order to ensure the Sellers’ right to obtain payment from the Investor of any amount that may be due under the provisions of the Agreement and Clause 1.3.2 below.
1.2.2.
The Escrow Agent shall promptly notify the Investor and the Sellers in writing of the deposit of the Escrow Amount and Shares into the Escrow Account.
1.2.3.
It is understood that all charges arising from present and future taxes and duties (including those arising from any investments referred to in Clause 1.3 below) shall be debited automatically from the Escrow Account.
1.2.4.
For the term of this Escrow Agreement set forth in Clause 4 below, the Sellers and the Investor shall have no right to withdraw, or otherwise dispose of, any amount constituting the Escrow Amount and Shares, except as provided in accordance with the provisions of Clause 1.3 of this Escrow Agreement. In particular, the Sellers and the Investor shall not establish or permit the establishment of any lien, pledge or other security interest or any other form of encumbrance for their own benefit and/or for the benefit and/or interest of any third party on the Escrow Amount and Shares.

 

2


 

1.2.5.
It is understood that, in the event of third party enforcement actions on the Escrow Account, the Escrow Agent shall promptly notify the Sellers and the Investor, without prejudice to the Escrow Agent’s commitment to comply with the contents of such enforcement actions.
1.3.
Payment of the Escrow Amount and Shares
1.3.1.
In the event of any request for payment from the Sellers to the Investor or vice versa under the Agreement (each a “Request for Payment”), the Investor shall immediately notify the Escrow Agent, with a certified copy sent to the Sellers at the same time, and a sum equal to the amount for the purpose of such Request for Payment shall remain on deposit in the Escrow Account:
A.
until its payment to the Sellers pursuant to Clause 1.3.2 below; and/or
B.
until its payment to the Investor pursuant to Clause 1.3.2 below.
1.3.2.
Payment to Sellers.

The Escrow Agent shall provide for the payment to the Sellers of the Binding Fixed Price and the Binding Exchange Share as calculated and governed pursuant to Clause 4 of the Agreement.

Upon receipt of written joint instructions from the Principals, the Escrow Agent shall, no later than the 5th (fifth) Business Day following receipt thereof, pay the amount for the purpose of such instructions (up to the amount of the Escrow Amount and Shares, as the case may be, not yet collected at that time) as specified therein.

1.3.3.
Payment to the Investor.

The Escrow Agent shall arrange for the payment to the Investor of the amount due to the Investor under the Agreement in respect of:

(i)
the difference (i) between the Escrow Amount and the Binding Fixed Price; and (ii) between the value of the Escrow US Shares and the value of the shares transferred under the Binding Exchange Share, calculated and governed pursuant to Sections 4.3 and 4.4 of the Agreement and transferred to the Sellers pursuant to this Escrow Agreement;

or

(ii)
the Indemnifiable Event;

or

(iii)
the Penalty for Violation of Non-Competition Commitments.

The Escrow Agent shall pay to the Investor the full amount due to the Investor by the 5th (fifth) Business Day following the date of receipt of a notice from the Investor containing specific instructions to that effect.

 

3


 

1.4.
Methods of Payment
1.4.1.
Any payment to be made by the Escrow Agent under the Clause 1.3 above:
(i)
shall be taken from the Escrow Amount and Shares and up to an amount equal to that part of the Escrow Amount and Shares still unclaimed at the time payment is to be made;
(ii)
will be made by bank transfer with immediately available funds to the following accounts
A.
if for Sellers: IBAN code [●]
B.
if for the Investor: IBAN code [●]; or
C.
on such different current accounts as the Sellers or the Investor, as the case may be, have promptly notified in writing to the Escrow Agent.
2.
THE ESCROW AGENT
2.1.
Rights and liabilities of the Escrow Agent
2.1.1.
The obligations and liabilities of the Escrow Agent shall be limited to those expressly set forth in this Escrow Agreement and this Escrow Agreement shall not be subject to any other agreements between, or any other instructions or directions given by, any one Party to this Escrow Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the terms and conditions of the Agreement be binding on the Escrow Agent, who shall act only within the limits of this Escrow Agreement and the funds actually deposited and available, both physically and legally, in the Escrow Account.
2.1.2.
The Escrow Agent undertakes to perform all actions necessary to fulfil its obligations under this Escrow Agreement with ordinary professional diligence.
2.1.3.
The Escrow Agent shall carefully and diligently maintain records of the Escrow Account, the amounts released pursuant to Clause 1.3 as well as any other records pursuant to this Escrow Agreement. The Investor and the Sellers shall have access to such records.
2.1.4.
The Escrow Agent hereby undertakes not to carry out any instructions given by a Principal in respect of the Escrow Amount and Shares or the Escrow Account - and not to do, omit to do, cause to be done or permit to be done any act - which is/are not in accordance with the provisions of this Escrow Agreement.
2.1.5.
The Escrow Agent shall be liable within the limits of the mandate received pursuant to section 1703 et seq. of the Italian Civil Code and its liability shall be that set forth in section 1710 of the Italian Civil Code. The execution of this Escrow Agreement by the Escrow Agent does not imply the assumption of any financial commitments by the Escrow Agent. Therefore, the Escrow Agent shall not assume any obligation additional to those imposed on it by this Escrow Agreement, except with its express consent and subject to the provision by bank transfer of such funds as may be necessary to meet such obligations.

 

4


 

2.1.6.
The Escrow Agent shall have no obligations to the Sellers and the Investor other than as set forth in this Escrow Agreement and the applicable laws and regulations and in no event shall the relationship between the Sellers and the Investor be enforceable against the Escrow Agent, which shall execute the Escrow Agreement solely in consideration of the terms thereof. Furthermore, the Sellers and the Investor hereby indemnify the Escrow Agent from and against any and all claims by third parties in connection with the existence and performance this Escrow Agreement, including but not limited to claims arising from the breach of any rights to which the Escrow Agent is not a party.
2.1.7.
Notwithstanding that the Escrow Agent shall act in accordance with the rules of professional diligence and shall therefore ensure that instructions received are received from the authorised signatories of both Principals, the Escrow Agent shall not be liable for the truth, validity, efficacy and genuineness of any notices, instructions and documents transmitted to it pursuant to and in connection with this Escrow Agreement the receipt of which shall constitute for the Escrow Agent evidence of the truthfulness and effectiveness of the same and of what is represented therein, it not being the duty of the Escrow Agent to make any assessment as to the truthfulness of any such instructions, requests or representations, also by express reason of the administrative and non-discretionary nature of the mandate received this Escrow Agreement.
2.1.8.
The Escrow Agent shall in no event be liable for any inability to execute this Escrow Agreement due to acts of third parties and events beyond its control, such as, but not limited to, seizures, attachments or other encumbrances placed by the Sellers or the Investor or by third parties or judicial authorities on the Escrow Account or the amounts deposited therein.
2.2.
Remuneration and expenses of the Escrow Agent
2.2.1.
This Escrow Agreement is onerous in nature (carattere oneroso); the costs thereof are summarised below. The fees for setting up the Escrow Account and for the implementation of this Escrow Agreement are Euro [●] (plus VAT). The costs and expenses shall be paid to the Escrow Agent by the Sellers and the Investor in equal parts, without solidarity between the Parties.
2.2.2.
Without prejudice to Clause 2.2.1 above in relation to costs and expenses, the Escrow Agent shall have no rights whatsoever in respect of the Escrow Amount and Shares and shall therefore not be entitled to withdraw and/or debit any amount from and/or to the Escrow Account, whether by way of consideration or otherwise, including in relation to any claims arising from which the Escrow Agent may have against the Investor and/or the Sellers on any basis whatsoever, save for any stamp, tax or other duty charges which may be automatically debited by the Escrow Agent to the Escrow Account.

 

5


 

3.
AUTHORISED SIGNATORIES
3.1.
The following persons are the only persons authorised to sign and/or send all documents and communications to be signed and/or sent by the Investor and/or the Sellers under and/or in connection with the Escrow Agreement:
(i)
for the Investor: [●], as authorised entity of the Investor; and
(ii)
for the Sellers: [Ambrogio D'Arrezzo], as Joint Representative of the Sellers.
3.2.
The Investor and the Sellers undertake with respect to their respective authorised signatories to notify the Escrow Agent in writing (i) if any of the persons listed above cease to be authorised to act on their behalf for the purposes of this Escrow Agreement; and, as soon as practicable, (ii) of the identity and specimen signatures of any substitute persons, providing such reasonable information as the Escrow Agent may require.
3.3.
The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any instructions signed by a person other than those elected above in this paragraph.
4.
TERM OF THE ESCROW AGREEMENT
4.1.
Term

This Escrow Agreement shall come into effect on the date of its signature and shall remain in force until the amounts described above are paid in full to the Principals in accordance with the provisions of this Escrow Agreement. Upon full payment of the Escrow Amount and Shares, this Escrow Agreement shall terminate permanently, and the Escrow Agent shall close the Escrow Account upon the joint instructions to that effect of the Principals.

4.2.
Withdrawal

The Investor and the Sellers may, acting jointly, terminate this Escrow Agreement by sending a written notice of termination to the Escrow Agent, giving 15 (fifteen) Business Days’ notice. Following the sending of the notice of termination in accordance with this Section the Escrow Agent shall, upon instructions jointly given by the Principals, promptly transfer the Escrow Amount and Shares (or the amount and residual shares, if any) to the person(s) whom the Principals shall, acting jointly, designate, whereupon the Escrow Account shall be closed, upon joint instruction of the Principals.

5.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
5.1.
Notices and other Communications

Any notice, provision or request permitted by this Escrow Agreement shall be made to the certified e-mail address if sent to Escrow Agent, to be anticipated, if necessary, by e-mail, and shall in any event only be deemed to have been made on the date of receipt, provided that it is sent to the following addresses and in the following manner:

(i)
if to Sellers, to:

[●]

(ii)
if to the Investor, to:

[●]

 

6


 

(iii)
if to the Depositary, to:

[●]

or to such other address and/or e-mail address as either Party may subsequently provide to the other as provided in this Section. Any notice under this Escrow Agreement, if addressed only to one of the Principal, shall in any case also be sent in copy to the other Principal.

5.2.
Modifications

Any amendment to this Escrow Agreement shall not be valid and binding unless it results from a written agreement signed by the Parties.

5.3.
Waivers

Any waiver by a Party of a breach or default of any provision of this Escrow Agreement shall be in writing and shall not be construed as, or constitute, a continuing waiver of the right to demand performance of such provision, or a waiver of the right to demand performance of any other breached provision of this Escrow Agreement.

5.4.
Applicable Law

This Escrow Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Republic of Italy. In the event of any dispute, the exclusive place of jurisdiction shall be Rome.

The Parties have executed or caused to be executed this Escrow Agreement by their duly authorised representatives at the place and on the day indicated above.

 

7


img176739218_0.jpg

Allegato 5.1(i) – Checklist Due Diligence

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 1

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

Lista della documentazione di Due Diligence Legale della società TEKNE S.p.A.

La presente checklist per l’attività di due diligence legale (la “Checklist”) contiene un elenco preliminare dei documenti e delle informazioni da fornire in relazione all’attività di due diligence legale sulla società Tekne S.p.A., con sede legale in Poggiofiorito (CH), Contrada San Matteo n. 42, iscritta al Registro delle Imprese di Chieti Pescara, codice fiscale e partita IVA 01992140697 (di seguito la “Società” o “Tekne”).

La presente Checklist potrà essere modificata e/o integrata in funzione dell’analisi svolta sulla documentazione fornita.

Qualora uno o più informazioni o documenti richiesti nella presente Checklist siano non applicabili ovvero non disponibili, si prega di indicarlo nella colonna “Commenti” come segue “NA” o “ND”.

Si prega di identificare tutti gli elenchi e le copie dei documenti prodotti in risposta alla Checklist in cartelle separate con riferimento alla Società e utilizzando la numerazione indicata nella seguente tabella nonché di indicare in relazione a ciascun elenco e documento nella colonna “Status” se fornito “provided” ovvero, nel caso debba essere ancora fornito, “to be provided”. Qualora un documento fornito si riferisca a più di una sezione, si prega utilizzare i numeri identificativi di tutte le sezioni di riferimento.

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

1.

Documentazione societaria

1.1.

Copia dei bilanci di esercizio relativi agli ultimi 3 anni e relativi alla Società.

1.2.

Elenco e copia di tutti i seguenti libri sociali della Società relativi agli ultimi 3 anni:

1.2.1.

delle adunanze e deliberazioni dell’organo di amministrazione (Consiglio di Amministrazione e, ove esistenti, dell’amministratore unico);

1.2.2.

delle adunanze e deliberazioni dell’organo di controllo (Collegio Sindacale o Sindaco unico, Consiglio di Sorveglianza o Comitato per il Controllo sulla Gestione, Revisore o Società di revisione, ove esistente);

1.2.3.

delle adunanze e deliberazioni del Comitato Esecutivo, ove esistente;

1.2.4.

delle adunanze e deliberazioni dell’Assemblea dei Soci e dell’Assemblea degli obbligazionisti;

1.2.5.

delle obbligazioni e degli strumenti finanziari emessi ai sensi dell’art. 2447 sexies c.c..

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 2

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

1.3.

Prospetto da cui evincere la struttura del gruppo con indicazione delle partecipazioni.

1.4.

Libro soci (completo di tutte le pagine), ove esistente, nonché altri documenti della Società attestanti la compagine sociale, ivi compresa copia di eventuali certificati azionari in relazione alla Società.

1.5.

Informazioni (e copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile) riguardanti tutti gli accordi relativi alle azioni della Società o ai relativi diritti di voto, di cessione o di vendita, ivi compresi, a titolo meramente esemplificativo e non esaustivo, contratti di opzione, accordi di trasferimento fiduciario, patti parasociali, diritti di prelazione convenzionali, opzioni di vendita o di acquisto, ivi compresi tutti gli accordi che limitino il trasferimento o diano titolo all’acquisto di azioni della Società.

1.6.

Elenco di tutti i membri degli organi di amministrazione e/o di controllo, dei direttori generali, degli institori, dei procuratori, dei revisori legali dei conti della Società, con l’indicazione dei rispettivi termini di scadenza dalla carica e dei poteri ad essi delegati, ove applicabili, nonché dell’ammontare dei rispettivi emolumenti/ corrispettivi già deliberati in ragione di dette cariche/funzioni.

1.7.

Prospetto riassuntivo delle variazioni intervenute nel capitale sociale e nella compagine sociale della Società negli ultimi 5 anni.

1.8.

In riferimento alla Società, fornire informazioni (e copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile) in relazione al D.Lgs. 231/2001 e, in particolare, copia del Modello Organizzativo, del Codice Etico e informazioni circa l’organismo di vigilanza nominato, nonché evidenza della intervenuta implementazione da parte dei competenti organi sociali del Modello Organizzativo e relativi aggiornamenti (utili a questo proposito a titolo esemplificativo: delibera del Consiglio di Amministrazione di adozione del Modello Organizzativo e di nomina dell’organismo di vigilanza; verbali e relazioni periodiche dell’organismo di vigilanza; informazioni circa eventuali procedimenti pendenti ai sensi del D.Lgs. 231/2001; informazioni circa l’ultimo risk-assessment effettuato; lista delle policy/procedure organizzative in essere).

1.9.

Copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile e informazioni riguardanti la Società relative a fusioni, scissioni, acquisizioni, conferimenti, spin-off, vendite o qualsiasi altro tipo di atto di disposizione riguardante le aziende o rami d’azienda della Società compiuti negli ultimi 3 anni.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 3

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

2.

Autorizzazioni, permessi, licenze e conformità a disposizioni normative

2.1.

Elenco e copia di tutte le autorizzazioni, permessi, licenze, abilitazioni, nulla osta, approvazioni o provvedimenti di accertamento rilasciati alla Società da qualsivoglia autorità e/o istituzione (es. statali, locali, estere o internazionali), che risultino necessarie per lo svolgimento dell’attività sociale o in ogni caso emessi nei confronti della Società.

 

 

2.2.

 

Informazioni e copie di tutta la documentazione disponibile relative ad eventuali notifiche, ricorsi, comunicazioni, corrispondenza, ingiunzioni, provvedimenti sanzionatori ricevuti e/o indirizzati alla Società da qualsiasi autorità e/o istituzione pubblica nazionale, locale, internazionale o estera.

 

 

2.3.

Verbali delle attività di ispezione, verifica o controllo poste in essere da autorità nazionali o internazionali e volte ad accertare la regolarità delle operazioni poste in essere dalla Società e dei prodotti che ne sono i risultati. Nel caso in cui i verbali di cui sopra richiedano attività di adeguamento o modifica, evidenza della esecuzione di tali attività e delle comunicazioni intercorse al riguardo con l'autorità richiedente.

2.4.

Copia di decisioni e di atti dei procedimenti in corso o pendenti presso autorità di regolamentazione e relativi a violazione di norme legislative o regolamentari. In particolare, relative, a titolo esemplificativo, alla tutela del consumatore; elenco di tutti gli interventi effettuati, in corso di realizzazione o programmati, al fine di adeguare l'attività della Società alle suddette disposizioni.

2.5.

Copia delle certificazioni di standard di qualità rilasciate a livello nazionale e internazionale alla Società.

3.

Lavoro

3.1.

Prospetto del personale, indicante il numero esatto di dipendenti in forza e, per ciascun dipendente: inquadramento contrattuale (i.e., dirigenti, quadri, impiegati e operai), tipo di contratto di lavoro (es. contratto a termine, apprendistato, stage), data di assunzione, posizione lavorativa/mansione, livello di inquadramento, retribuzione lorda mensile ed annuale, costo azienda, sede di lavoro, e informazioni relative allo straordinario effettuato.

3.2.

Documenti standard utilizzati dalla Società per l’assunzione del personale non dirigente, distinti per tipologia di contratto (es. contratto a tempo indeterminato/a tempo determinato, apprendistato e correlato piano formativo, lavoro intermittente) e inquadramento contrattuale (quadro, impiegato, operaio), nonché, ove sussistenti, ogni ulteriore accordo che modifichi e/o integri i termini e le condizioni contenuti nella lettera di assunzione (es. telelavoro, smart working).

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 4

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

3.3.

Copia dei contratti individuali di lavoro del personale dirigente e del personale c.d. chiave in forza presso la Società, nonché, ove sussistenti, di ogni ulteriore accordo che modifichi e/o integri i contenuti della lettera di assunzione.

3.4.

Copia della documentazione relativa a tutto il personale in forza presso la Società (ivi inclusi i dirigenti) riguardante: clausole di stabilità, clausole di cambio controllo, clausole c.d. paracadute, patti di non concorrenza, obbligo di fedeltà e di riservatezza ed accordi relativi ai diritti di proprietà intellettuale/industriale, clausole/accordi di cd. claw-back, nonché ogni ulteriore peculiare clausola e/o accordo. Se detta documentazione è standard, si prega di fornire copia dei relativi standard per la Società.

 

 

3.5.

Elenco di tutti i dipendenti che detengono cariche di natura societaria, anche in altre società rilevanti ai fini dell’operazione. Copia degli accordi di directorship con i membri del/dei consigli di amministrazione rilevanti e di ogni altro accordo accessorio relativo alla carica societaria ricoperta, nonché copia della documentazione relativa ai compensi erogati in ragione delle cariche societarie ricoperte e/o di speciali procure/poteri conferiti per la Società.

 

 

3.6.

Relativamente a tutto il personale dipendente (inclusi i dirigenti) della Società, fornire uno schema riassuntivo e documentazione disponibile relativi a fringe benefits, premi, stock options ed altri piani di azionariato, piani di incentivazione a lunga/breve durata, incentivi, pagamenti forfettari e/o straordinari ed ogni altro speciale trattamento (anche correlati all’operazione).

3.7.

Lista che indichi il numero (a) dei contratti a termine attualmente in essere, specificando per ciascuno la ragione dell’assunzione a termine, se presente (specificando altresì se il rapporto di lavoro è stagionale), nonché quelli cessati negli ultimi 12 mesi; (b) dei rapporti di somministrazione (sia a tempo indeterminato sia a termine) attualmente in essere, nonché cessati negli ultimi 12 mesi. Si prega di confermare che la Società ha sempre rispettato i limiti quantitativi di assunzione di lavoratori a termine e/o di somministrazione e adempie ed ha sempre adempiuto ad ogni obbligazione di legge e/o di contrattazione collettiva (inclusi eventuali obblighi di informativa).

3.8.

Schema indicante il numero degli eventuali agenti (sia persone fisiche sia persone giuridiche), nonché di eventuali procacciatori di affari, che operano in favore della Società, con indicazione di: (a) zona di competenza; (b) durata del contratto; (c) modalità di svolgimento dell’attività in esclusiva o non in esclusiva; (d) media delle provvigioni corrisposte negli ultimi cinque anni e, se esistenti, accantonamenti effettuati per il pagamento delle indennità di fine rapporto, specificando se effettuati ai sensi di legge e/o dell’AEC; (e) condizioni particolari inserite nel contratto

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 5

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

 

di agenzia (es. patto di non concorrenza, premi, bonus, incentivi, inclusi i compensi eccezionali); (f) informazioni in merito all’applicazione di eventuali Accordi Economici Collettivi. Copia del contratto di agenzia standard applicato agli agenti (in esclusiva e non in esclusiva) dalla Società, nonché documentazione afferente all’incarico dei procacciatori, se esistente.

 

 

3.9.

Documentazione (inclusa quella relativa alle procedure di consultazione sindacale implementate) relativa a procedure di riduzione/licenziamenti collettivi/ sospensione del personale/riduzione dell’orario di lavoro (es. CIGO/CIGS CIGD/FIS, Contratti di solidarietà e relativi decreti di autorizzazione) - attivati anche nel contesto della pandemia da Covid-19 - o di trasferimenti di azienda o di rami d’azienda effettuati negli ultimi 2 anni dalla Società.

3.10.

Indicazione del/i contratto/i collettivo/i nazionale/i di lavoro applicato/i al personale dipendente (inclusi i dirigenti) dalla Società. Copia integrale di eventuali accordi applicati a livello aziendale e/o territoriale dalla Società.

 

 

3.11.

Lista dei dipendenti componenti le rappresentanze sindacali aziendali/ rappresentanze sindacali unitarie. Indicazione del numero di iscritti ad organizzazioni sindacali con specificazione della relativa organizzazione sindacale. Informazioni sui rapporti con le organizzazioni sindacali e circa gli episodi di sciopero o altra interruzione del lavoro verificatasi a causa di conflitti presso la Società negli ultimi 2 anni.

3.12.

Lista dei dipendenti attualmente distaccati all’estero e di quelli in distacco presso la Società e/o presso società terze (inclusi i distacchi infragruppo) e copia della relativa documentazione.

3.13.

Relativamente alle controversie di diritto del lavoro e previdenziali pendenti, si prega di fornire: (1) schema riassuntivo predisposto dai legali responsabili delle controversie, con indicazione di: (a) oggetto; (b) stato della controversia; (c) petitum e relativo valore economico; (d) esito stimato, (e) eventuale accantonamento effettuato; nonché (2) ultime lettere di circolarizzazione predisposte per i revisori. Si prega di fornire: (1) informazioni su potenziali controversie di diritto del lavoro e previdenziali minacciate (ivi incluse impugnative di contratti a termine, rapporti di somministrazione, nonché rapporti di collaborazione/consulenza e rapporti di agenzia); (2) una lista indicante le risoluzioni dei rapporti di lavoro dipendente e autonomo verificatesi negli ultimi 6 mesi (es. lettere di licenziamento, di dimissioni, risoluzioni consensuali). Fornire informazioni e documentazione relativa a procedimenti amministrativi, ispezioni e/o accertamenti da parte degli organi ispettivi ed autorità previdenziali (inclusi, INPS, INAIL, Ministero del Lavoro, ENASARCO) relativi alla Società negli ultimi 3 anni.

3.14.

In relazione all’obbligo datoriale di assumere persone disabili e appartenenti alle categorie protette ai sensi della Legge n. 68/99, si prega di fornire: (a) copia del “Prospetto Informativo” aggiornato; nonché (b) copia di eventuali convenzioni e/o compensazioni territoriali stipulate con le autorità competenti.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 6

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

3.15.

In relazione ai contratti di collaborazione coordinata e continuativa e/o di consulenza a P. IVA (collettivamente i “Contratti di Consulenza”), si prega di fornire copia dei contratti in essere nonché una lista indicante: (i) numero dei Contratti di Consulenza (suddivisi per ciascuna categoria); (ii) oggetto e compenso complessivo annuo; (iii) per i contratti di consulenza con P. IVA, specificazione dei requisiti professionali/ economici/fiscali in capo al consulente. Si prega di indicare il numero dei Contratti di Consulenza cessati negli ultimi 12 mesi in relazione alla Società.

3.16.

Lista di contratti di appalto/fornitura di servizi nonché di subfornitura/conto terzi in essere, nonché spirati negli ultimi 2 anni, che indichi: (a) i servizi forniti; (b) la durata; (c) il corrispettivo; (d) il numero dei dipendenti impiegati dall’appaltatore/sub-appaltatore per l’esecuzione dei servizi; (e) se la valutazione dei rischi da interferenza in materia di salute e sicurezza è stata effettuata; (f) se assicurazioni/fideiussioni o altre forme di garanzie a copertura della manleva, sono state previste. Si prega di confermare che la Società abbia periodicamente verificato il regolare pagamento dei contributi e premi assicurativi, nonché l’effettuazione delle trattenute fiscali, da parte degli appaltatori (e di eventuali sub-appaltatori) in favore del personale coinvolto nell’appalto/fornitura.

 

 

3.17.

Si prega di fornire: (a) una lista degli infortuni occorsi negli ultimi 3 anni. Indicazione di malattie professionali accertate e cause sottostanti e chiarire se vi sono/sono stati infortuni/riconoscimenti di malattie professionali che può esporre/ha esposto la Società a rischi/responsabilità/richieste di risarcimenti; in detta ipotesi, indicare l’entità di tali rischi/responsabilità/ risarcimenti; (b) una relazione proveniente dalla competente struttura interna e/o dai consulenti esterni eventualmente incaricati in materia di sicurezza sui luoghi di lavoro, che descriva lo stato degli adempimenti posti in essere dalla Società per ottemperare alle previsioni di legge vigenti in materia (con indicazione di eventuali aree di inadempimento) ed indichi se tutte le figure competenti previste e dalla disciplina di legge applicabile (quali, ad esempio, medico competente, responsabile servizio di prevenzione e protezione, ecc.) sono state nominate.

3.18.

Copia aggiornata del Documento Unico di regolarità contributiva (“DURC”) attestante l’assolvimento da parte della società degli obblighi previdenziali ed assicurativi nei confronti dei dipendenti.

3.19.

Informazioni sui fondi di previdenza integrativa/complementare e polizze assicurative di natura assistenziale ulteriori rispetto a quelle previste dalla legge e dal CCNL.

4.

Contratti

4.1.

Contratti con i Clienti

4.1.1.

Elenco dei 10 principali clienti (specificando se pubblici o privati) della Società, riportati in ordine decrescente con indicazione del relativo fatturato generato nell’ultimo esercizio.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 7

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

4.1.2.

Copia dei contratti e accordi con i clienti della Società in vigore.

 

4.1.3.

Copia delle condizioni standard di vendita di prodotti e fornitura di servizi applicate dalla Società - ad esempio, condizioni generali di vendita, contratti standard, ordini, ecc. - ove esistenti.

 

4.2.

Contratti con i Fornitori

 

4.2.1.

Elenco dei 10 principali fornitori della Società che prestano servizi o forniscono beni in relazione all’attività sociale della Società, riportati in ordine decrescente con indicazione del costo relativo a ciascuno di essi nell’ultimo esercizio.

4.2.2.

Copia dei contratti con i fornitori della Società.

4.2.3.

Copia delle condizioni standard di acquisto applicate dalla Società - ad esempio, condizioni generali d’acquisto, contratti standard, ordini di acquisto, ecc. - ove esistenti.

4.3.

Altri contratti rilevanti

 

4.3.1.

Copia di tutti i contratti di appalto, logistica, servizi, marketing, franchising e distribuzione di cui la Società sia parte e, in generale, documentazione idonea a comprendere la rete distributiva della stessa.

4.3.2.

Copia di tutti i contratti associativi (ivi inclusi – a titolo meramente esemplificativo – i contratti di joint venture, di partnership, di consorzio e di associazione temporanea di impresa) di cui la Società è parte.

4.3.3.

Copia di tutti i contratti di segretezza/riservatezza, attivi o passivi, stipulati dalla Società e vigenti.

4.3.4.

Copia di tutti i contratti tra la Società e le sue “parti correlate” (come definite dal principio contabile IAS 24).

4.3.5.

Copia di tutti i contratti infragruppo (ivi inclusi – a titolo meramente esemplificativo – i contratti di servizi, contratti di fornitura, cash pooling agreement, ecc.), stipulati dalla Società.

4.3.6.

Elenco e copia dei contratti concernenti le polizze assicurative riguardanti la Società, nonché indicazione dei sinistri occorsi e reclami proposti dalla Società negli ultimi 3 anni, con indicazione del relativo stato di liquidazione.

4.3.7.

Copia di tutti i contratti di cooperazione ed associazione in partecipazione, patti di non-concorrenza, impegni di esclusiva o altre limitazioni alla libertà imprenditoriale, documentazione relativa alla partecipazione della Società a consorzi o a qualsiasi altra associazione o ente collettivo su base internazionale, nazionale o locale.

5.

Informazioni finanziarie

5.1.

Descrizione dei rapporti bancari della Società (banche, conti, saldo, ecc.).

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 8

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

5.2.

Copia di tutti i contratti di finanziamento e/o di ogni documento inerente qualsiasi forma di indebitamento a lungo o breve termine riguardante la Società (ivi inclusi finanziamenti infra-gruppo, mutui ipotecarie e chirografari, cambiali, anche agrarie, obbligazioni garantite o non garantite riguardanti o che possono riguardare la Società, finanziamenti soci, finanziamenti agevolati, sussidi e interventi finanziari provenienti da qualsiasi ente pubblico, aperture di credito e castelletti, eventuali accordi di moratoria o altri accordi di dilazione o ristrutturazione del rimborso dell’indebitamento della Società) e scheda riepilogativa che contenga indicazione per ciascuno di essi dei seguenti elementi: identità del creditore e del debitore, importo (concesso e utilizzato), tasso di interesse, data prevista per il rimborso, garanzie prestate.

 

 

5.3.

Copia dei contratti di factoring, reverse factoring, anticipazioni su merci e fatture, inventory loan, destocking (o altri contratti in essere con riferimento al magazzino) cessione del credito, leasing finanziari, fidi di cassa, hot money di cui la Società è parte.

5.4.

Copia dei contratti derivati (inclusi swap, hedging, derivati volti ad assicurare la protezione rispetto al rischio di fluttuazione nei tassi di interesse, nelle valute o nei prezzi, ecc.) di cui la Società è parte

5.5.

Copia di tutti i contratti concernenti strumenti finanziari di debito (aventi ad oggetto sia azioni che titoli di debito, incluse le obbligazioni opzioni, warrant e strumenti finanziari di debito convertibili e scambiabili, strumenti ibridi, ecc.) riguardanti (o che possano riguardare) di cui la Società è parte.

5.6.

Informazioni (e copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile) concernenti qualunque prestito o garanzia di qualunque tipo concessa da terzi in relazione ad obbligazioni della Società, o dalla Società in relazione ad obbligazioni di terzi (facendo specifica menzione di mutui e garanzie infra-gruppo); eventuali manleve, lettere di patronage, fideiussioni, mandati di credito o accordi similari assunti da parte della Società o nell’interesse della stessa, anche in relazione a contratti di finanziamento e garanzie.

5.7.

Copia di tutti i contratti concernenti eventuali ipoteche, pegni, depositi in garanzia presso terzi (escrow), cessioni di crediti in garanzia, privilegi, garanzie collaterali (collateral) o altri oneri di natura reale che riguardino i beni della Società o di terzi, anche in relazione ai contratti di finanziamento ed alle garanzie sopra indicati ai punti 5.2 e 5.6.

5.8.

Fideiussioni, ipoteche, pegni e altre garanzie reali o personali concesse dalla Società in favore di terzi e di quelle rilasciate da terzi in favore della Società.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 9

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

5.9.

Copia di tutti i contratti concernenti sussidi, concessioni, contributi, premi, finanziamenti a fondo perduto, finanziamenti pubblici o altre agevolazioni concesse da enti pubblici o privati a livello locale, nazionale o internazionale alla Società o che comunque interessi la Società.

5.10.

Copia degli eventuali accordi di cash pooling, di cui la Società è parte.

 

 

6.

Beni Immobili

 

 

6.1.

Indicazione dei beni immobili di cui la Società è proprietaria, conduttrice, affittuaria, comodataria o comunque utilizzatrice e, in relazione a ciascuno di essi: (i) titolo in forza del quale il bene immobile è nella relativa disponibilità (per esempio, atto di compravendita, contratto di locazione, contratto di leasing, contratto di comodato, contratto di affitto di ramo d’azienda o altro); (ii) copia di tutti gli atti da cui risultano i vincoli e i gravami (ivi incluse le ipoteche) esistenti sui beni posseduti o usati dalla Società (nel ventennio).

6.2.

In relazione ai beni immobili di cui la Società sia proprietaria copia della seguente documentazione: (i) relazioni notarili ventennali aggiornate; (ii) ispezioni ipotecarie aggiornate; (iii) documentazione attestante la conformità del Catasto allo stato di fatto; (iv) visure catastali storiche per immobile aggiornate; (v) atti di provenienza nell’ultimo ventennio; (vi) atti costitutivi di diritti reali (es. ipoteche, servitù, ecc.) od obbligatori (es. locazioni, comodati, ecc.) di terzi o di vincoli o gravami di altra natura.

6.3.

Visure catastali per soggetto aggiornate riferite alla Società.

6.4.

Conferma circa la non esistenza di condomini, supercondomini, consorzi o enti di simile natura applicabili ai beni immobili nella disponibilità della Società. In caso contrario, si prega di fornire copia di eventuali regolamenti di comunione, condominio, supercondominio, consortili o simili applicabili a tali beni immobili.

6.5.

Descrizione di eventuali lavori di manutenzione straordinaria in corso di esecuzione e copia dei relativi contratti di appalto per la Società.

6.6.

Copia di contratti afferenti alla gestione dei beni immobili nella disponibilità della Società (a titolo esemplificativo, portierato, polizze assicurative, facility management, ecc.).

6.7.

Copia di contratti di finanziamento afferenti ai beni immobili di proprietà della Società.

6.8.

Informazioni relative ad ogni potenziale, pendente o concluso procedimento di esproprio (inclusa qualsivoglia procedura per occupazione d’urgenza e/o sine titulo) e copia dei relativi atti.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 10

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

6.9.

In relazione agli immobili di proprietà della Società: (i) certificato di destinazione urbanistica aggiornato al 2023; (ii) convenzioni e/o atti unilaterali d’obbligo e/o qualsiasi altro atto stipulato con (o a favore ) di una pubblica amministrazione; (iii) provvedimenti di imposizione di vincolo (culturale, monumentale, paesaggistico, ambientale, ecc.); (iv) titoli abilitativi edilizi relativi alla realizzazione di tali immobili; (v) istanze di rilascio di permessi di costruire e/o denunzie di inizio di attività (DIA) in istruttoria, comprensive di elaborati grafici allegati; (vi) titoli abilitativi, comunque denominati, successivi alla realizzazione di tali immobili (licenze edilizie, concessioni edilizie, permessi di costruire, comunicazione ex articolo 26 e/o 48 Legge 47/1985, denunzie di inizio di attività (DIA), segnalazioni certificate di inizio attività (SCIA), comunicazioni di inizio attività (CIL/CILA), condoni edilizi e/o domande di condono edilizio comprensive di elaborati grafici allegati); (vii) pratica denuncia opere strutturali al Genio Civile; (viii) certificati di collaudo statico; (ix) ricevute del pagamento del contributo sul costo di costruzione; e (x) certificati di agibilità (o Segnalazione Certificata di Agibilità - SCA), ivi compresi i certificati di agibilità speciale eventualmente rilasciati a seguito di condono edilizio.

 

 

6.10.

Copia del certificato prevenzione incendi (per tutte le attività svolte negli stabilimenti, di proprietà e/o gestiti dalla Società).

7.

Altri beni

7.1.

Informazioni (e copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile) concernenti qualsiasi contratto di locazione finanziaria, di comodato, di affitto, di sale and lease back, di leasing, di vendita e qualsiasi altro contratto relativo ai beni mobili, macchinari, impianti o utenze di proprietà della Società o dalla stessa utilizzati.

7.2.

Elenco ed informazioni riguardo i veicoli, i beni registrati, gli impianti e i macchinari di proprietà della Società o da essa utilizzati.

7.3.

Elenco per la Società (e copia di tutta la documentazione disponibile) dei pegni o privilegi relativi a beni mobili o diritti, ed indicazione dei beni sottoposti a garanzia.

8.

Privacy

8.1.

Documentazione relativa e comprovante (i) l’adozione di un modello organizzativo privacy (data governance) (es. modello e/o almeno una copia sottoscritta di individuazione a “persona autorizzata” o “incaricato del trattamento”, nomina amministratore di sistema, designazione del DPO) in relazione alla Società, persone autorizzate al trattamento relativa alla Società (ii) ai rapporti della Società con l’Autorità Garante per la protezione dei dati personali (“Garante”) degli ultimi 2 anni (es. comunicazione della nomina del DPO, istanza di consultazione preventiva ex art. 36 del Regolamento UE 2016/679, “GDPR”)

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 11

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

8.2.

Copia del registro dei trattamenti (del titolare e/o del responsabile del trattamento) della Società.

8.3.

Procedure e/o policy idonee ad attestare l’adozione delle misure di sicurezza tecniche da parte della Società (es. procedura disaster recovery, gestione backup) e/o organizzative previste dal Regolamento (procedura per la gestione dei data breach, policy sulla conservazione dei dati, policy sulla gestione delle richieste relative ai diritti degli interessati, policy sull’utilizzo degli strumenti informatici aziendali, ecc.).

 

 

8.4.

Documentazione relativa alla Società concernente i data breach verificatisi negli ultimi 2 anni e, ove applicabile, documentazione attestante l’avvenuta notifica da parte della Società all’Autorità Garante (art. 33 del Regolamento) e, nei casi previsti dal Regolamento, agli interessati (art. 34 del Regolamento).

 

 

8.5.

Modello atto di nomina a Responsabile del trattamento della Società.

8.6.

Ove applicabile, documentazione contrattuale relativa alla Società concernente il flusso di dati infragruppo (es. contratti infragruppo per eventuali centralizzazioni di banche dati o di funzioni aziendali).

9.

Controversie giudiziali e concorsuali

9.1.

Elenco dei contenziosi pendenti, minacciati o possibili, con distinzione tra contenzioso civile, penale, amministrativo, ambientale e giuslavoristico, predisposto dagli avvocati della Società, con indicazione per ciascuna controversia: (i) dei nomi delle parti; (ii) dell’oggetto; (iii) del valore; (iv) del giudice; (v) delle reciproche ragioni di causa; (vi) dello stato del giudizio; (vii) del suo possibile esito; e (viii) del relativo fondo rischi.

9.2.

Documentazione relativa ad eventuali controversie con dettaglio dei punti indicati al § 9.1 con (i) clienti, (ii) fornitori, (iii) con associazioni di consumatori o similari, (iv) con autorità competenti in materia di etichettatura dei prodotti, (v), incluso quelle eventualmente riguardanti la qualità dei prodotti e/o servizi, i tempi e le quantità di consegna, le modalità e i tempi di pagamento.

9.3.

Copia di ogni sentenza, decreto, ordinanza, ingiunzione emessi da parte di autorità giudiziarie negli ultimi tre anni e riguardanti la Società o i loro rappresentanti, in veste di attori/ricorrenti, di convenuti/resistenti o di intervenienti volontari e/o chiamati in causa, nonché di ogni transazione e/o altro atto conciliativo di controversia o altri accordi transattivi sottoscritti negli ultimi tre anni.

9.4.

Documentazione relativa ad eventuali procedure concorsuali (tra cui, a titolo esemplificativo e non esaustivo, le procedure della composizione negoziata della crisi) disciplinate dal codice della crisi con dettaglio dei punti indicati al § 9.1 con autorità competenti e le relative sentenza, decreto, ordinanza, ingiunzione emessi da parte di autorità giudiziarie.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 12

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

10.

Proprietà intellettuale ed industriale - Information Technology

 

 

10.1.

Elenco e descrizione dei diritti di proprietà intellettuale della Società è titolare (marchi, brevetti per invenzione, brevetti per modello di utilità, indicazioni geografiche, denominazioni commerciali, denominazioni di origine, disegni e modelli, domain names, ecc.), siano essi registrati, non registrati o in corso di registrazione, con indicazione, per ciascuno di essi di: (i) data e numero di deposito/registrazione; (ii) data di scadenza; (iii) oggetto della registrazione; (iv) estensione territoriale; (v) classi merceologiche per le quali il titolo è registrato/depositato; (vi) eventuali azioni di opposizione amministrativa di terzi alla registrazione; (vii) eventuali contestazioni, anche provvisorie, mosse dall’autorità competente per la registrazione/concessione del titolo.

 

 

10.2.

Documentazione attestante la titolarità di tali diritti di proprietà intellettuale della Società (a titolo esemplificativo, certificati emessi dai competenti uffici marchi e brevetti).

10.3.

Informazioni in merito all’esistenza e alle modalità di concreto utilizzo (con specificazione dell’area geografica di utilizzo e del prodotto/servizio in connessione dei quali sono utilizzati) di tutti i diritti di proprietà industriale e intellettuale non registrati, di titolarità della Società a qualsiasi titolo usati, inclusi (a titolo esemplificativo): (i) informazioni segrete (aziendali, commerciali, tecnico industriali); (ii) know-how (sia esso brevettabile o meno), con descrizione e indicazione delle modalità utilizzate per mantenere la segretezza; marchi di fatto (inclusi loghi o simboli); (iii) diritti d’autore e diritti su database; (iv) diritti su software (specificando se il software in uso/proprietà contiene, in tutto o in parte, software coperto da licenze open source).

10.4.

Atti/contratti, a titolo oneroso o gratuito, di cui la Società sia parte a qualsiasi titolo: (i) di cessione, in tutto o in parte, di diritti di proprietà industriale e intellettuale; (ii) di licenza di diritti di proprietà industriale ed intellettuale; (iii) che costituiscono, modificano o trasferiscono diritti personali o reali di godimento, privilegi speciali o diritti di garanzia su diritti di proprietà industriale ed intellettuale; (iv) che stabiliscono la coesistenza tra diritti di proprietà industriale e intellettuale; ogni altro atto/contratto che ha ad oggetto lo sfruttamento di diritti di proprietà industriale e intellettuale (tra cui, a titolo esemplificativo, i contratti di sponsorizzazione, sfruttamento dell’immagine, pubblicità, di edizione, rappresentazione ed esecuzione di opera, ecc.).

10.5.

Contratti di impiego/collaborazione aventi a oggetto lo svolgimento di attività inventiva/creativa stipulati dalla Società.

11.

Normativa in materia ambientale

11.1.

Valutazione di Impatto Ambientale (“VIA”).

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 13

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

11.2.

Atti autorizzativi in materia ambientale

11.2.1.

Copia di ogni autorizzazione, permesso, concessione o altro atto autorizzativo comunque denominato, relativo alla materia ambientale, che risulti necessario per lo svolgimento dell’attività sociale (es. Autorizzazione Integrata Ambientale (“AIA”), Autorizzazione Unica Ambientale (“AUA”), autorizzazione alle emissioni in atmosfera, autorizzazione agli scarichi idrici, piano di gestione delle acque meteoriche, autorizzazioni/denunce/ provvedimenti concessori in materia di prelievi idrici, ecc.).

 

 

11.2.2.

Evidenza della conformità alle prescrizioni contenute negli atti autorizzativi di cui al precedente paragrafo 11.3.1.

 

 

11.3.

Rifiuti

 

 

11.3.1.

Ultimo modello unico di dichiarazione (“MUD”) e schede allegate, con evidenza della relativa presentazione nei termini di legge.

11.3.2.

Copia dell’iscrizione presso l’Albo Nazionale Gestori Ambientali delle imprese che effettuato il servizio di raccolta e trasporto dei rifiuti.

11.3.3.

Copia delle autorizzazioni delle imprese che effettuano il servizio di stoccaggio, recupero e smaltimento dei rifiuti.

11.3.4.

Registri di carico e scarico di rifiuti.

11.3.5.

Formulari di identificazione dei rifiuti.

11.3.6.

Attestazione di avvenuto smaltimento per i rifiuti conferiti a soggetti autorizzati alle operazioni di raggruppamento, ricondizionamento e deposito preliminare di cui ai punti D13, D14 e D15 dell’Allegato B alla Parte IV del D.Lgs. 152/2006.

11.3.7.

Autorizzazione allo smaltimento dei rifiuti speciali e pericolosi in azienda.

11.3.8.

Iscrizione al Consorzio Nazionale Imballaggi (“CONAI”).

11.3.9.

Prova del pagamento del contributo ambientale CONAI.

11.3.10.

Eventuale documentazione inerente il trasporto transfrontaliero di rifiuti.

11.4.

Rumore

 

 

11.4.1.

Analisi emissioni acustiche all’esterno.

11.4.2.

Piano per la riduzione delle emissioni acustiche all’esterno.

11.5.

Sostanze pericolose e amianto

 

 

11.5.1.

Autorizzazioni del Ministero dell’Industria e/o del Ministero della Sanità alla produzione e allo stoccaggio di sostanze pericolose.

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 14

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

11.5.2.

Registrazione PCB e PCT.

11.5.3.

Rapporto relativo alla presenza di amianto in situ e relativa documentazione del programma di rimozione/incapsulamento.

 

 

 

11.5.4.

 

Documenti relativi alla presenza, all’uso e all’eliminazione di materiali contenenti PCB, PCT, CFC, HCFC, Halon e Freon 22.

 

 

11.6.

Industria insalubre

 

 

11.6.1.

Decreto di classificazione.

11.7.

Industria a rischio di incidente rilevante

11.7.1.

Dichiarazione o notifica di impianto a rischio di incidente rilevante (ai sensi del D.Lgs. 17 agosto 1999, n. 334, “Decreto Seveso” e/o del D.Lgs. 26 giugno 2015, n. 105 “Decreto Seveso III”).

11.7.2.

Rapporto di sicurezza.

11.7.3.

Politica di prevenzione degli incidenti rilevanti.

11.7.4.

Piano di emergenza interno.

11.7.5.

Piano di emergenza esterno.

11.7.6.

Lista degli incidenti rilevanti verificatisi negli ultimi cinque anni comunicati alle autorità nazionali.

11.7.7.

Lista degli incidenti rilevanti verificatisi negli ultimi cinque anni comunicati alla Commissione europea.

11.8.

Contaminazione dei suoli e delle acque

 

 

11.8.1.

Indagini su suoli e acque di falda.

11.8.2.

Documenti relativi ad eventuali episodi/evidenze di contaminazione (anche di carattere storico) ed a procedure di caratterizzazione, messa in sicurezza d’emergenza e bonifica.

11.8.3.

Lista dei serbatoi interrati esistenti, data di installazione e documentazione relativa alla tenuta, manutenzione ed ispezioni periodiche dei serbatoi.

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 15

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

11.9.

Emissioni di gas a effetto serra di cui alla Direttiva 2003/88/CE

11.9.1.

Autorizzazione all’emissione di gas a effetto serra rilasciata dal Comitato ETS (“Comitato”).

 

 

11.9.2.

Comunicazione al Comitato delle informazioni necessarie ai fini dell’assegnazione delle quote di emissione.

 

 

11.9.3.

Iscrizione nel registro dell’Unione.

 

 

11.9.4.

Comunicazione relativa alle emissioni dell’impianto prevista dall’art. 35 del D.Lgs. 9 giugno 2020, n. 47, verificata ai sensi dell’art. 41 del medesimo decreto.

 

 

11.10.

Gas fluorurati a effetto serra

 

 

11.10.1.

Lista di tutte le apparecchiature contenenti gas fluorurati ad effetto serra, specificando tipo di gas e quantitativi.

11.10.2.

Evidenza del rispetto degli obblighi che il D.P.R. 146/2018 pone a capo dell’operatore.

11.10.3.

Evidenza dei controlli con rilevazioni perdite.

11.11.

Impianti termici (civili e industriali)

 

 

11.11.1.

Lista di tutti gli impianti termici (civili e industriali) presenti nel sito.

11.11.2.

Copia della dichiarazione di conformità, del libretto dell’impianto, evidenza dell’esecuzione della manutenzione periodica.

11.12.

Regolamento (CE) n. 1907/2006 (“Regolamento REACH”) e Regolamento (CE) n. 1272/2008 (“Regolamento CLP”)

 

 

11.12.1.

Lista di tutte le sostanze chimiche di cui la Società sia fabbricante, importatrice e utilizzatrice.

11.12.2.

Evidenza della conformità agli obblighi previsti dal Regolamento REACH per fabbricanti, importatori e utilizzatori di sostanze chimiche, come tali o in miscele e articoli.

11.12.3.

Evidenza della conformità agli obblighi previsti dal Regolamento CLP, se la sostanza o la miscela prodotta e/o importata è pericolosa.

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 16

 

 


img176739218_0.jpg

 

Documento/Informazione

Status

Commenti TEKNE

11.13.

Contenzioso e contestazioni

11.13.1.

Contenzioso passato, attuale e potenziale in materia di igiene e sicurezza.

 

 

11.13.2.

Contenzioso passato, attuale e potenziale in materia ambientale.

 

 

11.13.3

Verbali di visite e/o ispezioni, diffide e/o altri provvedimenti amministrativi che contestino eventuali irregolarità, violazioni di legge e/o l’inosservanza delle prescrizioni autorizzative, nonché la relativa documentazione (es. eventuali prescrizioni, prova dell’ottemperanza alle prescrizioni, ecc.).

 

 

 

 

 

 

img176739218_1.jpg

 

Pagina 17

 

 


 

Annex 7.2(a)(iii)

Letters of Company’s directors’ Resignation

To

TEKNE S.p.A.,

Contrada San Matteo No. 42,

66030 - Poggiofiorito (CH),

Pec: teknespa@pec.it

To the kind attention of the administrative body

- via certified electronic mail (PEC) and via e-mail-

[Place], [date]

Re: letter of resignation from office

Dear Sirs,

this is to inform you that I intend to resign from the office of [director/chairman of the board of directors] of the company TEKNE S.p.A. (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of Italy, with registered office at Contrada San Matteo no. 42, Poggiofiorito (CH), 66030, registration number with the Companies’ Register of Chieti-Pescara, Italian tax code and VAT number 01992140697, effective as of today’s date.

[With the exception of the accrued remuneration equal to Euro [●] but not paid to date, already separately communicated to the Company,] I hereby irrevocably and unconditionally declare that I have no claims on the Company for any reason or cause whatsoever, including by way of notice, and for any reason or cause whatsoever, dependent on or connected to the office held (including, by way of example, in relation to fees, bonuses, remuneration, expenses, compensation for loss of office or otherwise arising from my resignation or from the exercise of any office held by me, including for any managerial, clerical or consultancy appointments) up to the date hereof. To the extent that any such claim exists or may come into existence, I irrevocably and unconditionally waive the same and release the Company from any and all liability in this regard.

In faith,

 

 

 

 

[●]

 

1


 

Annex 7.2(a)(iv)

Letters of Company’s auditors’ resignation

To

TEKNE S.p.A.,

Contrada San Matteo No. 42,

66030 - Poggiofiorito (CH),

Pec: teknespa@pec.it

To the kind attention of the administrative body

- via certified electronic mail (PEC) and via e-mail-

[Place], [date]

Re: letter of resignation from office

Dear Sirs,

this is to inform you that I intend to resign from the office of [statutory auditor/Chairman of the Board of Statutory Auditors] of the company TEKNE S.p.A. (the “Company”), a company incorporated under the laws of Italy, with registered office at Contrada San Matteo no. 42, Poggiofiorito (CH), 66030, registration number with the Companies’ Register of Chieti-Pescara, tax code and VAT number 01992140697, effective as of today’s date.

[With the exception of the accrued remuneration equal to Euro [●] but not paid to date, already separately communicated to the Company,] I hereby irrevocably and unconditionally declare that I have no claims whatsoever against the Company for any reason or cause whatsoever, arising out of or in connection with the office held (including, without limitation, in relation to fees, bonuses, compensation, expenses, compensation for loss of office or otherwise arising out of my resignation or the exercise of any office held by me, including for any managerial, clerical or consultancy positions) up to the date hereof. To the extent that any such claim exists or may come into existence, I irrevocably and unconditionally waive the same and release the Company from any and all liability in this regard.

In faith,

 

 

 

 

[●]

 

2


 

Allegato 7.2(a)(v) – Nuovo Statuto

Capo I

Denominazione – Sede – Durata – Oggetto Sociale

Articolo 1

Definizioni

1.1.
Ai fini del presente statuto (lo “Statuto”), in aggiunta ad altri termini ed espressioni definiti in altri Articoli, i termini e le espressioni utilizzati in maiuscolo avranno il significato loro attribuito nel presente Articolo 1:
(i)
“Affiliati”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 15.1(b);
(ii)
“Azione/i”: indica le azioni della Società;
(iii)
“Comunicazione di Esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 12.3(a);
(iv)
“Concorrente” indica qualsiasi soggetto che (i) sia attivo nella produzione, nello sviluppo e nell’erogazione di servizi e dei prodotti e/o eserciti l’attività commerciale e/o in concorrenza con la Società e, nello specifico, con le attività descritte all’Articolo 5.1;
(v)
“Diritto di Prelazione”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.3;
(vi)
“Giorno/i Lavorativo/i”: significa un giorno in cui le banche che operano sulla piazza di Roma e di Milano sono aperte per lo svolgimento della loro normale attività;
(vii)
“Legge”: indica qualsiasi legge od altra forma di disposizione normativa sovranazionale, nazionale, regionale, statale, provinciale o locale, statuto, ordinanza, regola, regolamento, codice, ordine, provvedimento, ingiunzione o decreto, e qualsiasi norma di rango primario o secondario applicabile alle Parti e/o alla Società (a seconda dei casi)
(viii)
“Offerta del Terzo”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.1;
(ix)
“Offerta in Prelazione”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.2;
(x)
“Parte Correlata”: indica qualsiasi parte correlata a uno dei Soci, così come definita ai sensi dello IAS (International Accounting Standards) n. 24, par. 9;
(xi)
“Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.2;
(xii)
“Periodo di Lock-up”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 12.1;
(xiii)
“Prezzo di Trasferimento”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.2;
(xiv)
“Socio/i”: indica, congiuntamente, i soci della Società;
(xv)
“Termine Esercizio Diritto di Prelazione”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 13.3(b);
(xvi)
“Trasferente”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 15.2;
(xvii)

 

1


 

(xviii)
“Trasferimento/i Consentito/i”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 15.1; “Trasferimento” (e altre espressioni simili o equivalenti, e.g., “cessione” o “vendita”) deve essere interpretato come comprensivo di qualsiasi forma di conclusione di un accordo vincolante relativo alla vendita (anche se in blocco con altri beni) e di qualsiasi altro negozio, a titolo oneroso o a titolo gratuito (inclusi, in via meramente esemplificativa, la permuta, il riporto, il conferimento, la fusione, la liquidazione, il trasferimento di azienda, la vendita forzosa o la donazione) in forza del quale si consegua, in via diretta o indiretta, anche solo transitoriamente o a titolo fiduciario, il risultato del trasferimento a terzi, della proprietà o di altro diritto (anche attraverso negozi costitutivi di diritti di garanzia) sulle Azioni o in forza dei quali si consegua, sia pur solo transitoriamente o a titolo fiduciario, il risultato del trasferimento a terzi dei diritti (incluso il diritto di pegno, di usufrutto o di voto) inerenti alle Azioni ovvero la perdita del diritto di un socio di determinarsi autonomamente o di esercitare in assemblea il diritto di voto relativo alle proprie Azioni; (xix) “Trasferitario”: ha il significato di cui all’Articolo 15.2.

Articolo 2

Denominazione

2.1.
La società è denominata “TEKNE S.P.A.” (la “Società”).
2.2.
La titolarità delle partecipazioni al capitale sociale della Società e l’accettazione di funzioni ed incarichi disciplinati dallo Statuto implica l’accettazione delle norme recate dallo Statuto stesso, sia di quelle già vigenti alla data dell’acquisizione di dette partecipazioni o di assunzioni di detti funzioni ed incarichi, sia di quelle posteriormente vigenti.

Articolo 3

Sede legale

3.1.
La Società ha sede legale nel Comune di Poggiofiorito (CH) all’indirizzo risultante dall’apposita iscrizione eseguita presso il competente Registro delle Imprese.
3.2.
L’organo amministrativo ha la facoltà di istituire, modificare e sopprimere, sia in Italia che all’estero, filiali, succursali e altre unità locali comunque denominate senza stabile rappresentanza, nonché di trasferire la sede nell’ambito del Comune indicato al presente articolo.
3.3.
L’assemblea degli azionisti può istituire, sopprimere o spostare sedi secondarie, filiali, agenzie e uffici sia amministrati vi che di rappresentanza o trasferire la sede sociale al di fuori del Comune di Poggiofiorito (CH).

Articolo 4

Durata

4.1.
La durata della Società è stabilita sino al 31 dicembre 2080 e potrà essere prorogata secondo quanto delibererà l’assemblea dei Soci, ai sensi di Legge e del presente Statuto.

 

2


 

Articolo 5

Oggetto

5.1.
La Società ha per oggetto:
(a)
la progettazione, produzione, allestimento, trasformazione, commercializzazione ed assistenza di veicoli industriali, speciali, militari, per trasporto persone, di autobus e di veicoli in genere, di loro parti, ricambi e sistemi;
(b)
la progettazione, produzione e commercializzazione di impianti, sistemi ed apparecchi elettrici, elettronici ed informatici con assistenza e consulenza;
(c)
l’acquisto, vendita, noleggio con o senza autista e personalizzazione di veicoli in genere;
(d)
la costruzione e gestione di immobili anche destinabili ad attività ricettizia ed attività affini;
(e)
la costruzione, trasformazione e allestimento artigianale di prototipi di veicoli speciali; la manutenzione e riparazioni di autoveicoli; e
(f)
ogni altra attività connessa o dipendente da quelle suindicate.

Essa potrà compiere, inoltre, tutte le operazioni mobiliari, immobiliari (escluse quelle attività riservate per legge a determinate società aventi requisiti specifici), finanziarie e locative (con esclusione della locazione finanziaria), ritenute dall’organo amministrativo necessarie od utili per il conseguimento dell’oggetto sociale; assumere, sia direttamente sia indirettamente, interessenze e partecipazioni in altre società od imprese aventi oggetto analogo o affine o complementare o connesso al proprio; stipulare contratti di associazioni temporanee di impresa; assumere mutui e finanzia menti, con o senza garanzie reali, fruendo di ogni agevolazione creditizia e fiscale al momento prevista e vigente; prestare garanzie reali, fidejussioni e avalli, sempre che ricorra l’interesse della società al riguardo, sia per obbligazioni proprie sia a garanzia di obbligazioni di terzi; con precisazione che le suddette attività finanziarie potranno essere compiute solo quali attività non prevalenti e, comunque, non nei confronti del pubblico nel rispetto delle Leggi n. 216/74, n. 1/91, n. 197/91, n. 385/93 e successive proroghe, modifiche ed integrazioni.

Ove nella superiore elencazione fossero riscontrabili attività per le quali fossero necessarie particolari autorizzazioni o attività riservate per legge a soggetti muniti di necessari titoli professionali o autorizzati all'esercizio di specifiche attività in forza di particolari disposizioni di legge, la Società si impegna a richiedere ed ottenere le relative autorizzazioni o demandarne in ogni caso l'esecuzione ai soggetti con tali requisiti, i quali opereranno sotto la loro responsabilità.

La società potrà invocare i benefici fiscali, previdenziali e finanziari previsti dalle vigenti leggi (loro modifiche, proroghe ed integrazioni), per l'attività in oggetto, e da ogni altra legge agevolativa, comprese quelle per le aree meridionali e/o svantaggiate e le agevolazioni previste per la Comunità Europea.

 

3


 

Capo II

Capitale Sociale – Azioni

Articolo 6

Capitale sociale

6.1.
Il capitale sociale della Società è pari ad Euro 30.500.000,00.
6.2.
Il capitale sociale della Società è suddiviso in numero 30.500.000 Azioni dal valore nominale di Euro 1,00 ciascuna.
6.3.
Le azioni sono nominative, indivisibili e sono rappresentate da certificati azionari.
6.4.
Fatti salvi i diritti diversi e le limitazioni espressamente menzionati nel presente Statuto, tutte le azioni sono titolari dei medesimi diritti in conformità alle previsioni del presente Statuto e delle norme di legge applicabili.
6.5.
In caso di intestazione a società fiduciaria, il voto potrà essere esercitato in maniera divergente in esecuzione di diverse istruzioni da parte dei relativi fiducianti.
6.6.
Nel caso di comproprietà di un’azione, i diritti dei comproprietari devono essere esercitati da un rappresentante comune nominato secondo le modalità previste dalla legge.

Articolo 7

Aumento di capitale

7.1.
Il capitale sociale della Società potrà essere aumentato:
(a)
a pagamento (mediante nuovi conferimenti in denaro o in natura); e
(b)
a titolo gratuito (mediante passaggio a capitale di riserve o altri fondi disponibili iscritti in bilancio).
7.2.
Fermo restando quanto altrimenti previsto dall’Articolo 17.4, la decisione di aumentare il capitale sociale può essere presa dall’assemblea dei Soci, con le maggioranze previste per la modifica dell’atto costitutivo, oppure dall’organo amministrativo, se a tanto facoltizzato ai sensi dell’articolo 2443 del Codice Civile.
7.3.
La decisione di aumentare il capitale sociale non può essere attuata fin quando i conferimenti precedentemente dovuti non sono stati integralmente eseguiti.
7.4.
In caso di decisione di aumento del capitale sociale mediante nuovi conferimenti spetta ai Soci il diritto di sottoscriverlo in proporzione alle Azioni da essi possedute. È attribuita ai Soci la facoltà di prevedere espressamente nella decisione di aumento che lo stesso possa essere attuato anche mediante offerta di Azioni di nuova emissione a terzi, salvo che nel caso di cui all’articolo 2447 del Codice Civile. In tal caso spetta ai Soci che non hanno consentito alla decisione il diritto di recesso di cui all’Articolo 16 del presente Statuto.
7.5.
Possono essere conferiti, a liberazione dell’aumento a pagamento del capitale, tutti gli elementi dell’attivo suscettibili di valutazione economica. La delibera di aumento del capitale deve stabilire le modalità del conferimento. In mancanza di indicazioni, il conferimento deve farsi in denaro.

 

4


 

Articolo 8

Riduzione del capitale sociale

8.1.
Fermo restando quanto altrimenti previsto dal presente Statuto, il capitale sociale della Società potrà essere ridotto nei casi e con le modalità di legge.

Articolo 9

Strumenti finanziari

9.1.
L’assemblea straordinaria può deliberare, a fronte di apporti di Soci o di terzi diversi dai conferimenti nel capitale sociale, l’emissione di strumenti finanziari ai sensi dell’articolo 2346, comma 6, e dell’articolo 2349, comma 2, del Codice Civile.
9.2.
Gli strumenti finanziari sono incorporati in appositi certificati.

Articolo 10

Obbligazioni

10.1.
Fermo restando quanto disposto dal successivo Articolo 17.4, la Società può emettere prestiti obbligazionari convertibili e non convertibili.
10.2.
I titolari di obbligazioni debbono scegliere un rappresentante comune.
10.3.
All’assemblea degli obbligazionisti si applicano, in quanto compatibili, le norme dell’Articolo 18 del presente Statuto.

Articolo 11

Finanziamenti

11.1.
La Società può acquisire dai Soci, previo consenso individuale degli stessi, versamenti in conto capitale o a fondo perduto senza obbligo di rimborso ovvero stipulare con i Soci, sulla base di trattative personalizzate, finanziamenti con obbligo di rimborso, che si presumono infruttiferi, salva diversa determinazione risultante da atto scritto. Il tutto nei limiti e con le modalità previsti dalla vigente normativa.

Capo III

Atti di disposizione delle Azioni

Articolo 12

Trasferimento delle Azioni

12.1.
Fatto salvo quanto previsto dalle altre previsioni del presente Statuto e senza pregiudizio ai Trasferimenti Consentiti di cui all’Articolo 15.1 che segue, le Azioni non potranno essere trasferite dai Soci a terzi, per la durata di 5 anni dalla data del [●] [Nota: tale data coinciderà con la Data di Esecuzione dell’Accordo Quadro] (il “Periodo di Lock-up”). Dopo la scadenza del Periodo di Lock-up, i trasferimenti delle Azioni saranno liberamente consentiti, fermo restando quanto previsto nell’ Articolo 13 del presente Statuto.

 

5


 

Articolo 13

Diritto di Prelazione

13.1.
Decorso il Periodo di Lock-up, senza pregiudizio per i Trasferimenti Consentiti, qualora un Socio intenda trasferire tutte o alcune delle proprie Azioni e riceva da un terzo, che non sia Parte Correlata, un’offerta vincolante a tal fine (l’”Offerta del Terzo”), lo stesso dovrà preventivamente dare comunicazione a, ed offrire -tutte e non meno di tutte- le Azioni oggetto dell’offerta agli altri Soci nelle modalità di seguito specificate.
13.2.
L’offerta dovrà indicare la percentuale di capitale sociale rappresentata dalle Azioni del Socio oggetto di offerta (la “Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione”) nonché le condizioni, i termini e le modalità dell’offerta relativi al previsto trasferimento, con particolare riferimento al prezzo di trasferimento, ivi inclusi gli eventuali aggiustamenti e le componenti aggiuntive di prezzo (il “Prezzo di Trasferimento”) e alle modalità di pagamento e dovrà essere altresì corredata dell’Offerta del Terzo (l’”Offerta in Prelazione”). Qualora l’Offerta del Terzo preveda una parte di corrispettivo in forma diversa dal denaro, tale porzione di corrispettivo dovrà essere valorizzata in ragione del valore di mercato delle partecipazioni trasferite secondo i criteri di valorizzazione applicabili nel caso di recesso e tale valore e i suoi criteri di determinazione dovranno essere indicati separatamente nell’Offerta in Prelazione.
13.3.
A seguito del ricevimento dell’Offerta in Prelazione, ciascun Socio potrà esercitare il proprio diritto di prelazione sulla Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione con le seguenti modalità e nel rispetto dei seguenti termini e condizioni (il “Diritto di Prelazione”):
(a)
dovrà far pervenire al Consiglio di Amministrazione della Società, che dovrà darne comunicazione formale al Socio trasferente, una dichiarazione scritta di esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione, con la quale manifesti irrevocabilmente ed incondizionatamente, fatta salva qualsiasi autorizzazione di qualsiasi autorità che possa essere necessaria ed opportuna al fine di dare attuazione al relativo trasferimento ai sensi di Legge, la volontà di acquistare l’intera Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione al prezzo e ai termini specificati nell’Offerta in Prelazione (la “Comunicazione di Esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione”);
(b)
il Diritto di Prelazione potrà essere esercitato dal Socio entro e non oltre 30 Giorni Lavorativi dalla data di ricezione dell’Offerta in Prelazione (il “Termine Esercizio Diritto di Prelazione”); e
(c)
la Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione dovrà essere trasferita, e il relativo prezzo dovrà essere contestualmente corrisposto, entro e non oltre 60 Giorni Lavorativi dalla data di ricezione della Comunicazione di Esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione.
13.4.
Nell’ipotesi di esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione da parte di più di un Socio, la Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione spetterà agli altri Soci in proporzione alle Azioni da ciascuno di essi possedute.
13.5.
Il Diritto di Prelazione deve essere esercitato per il prezzo indicato nell’Offerta in Prelazione.
13.6.
In caso di Offerta del Terzo proveniente da una Parte Correlata del Socio destinatario di tale offerta, ovvero nel caso in cui l’Offerta del Terzo preveda un corrispettivo in tutto o in parte non costituito da denaro, Qualora il prezzo di cui all’Offerta in Prelazione sia ritenuto eccessivo da uno dei Soci che abbia manifestato nei termini e nelle forme di cui sopra la volontà di esercitare il Diritto di Prelazione, il prezzo della cessione sarà determinato dalle parti di comune accordo tra loro.

 

6


 

In caso di mancato raggiungimento di un accordo, si applicano le disposizioni seguenti.
13.7.
Qualora non fosse raggiunto alcun accordo, i Soci provvederanno alla nomina di un arbitratore che, nel rendere la propria determinazione, avrà la più ampia facoltà di regolare i propri lavori, salvo il rispetto del principio del contraddittorio e potrà richiedere ai Soci – e questi ultimi, ciascuno per quanto di propria competenza, saranno obbligati a fornire all’arbitratore ed a far sì che la Società fornisca all’arbitratore – le informazioni, i dati e i documenti necessari e/o opportuni per l’espletamento dell’incarico; nel rendere la propria determinazione, l’arbitratore procederà ai sensi dell’articolo 1349, primo comma, del Codice Civile (con equo apprezzamento e non con mero arbitrio).
13.8.
Qualora: (A) il prezzo stabilito dall’arbitratore risultasse superiore al prezzo di cui all’Offerta del Terzo, il trasferimento a favore dei Soci titolari del Diritto di Prelazione avverrà comunque al prezzo di cui all’Offerta del Terzo; (B) il prezzo stabilito dall’arbitratore risultasse inferiore di non oltre il 10% al prezzo di cui all’Offerta del Terzo, il trasferimento a favore dei Soci titolari del Diritto di Prelazione avverrà al prezzo determinato dall’arbitratore; e (C) il prezzo stabilito dall’arbitratore risultasse inferiore di oltre il 10% al prezzo di cui all’Offerta del Terzo, il Socio che aveva manifestato la propria intenzione di esercitare il Diritto di Prelazione avrà il diritto di desistere da tale sua intenzione dandone notizia all’organo amministrativo mediante comunicazione scritta, che sarà inoltrata in copia anche a tutti gli altri Soci che abbiano esercitato il Diritto di Prelazione, nel termine di 30 giorni dal ricevimento della sopra citata determinazione dell’arbitratore. Ove il Socio eserciti tale ultimo diritto, sia l’Offerta in Prelazione che la Comunicazione di Esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione si intenderanno prive di effetto. Al contrario, ove il Socio non eserciti tale diritto, il trasferimento a favore dei Soci titolari del Diritto di Prelazione avverrà al prezzo determinato dall’arbitratore. Il compenso e le spese dell’arbitratore saranno ripartiti in modo paritario tra i Soci proporzionalmente alle Azioni detenute.
13.9.
Qualora il Diritto di Prelazione non sia stato esercitato ovvero qualora la Comunicazione di Esercizio del Diritto di Prelazione debba ritenersi priva di effetto ai sensi del Paragrafo 13.8 di cui sopra, il Socio che ha ricevuto l’Offerta del Terzo sarà libero di trasferire la Partecipazione Oggetto di Prelazione alle seguenti condizioni: (a) che il trasferimento sia perfezionato entro la data indicata nell’Offerta in Prelazione; (b) che il trasferimento avvenga in favore del soggetto acquirente indicato nell’Offerta in Prelazione; e (c) che il trasferimento avvenga in piena conformità a quanto indicato nell’Offerta in Prelazione e per un corrispettivo uguale o superiore a quello indicato nell’Offerta in Prelazione.
13.10.
Il trasferimento di Azioni compiuto in violazione delle disposizioni di cui al presente Articolo non sarà opponibile né alla Società né ai Soci, ossia i diritti sociali connessi alla partecipazione (incluso il diritto di voto) non potranno essere validamente esercitati né il trasferimento iscritto nel libro soci. Il terzo acquirente non potrà a sua volta alienare le Azioni con effetto verso la Società.

 

7


 

Articolo 14

Articolo 15

Deroghe ai limiti di trasferibilità delle Azioni

15.1.
I limiti ai trasferimenti delle Azioni di cui all’Articolo 13 che precede non troverà applicazione in relazione ai trasferimenti di Azioni in favore di:
(a)
altri soci;
(b)
società controllanti, controllate o comunque appartenenti al medesimo gruppo della società socia (ai sensi dell’art. 2359, comma 1, n. 1 e 2 e comma 2 del codice civile) (gli “Affiliati”).

(i “Trasferimenti Consentiti”).

15.2.
Rimane in ogni caso inteso che la registrazione dei Trasferimenti Consentiti è subordinata al rispetto delle seguenti condizioni: (a) che il Socio cedente abbia preventivamente comunicato all’altro Socio la propria intenzione di effettuare il Trasferimento Consentito; e con riferimento ai Trasferimenti Consentiti in favore degli Affiliati (b) quale condizione risolutiva, che l’avente causa nell’ambito del Trasferimento Consentito (il “Trasferitario”) continui ad essere un Affiliato del Socio cedente (il “Trasferente”); (c) quale condizione sospensiva dell’efficacia del Trasferimento, il Trasferitario dovrà aderire per iscritto agli accordi parasociali, ivi inclusi contratti di opzione, eventualmente in essere tra il Trasferente e gli altri soci (d) che il Trasferitario non sia Concorrente di un altro Socio.
15.3.
Nell’ipotesi di trasferimento delle Azioni per atto tra vivi eseguito senza l’osservanza di quanto previsto dal presente Articolo 15, l’acquirente non avrà diritto di essere iscritto nel libro soci, non sarà legittimato all’esercizio del voto e degli altri diritti amministrativi e non potrà alienare le Azioni con effetto verso la Società.

Articolo 16

Diritto di Recesso dei Soci

16.1.
I Soci hanno diritto di recedere nei casi e con gli effetti previsti dalla Legge. Il diritto di recesso non può essere esercitato per una parte soltanto delle Azioni possedute.
16.2.
Per quanto riguarda le modalità di esercizio del diritto di recesso, valgono le disposizioni previste dagli articoli 2437 e ss. c.c.

Capo IV

Assemblea degli Azionisti

Articolo 17

Assemblea dei Soci

17.1.
L’assemblea rappresenta l’universalità dei Soci e le sue deliberazioni, adottate in conformità alla Legge ed al presente Statuto, sono vincolanti per i Soci e la Società.
17.2.
Fatto salvo quando di seguito previsto, l’assemblea, sia in prima che in seconda convocazione, è validamente costituita e delibera con le maggioranze previste ai sensi del Codice Civile.

 

8


 

17.3.
Il voto dei Soci vale in proporzione alla rispettiva partecipazione al capitale sociale della Società.
17.4.
Ai fini dell'adozione di qualsivoglia delibera assembleare (sia sede ordinaria che straordinaria, e sia in prima, seconda o eventualmente successiva convocazione, nella misura consentita dalle disposizioni di legge applicabili) concernente una qualsiasi delle materie elencate di seguito, è richiesta la presenza (in persona fisica o telematica oppure per delega) e il voto favorevole del 71% del capitale sociale della Società:

 

-

 

aumento del capitale sociale della Società, con esclusione di quelli previsti agli artt. 2446 e 2447 del Codice Civile e di qualsiasi altro aumento di capitale da deliberarsi in attuazione del business plan della Società approvato dal consiglio di amministrazione della Società;

-

 

ammissione delle Azioni alla negoziazione in un mercato regolamentato o in un sistema

multilaterale di negoziazione in Italia o all’estero;

-

 

emissioni di obbligazioni convertibili;

-

 

scioglimento e/o messa in liquidazione della Società e nomina, sostituzione e conferimento dei poteri liquidatori, salvo quelle imposte obbligatoriamente da norme di legge; e - modifiche statutarie, salvo quelle imposte obbligatoriamente da norme di legge.

restando inteso che, nonostante quanto diversamente previsto, saranno validamente deliberate con le maggioranze previste dalla Legge (e quindi anche in assenza del voto favorevole del 71% del capitale sociale della Società) le modifiche statutarie strettamente necessarie ai fini dell’adeguamento alle disposizioni inderogabili di Legge.

Articolo 18

Convocazione – Luogo – Modalità

18.1.
L’assemblea dei Soci viene convocata su richiesta del Presidente, dell’amministratore delegato nonché nei casi previsti dalla Legge. La convocazione sarà inviata dal Presidente o dall’amministratore delegato.
18.2.
Le assemblee sono convocate presso la sede sociale o altrove in Italia con avviso inviato ai Soci, ai membri dell’organo amministrativo ed agli eventuali membri dell’organo di controllo mediante posta elettronica o qualunque altro mezzo idoneo a fornire prova del suo ricevimento, almeno 8 giorni prima di quello fissato per l’adunanza, ovvero 3 giorni nei casi di urgenza. L’avviso di convocazione deve indicare la data, l’orario e il luogo della riunione assembleare, nonché gli argomenti posti al relativo ordine del giorno. È possibile prevedere, in sede di convocazione, che l’intervento degli aventi diritto può avvenire esclusivamente mediante mezzi di telecomunicazione, in questo caso l’avviso di convocazione deve contenere dettagliatamente istruzioni sulle modalità di collegamento (fermo restando la facoltà di fornire le specifiche tecniche per il collegamento anche in momenti successivi all’invio dell’avviso di convocazione, purché prima della riunione).

 

9


 

18.3.
In mancanza delle formalità di convocazione di cui all’Articolo 18.2 che precede, l’assemblea si considera comunque validamente costituita e atta a deliberare qualora siano presenti tutti i Soci, personalmente o per delega, la maggioranza dei membri dell’organo amministrativo e dell’organo di controllo e nessuno si opponga alla trattazione degli argomenti posti all’ordine del giorno. Tale assemblea potrà costituirsi anche mediante strumenti di telecomunicazione ai sensi del Paragrafo 18.5.
18.4.
Compete al Presidente dell’assemblea dei Soci verificare che i membri dell’organo amministrativo e i membri dell’organo di controllo non presenti siano stati preventivamente informati dell’adunanza in modo corretto.
18.5.
È consentito l’intervento in assemblea mediante strumenti di telecomunicazione, purché siano rispettate le seguenti condizioni, di cui dovrà esser dato atto nel relativo verbale:
(a)
che siano presenti nello stesso luogo il Presidente ed il Segretario della riunione che provvederanno alla redazione ed alla sottoscrizione del verbale, con eccezione dei casi in cui l’assemblea si svolga in via esclusivamente telematica;
(b)
che sia consentito al Presidente dell’assemblea di accertare l’identità e la legittimazione degli intervenuti, di regolare lo svolgimento dell’adunanza, e di constatare e proclamare i risultati della votazione;
(c)
che sia consentito al soggetto verbalizzante di percepire adeguatamente gli eventi assembleari oggetto di verbalizzazione;
(d)
che sia consentito agli intervenuti di partecipare in modo simultaneo alla discussione ed alla votazione sugli argomenti all’ordine del giorno, nonché di visionare, ricevere e trasmettere documenti;
(e)
che siano indicati nell’avviso di convocazione (salvo l’ipotesi di assemblea totalitaria) i contatti audio/video a cui collegarsi per partecipare all’assemblea, dovendosi ritenere svolta l’assemblea nel luogo indicato nell’avviso di convocazione in cui sono presenti il Presidente ed il Segretario.

Articolo 19

Voto Delegato

19.1.
Ciascun Socio avente diritto a partecipare all’assemblea può, mediante delega scritta concessa ad un terzo, anche non socio, farsi rappresentare in assemblea, a condizione che tale delega non sia conferita ad un amministratore o ad un sindaco della Società, né a Società da queste controllate o ad amministratori o sindaci di queste. Il Presidente dell’assemblea verificherà la regolarità delle deleghe e, in generale, il diritto di ciascuna persona a partecipare all’assemblea.

Articolo 20

Presidente e Segretario

20.1.
L’assemblea dei Soci è presieduta dal Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione, o, in sua assenza, da qualsiasi altra persona scelta dai Soci tra i presenti in assemblea.
20.2.
L’assemblea nomina un Segretario, anche non socio.

 

10


 

Articolo 21

Verbale di assemblea

21.1.
Le deliberazioni assembleari sono fatte constare da verbale sottoscritto dal Presidente, dal Segretario e, quando richiesto dalla Legge, dal notaio.
21.2.
Il verbale deve riportare gli esiti degli accertamenti compiuti dal Presidente, a norma di Legge, ed ogni altra indicazione prevista dalla Legge.

Capo V

Amministrazione – Poteri di Gestione – Rappresentanza

Articolo 22

Composizione dell’Organo Amministrativo

22.1.
La Società, sulla base di quanto deciso dai Soci con l’atto di nomina dell’organo amministrativo, è amministrata da un Consiglio di Amministrazione composto da cinque (5) membri, che possono essere anche non soci. I componenti del Consiglio di Amministrazione saranno nominati dall’assemblea dei soci su designazione degli stessi soci. Tutti i membri del Consiglio di Amministrazione dovranno possedere i requisiti di Legge al fine di permettere alla Società di svolgere le relative attività (ivi incluso i requisiti necessari ai fini di contrarre con Pubblica Amministrazione, ai sensi della normativa anti-mafia).
22.2.
I membri dell’organo amministrativo restano in carica per un massimo di 3 esercizi sociali e quindi sino alla data dell’assemblea di approvazione del bilancio relativo all’ultimo esercizio della loro carica, e saranno rieleggibili al termine dell’incarico.
22.3.
La cessazione degli amministratori per scadenza del termine ha effetto dal momento in cui è ricostituito il nuovo organo amministrativo.
22.4.
caso di rinunzia all’ufficio, l’amministratore rinunziante deve darne comunicazione scritta al Consiglio di Amministrazione e al Presidente del Collegio Sindacale. La rinunzia ha effetto immediato se rimane in carica la maggioranza del Consiglio di Amministrazione o, in caso contrario, dal momento in cui la maggioranza del Consiglio è ricostituita in seguito all’accettazione dei nuovi amministratori.
22.5.
Se nel corso dell’esercizio vengono a mancare uno o più amministratori, gli altri provvedono a sostituirli con deliberazione approvata dal Collegio Sindacale a condizione che la maggioranza del Consiglio di Amministrazione sia sempre costituita da amministratori nominati dall’assemblea. Gli amministratori così nominati restano in carica fino alla successiva assemblea. L’amministratore da nominarsi in sostituzione dovrà essere designato su indicazione dello stesso Socio o degli stessi Soci che aveva/avevano designato quello cessato.
22.6.
Nel caso in cui, per qualsiasi causa, venga meno la maggioranza dei membri del Consiglio di Amministrazione nominati dai Soci, l’intero Consiglio deve intendersi cessato e gli amministratori rimasti in carica dovranno tempestivamente darne notizia ai Soci affinché provvedano alla nomina del nuovo Consiglio di Amministrazione. Gli amministratori rimasti in carica possono compiere gli atti di ordinaria amministrazione.

 

11


 

Articolo 23

Presidente

23.1.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione elegge tra i suoi membri il Presidente, se questo non è già stato eletto dall’assemblea. Può nominare uno o più Vice Presidenti, che sostituiscano il Presidente in caso di assenza o impedimento e può delegare, nei limiti di Legge, proprie attribuzioni ad uno o più dei suoi componenti determinandone i poteri, nonché - anche di volta in volta - affidare speciali incarichi a singoli consiglieri e nominare il segretario del Consiglio, scelto anche al di fuori dei suoi componenti.

Articolo 24

Convocazione – Luogo – Modalità

24.1.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione si raduna tutte le volte che il Presidente e/o l’amministratore delegato ne facciano richiesta scritta specificando l’ordine del giorno. La convocazione sarà inviata dal Presidente e/o dall’Amministratore Delegato o, in mancanza di adempimento dell’obbligo di convocazione su richiesta, da un altro amministratore.
24.2.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione potrà essere convocato (nel luogo indicato nell’avviso di convocazione) dal Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione o dall’amministratore delegato, a mezzo di posta elettronica inviata a ciascuno degli amministratori almeno 7 giorni prima della data per la quale è fissata l’adunanza del Consiglio di Amministrazione. In caso di urgenza un preavviso di 2 giorni sarà considerato sufficiente. È possibile prevedere, in sede di convocazione, che l’intervento degli aventi diritto può avvenire esclusivamente mediante mezzi di telecomunicazione, in questo caso l’avviso di convocazione deve contenere dettagliatamente istruzioni sulle modalità di collegamento (fermo restando la facoltà di fornire le specifiche tecniche per il collegamento anche in momenti successivi all’invio dell’avviso di convocazione, purché prima della riunione).
24.3.
Le riunioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione si potranno svolgere anche mediante strumenti di telecomunicazione a condizione che tutti i partecipanti possano essere identificati e di tale identificazione sia dato atto nel verbale, e sia loro consentito di seguire la discussione e di intervenire in tempo reale alla trattazione degli argomenti all’ordine del giorno; verificandosi tali presupposti, il Consiglio di Amministrazione si considera tenuto nel luogo dove si trova il Presidente e dove dovrà inoltre trovarsi il Segretario per consentire la stesura e la sottoscrizione del relativo verbale.
24.4.
Le riunioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione sono presiedute dal Presidente o, in mancanza, dal Vicepresidente, se nominato, o dall’amministratore delegato ovvero dal soggetto designato dagli intervenuti.
24.5.
Le deliberazioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione saranno redatte in verbali trascritti nell’apposito libro dei soci, secondo quanto previsto dalla Legge e sottoscritti dalla persona che presiede il Consiglio di Amministrazione e dal Segretario.

 

12


 

Articolo 25

Quorum Costitutivi e Deliberativi

25.1.
Fatto salvo quanto di seguito previsto, il Consiglio di Amministrazione è validamente costituito con le maggioranze previste ai sensi del Codice Civile.
25.2.
Le deliberazioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione saranno assunte con il voto favorevole della maggioranza assoluta dei presenti.

Articolo 26

Poteri di gestione - Rappresentanza

26.1.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione è investito dei più ampi poteri per l’ordinaria e straordinaria gestione della Società.
26.2.
Sono di competenza esclusiva del Consiglio di Amministrazione e non potranno formare oggetto di deleghe in favore di amministratori ovvero di comitati le deliberazioni relative alla negoziazione, la sottoscrizione, la modificazione e la risoluzione di contratti e accordi dal valore non inferiore ad Euro 200.000,00 (duecentomila) e durata non inferiore a 18 mesi.
26.3.
La firma e la legale rappresentanza della società nei confronti dei terzi ed in giudizio spettano al presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione.
26.4.
La firma e la rappresentanza della società spettano nel solo ambito dei poteri ad esso conferiti, anche all’amministratore delegato. Qualora i consiglieri delegati fossero più di uno, all’atto della loro nomina dovrà precisarsi se debbono agire con firma libera o con firma congiunta.
26.5.
Al Presidente del Consiglio di Amministrazione ed all’amministratore delegato, e all’amministratore cui siano conferiti poteri per determinati affari nei limiti, per questi ultimi due, della rispettiva delega, se nominati, è attribuita (i) la rappresentanza legale della Società davanti a qualsiasi autorità giudiziaria o amministrativa e nei confronti dei terzi, (ii) la rappresentanza in giudizio, con facoltà di agire in qualunque sede e grado di giurisdizione, nominando avvocati e procuratori alle liti e (iii) il potere di firma in nome e per conto della Società.

Articolo 27

Poteri Delegati

27.1.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione può nominare fra i suoi componenti uno o più amministratori delegati delegando loro, in tutto od in parte, i poteri/doveri del Consiglio di Amministrazione e con la facoltà per gli amministratori delegati di subdelegare, a loro volta, singoli atti o categorie di atti, ad eccezione di quei poteri/doveri non delegabili a norma di Legge.
27.2.
Il Consiglio di Amministrazione può inoltre conferire speciali incarichi a singoli componenti del Consiglio stesso, fissandone le relative attribuzioni, nonché nominare procuratori speciali per determinate operazioni o categorie di operazioni.
27.3.
Gli organi delegati, nel rispetto dell’articolo 2381 del Codice Civile, riferiscono al Consiglio di Amministrazione e al Collegio Sindacale almeno ogni 60 giorni sul generale andamento della gestione e sulla sua prevedibile evoluzione nonché sulle operazioni di maggior rilievo, per le loro dimensioni o caratteristiche, effettate dalla Società.

 

13


 

Articolo 28

Compensi degli Amministratori

28.1.
Agli amministratori, oltre al rimborso delle spese per ragioni d’ufficio, l’assemblea può attribuire un compenso complessivo per tutti gli amministratori compresi quelli investiti di particolari cariche in conformità dello Statuto ai sensi dell’articolo 2389, comma 3, del Codice Civile.
28.2.
La Società rimborserà a tutti gli Amministratori le spese ragionevolmente sostenute per partecipare alle riunioni del Consiglio di Amministrazione.

Capo VI

Collegio Sindacale – Revisione Legale dei Conti

Articolo 29

Composizione – Funzione – Convocazioni – Riunioni del Collegio Sindacale

29.1.
La Società si doterà di un organo di controllo ai sensi di Legge.
29.2.
L’organo di controllo vigila sull’osservanza, da parte della Società, della Legge e delle norme che disciplinano la gestione della stessa, il rispetto dei principi di corretta amministrazione e, in particolare, sull’adeguatezza dell’assetto organizzativo, amministrativo e contabile approvato dalla Società e sul suo concreto funzionamento.
29.3.
L’organo di controllo svolge la revisione legale dei conti della Società, tranne nel caso in cui, in conformità alle disposizioni speciali di Legge o sulla base di una diversa decisione dei Soci, un revisore ovvero una Società di revisione siano nominati per tale scopo.
29.4.
L’organo di controllo è composto da tre (3) membri effettivi e due (2) membri supplenti che formano il Collegio Sindacale. I componenti del Collegio Sindacale saranno nominati dall’assemblea dei Soci su designazione dei soci stessi.
29.5.
L’assemblea elegge il Collegio Sindacale, ne nomina il presidente ai sensi delle disposizioni del presente Statuto e determina per tutta la durata dell’incarico il compenso dei medesimi.
29.6.
Per tutta la durata del loro incarico i sindaci debbono possedere i requisiti di cui all’articolo 2399 del Codice Civile. La perdita di tali requisiti determina la immediata decadenza del sindaco e la sua sostituzione con il sindaco supplente più anziano.
29.7.
Quando l’organo di controllo effettua la revisione legale dei conti, tutti i suoi membri effettivi e supplenti devono essere iscritti nel registro dei revisori legali. Il revisore è nominato con decisione dei Soci su proposta dell’organo di controllo e può essere sia un singolo revisore sia una Società di revisione iscritta nell’apposito registro.
29.8.
Il collegio sindacale si riunisce almeno ogni 90 giorni su iniziativa di uno qualsiasi dei sindaci. Esso è validamente costituito con la presenza della maggioranza dei sindaci e delibera con il voto favorevole della maggioranza assoluta dei sindaci. Le riunioni del Collegio Sindacale possono tenersi a mezzo audio conferenza, in linea con le previsioni dell’Articolo 24.3 che precede.

 

14


 

29.9.
Il Collegio Sindacale e/o il revisore, se nominato, rimangono in carica per un periodo di 3 anni, e il loro ufficio cessa alla data fissata per l’assemblea dei Soci convocata per l’approvazione del bilancio relativo al terzo anno di esercizio. La cessazione dei sindaci per scadenza del termine ha effetto dal momento in cui il collegio è stato ricostituito.

Capo VII

Bilancio e Utili

Articolo 30 Esercizio Sociale e Bilancio

30.1.
L’esercizio sociale si chiude al 31 dicembre di ogni anno.
30.2.
Alla fine di ogni esercizio, il Consiglio di Amministrazione provvede alla formazione del progetto bilancio e convoca Assemblea dei Soci ai sensi e nei termini di Legge, ferma restando la possibilità per il Consiglio di Amministrazione di avvalersi del maggior termine per tale convocazione, da effettuarsi comunque entro 180 (centottanta) giorni laddove ricorrano i presupposti previsti dall’art. 2364 co. 2 Codice Civile e secondo le modalità ivi disciplinate.

Articolo 31

Utili e dividendi

31.1.
L’utile netto risultante dal bilancio è ripartito come segue:
(a)
il 5% a riserva legale, fino a che essa non abbia raggiunto il 20% del capitale sociale o, se la riserva è scesa al di sotto di tale importo, fino a che essa non sia reintegrata al 20%;
(b)
il rimanente verrà assegnato in conformità alle deliberazioni dell’assemblea che approva il bilancio, nel rispetto delle previsioni del presente articolo nonché della normativa applicabile.
31.2.
Nel rispetto dell’articolo 2433 del Codice Civile e delle altre disposizioni di Legge, la Società potrà distribuire riserve anche in corso di esercizio. Il Consiglio di Amministrazione può, inoltre, durante il corso dell’esercizio, distribuire ai Soci acconti sul dividendo nel rispetto delle disposizioni di Legge in materia.

Articolo 32

Scioglimento e Liquidazione

32.1.
In caso di scioglimento della Società per qualsiasi motivo, l’assemblea dei Soci nomina e/o revoca uno o più liquidatori con le stesse maggioranze previste per le modifiche statutarie; in caso di nomina di più liquidatori le attività dell’organo di liquidazione saranno stabilite e si svolgeranno come segue:
(a)
il collegio dei liquidatori delibererà a maggioranza assoluta dei suoi membri;
(b)

 

15


 

(c)
per l’esecuzione delle deliberazioni del collegio dei liquidatori potranno essere delegati uno o più dei suoi membri; il collegio dei liquidatori si riunirà ogni volta che ne sia fatta richiesta anche da uno solo dei suoi membri mediante avviso scritto da spedirsi agli altri membri almeno sette (7) giorni prima di quello fissato per la riunione; il collegio dei liquidatori si riunirà comunque validamente, anche senza convocazione scritta, quando siano presenti tutti i suoi componenti;
(d)
i verbali delle deliberazioni del collegio dei liquidatori saranno redatti su apposito libro e sottoscritti da tutti i componenti alla riunione.
32.2.
AI sensi dell’articolo 2487-bis, ultimo comma, del Codice Civile, la nomina dei liquidatori è efficace dal giorno dell’inserimento del verbale della relativa delibera nel Registro delle Imprese.

Articolo 33

Rinvio

33.1.
Per tutto quanto non espressamente previsto dal presente Statuto, valgono le norme del Codice Civile e delle leggi applicabili.

 

16


 

Annex 9.1

Representations and Warranties of Sellers

1.
Profiles concerning Sellers
1.1.
Legal Powers. Sellers shall have the capacity to enter into this Agreement and the other documents referred to herein and to perform all transactions contemplated by this Agreement. This Agreement is a source of valid and legal commitments, binding on Sellers and enforceable against them in accordance with its terms. The Sellers are Italian citizens, and, in the event, married in a regime of separation of property.
1.2.
Consents and Approvals. The execution of this Agreement by Sellers, the performance of any act relating to the Execution and the performance of all acts and activities contemplated by this Agreement are not in conflict with, and do not constitute a breach of, (i) Tekne’s bylaws and any agreement or agreement to which Sellers are a party and/or by which Sellers are bound, and/or (ii) any statute and/or judgment or other provision applicable to Sellers.
1.3.
Options, Warrants, Conversion Rights. No person, either natural or legal, is or shall be the holder of any option, warrant, conversion right, exchange right or any right or privilege capable of becoming an option, warrant, conversion right, exchange right that gives third parties the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, even on a forward basis, shares in the capital of the Group Companies.
1.4.
Right to the shares representing the capital of the Company. (i) AD has the full and exclusive ownership and free disposal, direct, of the shares representing 86.2% of the Company's share capital, which will be fully paid-up in accordance with the Law, will be free from Encumbrances and freely transferable; (ii) CU has the full and exclusive ownership and free disposal, direct, of the shares representing 10.8% of the Company's share capital, which will be fully paid-up in accordance with the Law, will be free from Encumbrances and freely transferable; (iii) AL has the full and exclusive ownership and direct free disposal of the shares representing 3% of the share capital of the Company, which will be fully paid up according to the provisions of the Law, will be free from Encumbrances and freely transferable (iv) as at today’s date and as at the Closing Date there will be no other shareholders in the Company, whether apparent or hidden, other than the Sellers; and (v) as at today's date and as at the Closing Date the shares representing the entire share capital of the Company will be owned and held exclusively by the Sellers.
2.
Profiles of the Group Companies
2.1.
Establishment of Group Companies.
(i)
The Group Companies are duly incorporated under the laws of Italy and the United States for Tekne USA and have the title and capacity to own or hold and manage their own assets and to carry out their business in the manner in which it is done.
(ii)
There are no bankruptcy proceedings pending against the Group Companies, nor petitions for the opening of bankruptcy proceedings, nor have any agreements been entered into for the purpose of restructuring its indebtedness of Bankruptcy Law or for the purpose of selling and/or transferring its assets in favour of creditors; the Group Companies are not in liquidation, not even de facto, nor in a state of insolvency.

 

1


 

For Tekne S.p.A, a negotiated crisis resolution proceeding visible in the Chamber of Commerce is underway.
2.2.
Authorised capital. The Company has a subscribed and paid-up share capital of Euro 30,500,000.00. All the shares representing the share capital of the Company will, as at the Closing Date, be fully paid up and will have been duly and validly registered with the competent Companies’ Register and, if applicable, in the Company's register of shareholders.

The Company does not own, nor has it entered into any agreement or signed any instrument of any nature to acquire or subscribe, directly or indirectly, shares in the capital and/or other quota or participation in any other entity, or to acquire or lease or rent any other business.

2.3.
Books and accounting records of the Group Companies. The Group Companies have kept complete and correct accounting records, compulsory books, as well as those compulsory under the Law for the activity actually carried out.
2.4.
Financial Statements of the Group Companies The financial statements of the Group Companies have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and the applicable provisions of the Law and give a true, complete and fair view of, respectively: (i) the properties, assets, liabilities and financial condition of the Group Companies; (ii) the costs, sales and revenues of the Group Companies; (iii) the results of operations of the Group Companies. The 2024 financial statements will be prepared in coordination with the Investor.
2.5.
Real Estate.
(i)
The Group Companies have the right to use the real estate referred to in Appendix 2.5(i) to this Annex 9.1. (the “Real Estate”) .
(ii)
With the exception of the Ortona 3 building (as defined in Appendix 2.5(i)), the agreements granting the use of the Real Estate to the Group Companies are fully valid, effective, binding, signed at normal market conditions, and no notice of cancellation and/or withdrawal and/or termination has been received, nor are there any facts and/or circumstances that may affect their validity or effectiveness. The Group Companies have fulfilled their obligations under the said agreements and no notice of default and/or inexact or partial fulfilment of said obligations has been received.
(iii)
The Real Estate are used in accordance with their intended use under the town urban planning Law and the relevant cadastral categories.
(iv)
The Real Estate is free and clear of prejudicial transcriptions and/or inscriptions, mortgages, pledges, usufructs, privileges, attachments, seizures, rights of way or other easements, censi, levels, civic uses, as well as of leases, comodati, options, rights of first offer or other rights of pre-emption and of any other interest or right or claim that may be advanced by third parties, tax privileges, tax debts, obligations and/or expenses, including those concerning land and/or town planning acts.

 

2


 

Excluding property encumbered by a mortgage or lease as set out in Appendix 2.5(i).
(v)
The Real Estate are adequate, also with regard to security, for the performance of the activities carried out therein by the Group Companies, as well as provided with any Authorisation required by law.
(vi)
All building Authorisations in connection with the buildings in which the Real Estate are included or any part thereof have been obtained in accordance with applicable Laws, including any urban planning Laws; all urbanisation and construction charges and costs (including primary or secondary urbanisation charges) in connection with such authorisations and/or required by urban planning Laws have been punctually and fully paid and all commitments arising from such building Authorisations and/or urban planning Laws have been duly fulfilled. The buildings in which the Real Estate, the Real Estate and any part thereof are included do not require any further building Authorisations and no action or activity or expense or cost in connection with the building Authorisations need to be taken. As of today, this excludes what may be required by new administrative regulations.
2.6.
Intellectual and industrial property rights.
(i)
The Group Companies are the lawful and exclusive owners of the Intellectual Property Rights listed in Appendix 2.6(i)(1) to this Annex 9.1 and have not transferred, assigned, licensed exclusively, pledged or encumbered in any way, any of the aforesaid rights in favour of third parties. Each Intellectual Property Right has been validly created or acquired, is free from Encumbrances and has always been used in a manner that complies with the Law and prevents forfeiture. Except as listed in Appendix 2.6(i)(2), there are no third-party claims or proceedings pending or threatened in writing concerning the Intellectual Property Rights or infringements of such rights outstanding. No third parties and/or none of the inventors and/or authors and/or Employees and/or Terminated Employees and/or Collaborators who have terminated their relationship with the Group Companies have asserted, or intend to assert and/or have the right to assert, any rights and/or claims in connection with the Intellectual Property Rights, without prejudice only to any moral rights to which they are entitled by law.
(ii)
In addition, the Group Companies are licensees of, or otherwise have valid and appropriate rights to, all other intellectual and/or industrial property rights, as listed in Appendix 2.6(ii) to this Schedule 9.1, which are currently used by it in the course of its business activities and which are necessary and sufficient for the conduct of the business of the Group Companies as presently conducted. The Group Companies have complied and are in full compliance with the agreements and/or agreements and/or usages that allow them to use these rights, without any objections from the relevant owner and/or third parties. The Group Companies, when using open source software, have respected and comply with all the conditions provided for the use of such open source software with respect to the activities carried out by the Group Companies in relation to the same, and the use of such open source software does not limit the availability and methods of use of proprietary products of the Group Companies.

 

3


 

(iii)
Group companies have full and legitimate ownership of Intellectual Property Rights or, in the case of intellectual and/or industrial property rights owned by third parties, a valid, legitimate and effective title granting them full use, enjoyment and exploitation of such rights.
(iv)
It is understood that the Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in this Clause 2.6 also apply to any intellectual and/or industrial property rights owned by or licensed to the Group Companies that are not set forth in the relevant Appendices2.6 (i)(1) and 2.6(ii) .
(v)
The performance of activities by Group Companies does not entail any infringement of third parties' intellectual and/or industrial property rights.
(vi)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.6(vi), all formalities, fulfilments and payments, where necessary, for obtaining or maintaining the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Group Companies and (ii) with respect to the software programmes used under licence, all obligations under any licence agreements relating thereto have been timely and regularly fulfilled.
(vii)
All agreements necessary for the ordinary course of business are currently in force. The contractual conditions envisaged concerning the exploitation of intellectual and/or industrial rights, as well as goods and services (whether software or hardware), granted by third parties in favour of the Group Companies do not restrict the ordinary course of business of the same and, with reference to the perpetual licences, even their termination would not affect the ordinary course of business of the Group Companies.
(viii)
None of the agreements by which the Group Companies provide, grant for use, or share their Intellectual Property Rights with third parties affects the free conduct of the Group Companies’ business.
(ix)
No intellectual and/or industrial property assets that are essential to the performance of the Group Companies’ activities have been assigned or otherwise transferred to third parties, and all know-how is duly protected as a trade secret or falls under the protection of state secrecy.
(x)
Group Companies possess or possessed at the time of the transfer/licensing of use, the rights necessary for the transfer/licensing of use, with respect to possible industrial or intellectual property rights transferred/licensed in any form of use to third parties and such transfers/licenses of use do not infringe the rights of third parties.

 

4


 

2.7.
Credits.
(i)
All receivables of the Group Companies disclosed in the balance sheets of the Group Companies and all receivables arising up to the Closing Date (i) are true, valid, existing, not subject to any Encumbrance, (ii) are or will be due, unless otherwise disclosed in the books of account, possibly in accordance with previous business practices between the Company and the debtor, without any exception of any kind being allowed to the respective creditor, and (iii) arise on the basis of valid and effective acts and/or agreements.
(ii)
Receivables pertaining to the Group Companies outstanding at the relevant date are faithfully reported in the relevant Financial Statements and those arising up to the Closing Date are duly recorded in the accounts of the Group Companies.
(iii)
No actions for revocation, either ordinary or bankruptcy, are pending or threatened on claims collected or to be collected.
(iv)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.7(iv), the Group Companies have not entered into, nor are currently a party to, any factoring agreements, nor have they entered into any credit securitisation procedures and granted any payment extensions or waived, in writing or otherwise, the payment of any receivables, or undertaken any commitments to assign any receivables.
2.8.
Customers and Suppliers. The Sellers declare that the information in Appendix 2.8 to this Annex 9.1 contains a true and correct statement of the major customers and suppliers of the Group Companies.
2.9.
Financial Reports.
(i)
The Group Companies are not party to any financial relationships, including loan agreements, leases, derivatives, credit cards, bank overdrafts, credit facilities and financing agreements, except as set out in Appendix2.9(i) to this Annex 9.1 (the “Financial Relationships”).
(ii)
The Financial Reports are valid, effective and binding upon the terms and conditions agreed therein and made known to the Investor. Except as set out in Appendix 2.9(ii), all obligations and commitments of the Group Companies under the Financial Relationships have been properly performed in accordance with the contractually agreed terms and conditions so as not to give rise to any event of termination and/or cancellation and/or penalty of the benefit of the term and/or circumstances of mandatory early repayment or capitalisation obligations.
(iii)
With the exception of the guarantees provided for in agreements with commercial counterparties, public administrations as indicated in Appendix 2.9(i) to this Annex 9.1, the Group Companies have not granted indemnities and/or guarantees (including financial warranties) of any nature whatsoever (real or personal), signed letters of patronage, or assumed other guarantee commitments, also of an atypical nature or contractual obligations of any nature with a joint liability obligation with any party, in relation to debt exposures or other current or future obligations, either their own or those of any other party.

 

5


 

With the exception of the guarantees provided for in agreements with commercial counterparties, with the public administration as indicated in Appendix2.9(i) to this Annex 9.1, no real or personal warranty, letter of patronage, or any other warranty commitment, even of an atypical nature, has ever been issued or is currently in force in the interest of the Group Companies. With the exception of the warranties provided for in contracts with commercial counterparties and as indicated in Appendix 2.9(i) to this Annex 9.1, there are no agreements or agreements in force between the Group Companies and third parties which provide for the granting or stipulation of such guarantees or indemnities.
2.10.
State Aid. Except as listed in Appendix 2.10, no event has occurred that may cause the revocation of any State Aid (“State Aid” being defined as all public contributions, guarantees, subsidies or grants, however denominated, granted (or applied for and/or in the process of being granted) by any governmental body or any other institution in favour of and/or for the benefit and/or in the interest of the Group Companies) nor the violation of the regulations relating to each State Aid nor the loss of the requirements for the maintenance of such State Aid by the Group Companies, nor any event that could be interpreted in such a way as to allow a third party to declare the forfeiture of the benefit of, terminate, withdraw from, amend, any agreement related to State Aid received by the Group Companies. The State Aid complies with the national and EU regulations on State Aid, including, where applicable: (a) EU Regulation No. 1407/2013 of 18 December 2013, including with reference to the overall “de minimis” aid limit of Euro 200,000.00 over three financial years, and/or (b) the relevant sections of the Commission Communication of 19 March 2020 C(2020) 1863 (c.so-called “Temporary Framework COVID-19”) and the Commission Communication of 21 July 2022 (2022/C 280/01) (so-called “Temporary Crisis Framework for State aid measures to support the economy in the aftermath of Russia's aggression against Ukraine”), as subsequently amended and/or supplemented.
2.11.
Employees.
(i)
The Group Companies employ only workers (blue collars, white collars, middle managers, executives, apprentices) on permanent and fixed-term contracts, as indicated in Appendix2.11(i) to this Annex 9.1 (the “Employees”). The Appendix2.11(i) shows, for each Employee: (a) the title (blue collars, white collars, middle management, executives); (b) the type of agreement (e.g. (b) type of agreement (e.g. open-ended/determined, apprenticeship agreements, full-time/part-time); (c) contractual classification level; (d) gross annual remuneration; (e) any additional entitlements beyond the gross annual remuneration, such as, for example, bonuses, benefits, incentives, allowances and additional exceptional remuneration; and (f) any financing to Employees; (g) date of birth and employment; (h) job description. Neither Employees, nor those who have been employees of the Group Companies and whose employment relationship to date has ceased for any reason whatsoever (the “Ceased Employees”), may claim economic and regulatory treatments that are additional and/or different from those recognised (including, by way of example, requests for salary increases and/or claims for higher classification and/or duties and/or claims connected to variable remuneration, bonuses, incentive plans and the relative impact on direct and indirect institutes and relative provisions).

 

6


 

There are no persons who are not included in Appendix 2.11(i) who may successfully claim the existence and/or request the establishment against the Group Companies of an employment relationship of an subordinate nature, or that can claim the existence of a different type of employment contract from the one held with the Group Companies or the requalification, conversion or transformation of the employment relationship performed into another, together with the related legal, economic and contribution treatment, nor can the aforementioned circumstances be ascertained by the competent Authorities. There are no secondments of Group Company employees to third parties.
(ii)
Appendix 2.11(ii)(1), to this Annex 9.1 contains a list listing the self-employed workers distinguished by type of contract (coordinated and continuous collaborators, occasional collaborators and consultants) (the “Non-Employee Personnel”) used by the Group Companies, and indicates the remuneration of the self-employed workers. Neither Non-Employee Personnel, nor Non-Employee Personnel that the Group Companies may have used in the past for any reason whatsoever and that no longer work for the Group Companies (the “Ceased Non-Employee Personnel”), may: (a) claim the existence, and/or request the establishment, of an employment relationship of a subordinate nature or of a different relationship with respect to the one established; and (b) request economic, contribution and regulatory treatments that are additional and/or different from those recognised. The aforesaid circumstances cannot be ascertained by the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, the social security and welfare authorities or the competent authorities. Except as listed in Appendix 2.11(ii)(2), Group companies do not use trainees or temporary workers.
(iii)
The Group Companies apply the national collective labour agreement for employees in the industrial sector (the “Collective Agreement”) to Employees. Save the Collective Agreement and the provisions of Appendix 2.11(iii), there are no other collective agreements, including at company and territorial level, or agreements or practices, applied to Employees.
(iv)

 

7


 

With reference to Employees, Ceased Employees, Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, as well as to any previous employment relationship, even de facto, entertained by the Group Companies not of a subordinate nature, to internship/stage, agency, business procurement and service contract relationships, the Group Companies observe, and have always observed, the provisions of the Law as well as any individual and collective contractual provisions (at any level) applicable, including, among which, the following self-employment, supply and service contract relationships, the Group Companies observe, and have always observed, the provisions of the law as well as all applicable individual and collective contractual provisions (at any level), including, purely by way of example but not limited to, provisions concerning pay, contribution and tax treatments, working conditions, duties, compliance with the obligations of confidentiality and privacy, training, freedom and trade union activity, holidays, holidays, permits, expectations, benefits, registration and mandatory communications, monitoring of workers' activities, agile work; provisions regarding the establishment and formalisation of the relevant agreements, regarding the concrete methods of their execution, including by way of example but not limited to, the provisions of Legislative Decree 81/2015, as amended and supplemented, with reference to all types of agreements, the provisions of on working hours, overtime and supplementary work (both in terms of compliance with the limits of the Law/Collective Agreement and in relation to the correct payment of surcharges), night work (especially in relation to pregnant women and mothers), including those of Legislative Decree no. 66 of 8 April 2003, as amended and supplemented, Law no. 68 of 12 March 1999, as amended and supplemented on the subject of compulsory employment and Legislative Decree no. 196 of 30 June 2003, as amended and supplemented on the subject of privacy, Legislative Decree no. 104/2022 on transparency of information in labour relations, the legislative and/or regulatory provisions in this field aimed at dealing with any risks for workers deriving from the health emergency connected to COVID 19 as well as every provision of Law on social security, welfare, tax, health and safety in the workplace and every provision of Law and every practice on the subject of keeping records of a labour/social security and safety in workplace including Legislative Decree no. 81 of 9 April 2008, as amended and supplemented, measures of the Public Authorities or understandings reached by the social partners (including the commitment to suspend non-essential production activities).
(v)
All the single labour books, and, more generally, the administrative records concerning employment agreements with Employees, are kept, updated, correctly maintained and communicated to bodies and Authorities, in compliance with the provisions of the law, regulations and practices. Employees are, and terminated Employees have been, duly registered in the single labour register of each Group Company. There are no accidents, injuries and/or occupational diseases that are not and/or have not been reported to INAIL or that entail the right of INAIL to exercise its right of recourse and/or recourse against the Group Companies and/or that are not fully covered by compulsory social insurances and for which the Group Companies or its legal representatives may be liable (criminally, civilly or pursuant to Legislative Decree 231/2001). None of the Employees or Ceased Employees suffer from occupational diseases as a result of the activity carried out in the interest of the Group Companies.

 

8


 

(vi)
(A) The Group Companies have always complied and have always complied with all the provisions of the Law (of every nature, including social security and welfare) applicable to the employment relationship with Employees, with Ceased Employees, with Non-Employee Personnel and with Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, both with regard to the establishment and formalisation of the relative agreements, and with regard to the concrete methods of their execution and relative termination (if any); (B) all sums due to Employees and Ceased Employees by way of remuneration, fixed and variable, bonuses and/or incentives and/or fringe benefits, severance indemnity and any other economic treatment due, termination indemnity, are and have been paid or set aside (only for accounting purposes where no other commitment is provided for) in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Law and the applicable Collective Agreement (of any level) and individual agreement; with regard to the amounts or rights accrued but not yet due, the same have been correctly accounted for and provisions have been set aside in the financial statements in an amount sufficient to cover the related charges; (C) with regard to Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, the Group Companies pay, and have always paid and/or paid and/or set aside in the accounts, on a timely basis, the sums due for any reason; and, finally, (D) all paid leave (including accrued paid leave), bonuses, commissions and other indemnities have been recorded and are shown in the books and in the Financial Statements.
(vii)
The Group Companies have undertaken all required activities in accordance with the social security and contribution regulations in respect of all Employees, Ceased Employees and any employee who works or has worked in any capacity for the Group Companies, including Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel. Except as listed in Appendix 2.11(vii), all social security charges under such legislation already accrued and due for payment have been duly paid. In respect of remuneration paid to the Employees and Ceased Employees, as well as in respect of any remuneration or compensation or emoluments paid also in respect of Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, all payments due in respect of compulsory social insurance, contributions and tax deductions due under applicable legislation have been duly made. Adequate provisions have been made for contributions due but not yet due. Provisions for severance indemnity and other sums due to Employees and Ceased Employees, and not yet paid, have always been made correctly and in compliance with the provisions of the Law, the Collective Agreement and/or individual agreements.
(viii)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.11 (viii) (1), there are no other forms of remuneration, including indirect or variable remuneration, or special treatments, nor fringe benefits, provided in favour of Employees. Except as listed in Appendix 2.11 (viii)(2), there are no share plans and/or other types of plans for the assignment of Shares and/or other financial instruments, stock option plans, share grants or other incentive plans of any kind, or supplementary pensions, welfare or accumulation programmes of any kind and type, in favour of Employees, Ceased Employees and directors and former directors.

 

9


 

(ix)
Except as indicated in Appendix 2.11(ix), there are no agreements, resolutions and/or commitments that envisage, in respect of Employees, Ceased Employees, Non-Employee Ceased Personnel, directors, special clauses such as, by way of example, “parachute clauses” and/or the payment of bonuses/premiums and/or other special payments of any kind in relation to a change of control, special terms and conditions (different and additional to those envisaged by the Law and by provisions of a collective nature), in the event of termination of the relative relationships, stability clauses, non-competition commitments, confidentiality commitments, loyalty agreements, constraints relating to the termination of employment relationships and relationships of a corporate nature, exceptional payments/disbursements, commitments with trade unions, commitments to make specific investments and/or to guarantee the maintenance and/or hiring and/or re-hiring of a certain number of employees.
(x)
Apart from the remuneration approved by the corporate bodies, the Group Companies are not obliged to pay directors, auditors and advisors any additional remuneration or emoluments by reason of the appointment and functions performed. Except as listed in Appendix 2.11(x)(1), no director or former director may claim the existence, and/or request the establishment, of an employment relationship of a subordinate nature or claim the existence of any other employment relationship with the Group Companies and consequently request differences in remuneration/economic and regulatory treatment in addition to and/or different from those recognised. The aforementioned circumstances cannot be ascertained by the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, social security and welfare institutions or the competent Authorities. With the exception of what is indicated in Appendix2.11(x)(2), the Group Companies have not signed any agreements with their directors and, consequently, relations with them are governed solely by the resolutions of appointment and the applicable provisions of law.
(xi)
With reference to Employees holding corporate offices, neither they nor the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, social security and welfare institutions or competent Authorities can justifiably request that Group Companies be ordered to pay sums for any reason whatsoever as a result of (a) the reclassification, in terms of wages as employees, of the remuneration received as a director (b) the inclusion of remuneration received for corporate office in the treatment as an employee, with all consequences in terms of impact on severance indemnity and contribution profiles; (c) the reclassification of work services within the scope of the corporate relationship, with all consequences in terms of cancellation of the employee's social security position.

 

10


 

(xii)
Except as indicated in Appendix 2.11(xii), no individual/collective labour and/or social security and/or welfare disputes are pending or threatened against the Group Companies and/or in relation to violations of obligations concerning safety and hygiene in the workplace, nor have any notices, assessments, proceedings or measures of any nature been served on the Group Companies from which economic or any other claims may arise from by way of example, trade unions, social security bodies, public authorities, inspection bodies, Employees, Ceased Employees, individuals belonging to the Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, or other individuals in any capacity whatsoever (e.g., collaborators, consultants, agents, temporary workers, administrators). Furthermore, there are no circumstances that give any of the above-mentioned individuals/entities valid grounds for making claims in any capacity whatsoever against the Group Companies. In particular, there are no Employees, Ceased Employees, individuals belonging to the Non-Employee Personnel and Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, nor any other individuals, who in any way and in any form whatsoever, have claimed and/or challenged and/or objected to, or are in a position to do so, breach of contract or violation of the Law, also for the purpose of claiming sums including damages, by the Group Companies and/or who have initiated, or are in the condition to be able to do so, judicial or extrajudicial actions of any nature whatsoever in relation to the employment relationship (and the nature of the same) existing and/or intervening with the Group Companies, including the claim of the existence of a single employer’s centre between the Group Companies and other companies; there are no Employees in a probationary period who can justifiably claim the nullity of the probationary agreement in the event of termination by the Group Companies; nor is there any dispute or pending proceeding in respect of the foregoing, including the omission or partial payment of sums due for any reason whatsoever in relation to the existing contractual relationships with the Employees and the Non-Employee Personnel, and to the terminated contractual relationships with the Ceased Employees and the Ceased Non-Employee Personnel.
(xiii)
The Group Companies have installed surveillance cameras scattered throughout the perimeters of the plants with centralised control by the “h24” vigilance requested and authorised by the competent prefecture in compliance with and in accordance with the Law.
(xiv)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.11 (xiv), the Group Companies do not use, nor have they ever used, agents and business brokers acting on behalf of and/or in favour of the Group Companies. There are no contractual relationships in relation to which reclassification as an agency can be validly claimed
(xv)

 

11


 

Except as listed in Appendix 2.11 (xv), the Group Companies have not received from any of the competent labour/social security Authorities (including INAIL, INPS, ENASARCO and the Ministry of Labour), any notice and/or communication and/or payment injunction for irregularities connected to non-compliance with labour laws and regulations, as well as with the laws and regulations on the protection of health and safety in the workplace, non-payment or partial payment of wages, contributions, tax, insurance or social security charges, for any reason, reason or cause whatsoever, nor were there any accesses and/or inspections carried out at the Group Companies by the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, social security and welfare institutions or public authorities responsible for protecting health and safety in the workplace during which irregularities emerged that have not yet been remedied. To date, the company is covered by the DURC.
(xvi)
No Employee and/or Ceased Employee, no individual belonging to the Non-Employee Personnel and/or Ceased Non-Employee Personnel, and no other person, has, nor can have, any rights with respect to the Group Companies relating to industrial inventions, as referred to in section 64 of Legislative Decree No. 30 of 10 February 2005, as amended and supplemented, as well as any other applicable provision of Law.
(xvii)
The Group Companies have not engaged in any anti-union behaviour and no strikes or court actions are in progress.
(xviii)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.11(xviii), the Group Companies have never resorted to social shock absorbers and restructuring programmes have never resorted to CIGS within the framework of the CNC (such as, for example, CIGS/collective redundancy procedures/solidarity agreements) (the “Restructuring Programmes”). Group Companies are not a party to, nor are they negotiating, any agreements with public organisations or employee representative associations for the purpose of Restructuring Programmes.
(xix)
The relations qualified as public contract (including all those contractual relations that may determine, from a labour point of view, the application of the regulations governing tender contracts) currently in force and terminated were concluded and executed in compliance with all provisions of law and contract applicable thereto, including the provisions of Legislative Decree No. 276 of 10 September 2003, as amended and Legislative Decree No. 81 of 9 April 2008, as amended and supplemented. In relation to the workers employed in the relationships mentioned herein, existing and terminated, wages, severance pay, social security contributions, insurance premiums and withholding taxes have been fully paid and paid, and all the contractors (as well as any sub-contractors) have fulfilled their obligations with respect to the personnel employed in the performance of the contract provided for by the Law and by the applicable national/territorial/corporate labour agreements as well as the individual agreements signed with the workers employed in the performance of the contract, including those concerning the payment of salaries (including indirect and deferred), withholding taxes on employee income as well as social security and welfare contributions.

 

12


 

No worker employed in the performance of the relationships mentioned herein, nor any partner and/or director of the companies involved in the contracts, may claim the existence, and/or request the establishment, of an employment relationship of a subordinate or other nature with the Group Companies, nor may they claim from the Group Companies the payment of any sum whatsoever, including salaries (including indirect and deferred), withholding taxes on employee income, social security and welfare contributions, compensation for damages. The aforementioned circumstances cannot be ascertained by the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, social security and welfare institutions or competent authorities. The above-mentioned relations qualified as public contracts are genuine and cannot be justifiably claimed to be re-qualified as unlawful supply of labour and/or unlawful secondment, neither by the workers employed in the performance of the agreements, nor by the shareholders and/or directors of the companies involved, nor by the inspection bodies of the Ministry of Labour, social security and welfare authorities or the competent Authorities.
(xx)
The Sellers further declare that none of the officers or directors of the Group Companies has, directly or indirectly, an economic interest in, or is a director, officer or employee of any third party that is a customer, supplier, lessor, lessee, competitor or potential competitor of the Group Companies.
(xxi)
All representations and warranties set forth in Paragraphs from 2.11(ii) to 2.11(xvii) of the Sellers’ Representations and Warranties shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to employees and/or consultants, agents, business brokers, temporary workers or collaborators whose employment relationship with the Group Companies is terminated prior to the Closing Date.
2.12.
Disputes. Except as listed in Appendix 2.12 , the Group Companies are not party to any litigation, before any Authority or arbitration body, nor are they subject to any investigation of any kind; no litigation has been threatened against the Group Companies and there are no circumstances that could legitimise third parties to initiate litigation against the Group Companies.
2.13.
Compliance with Laws. The Company has always conducted its business in compliance with the laws and regulations applicable to it, to the activities it carries out and to the assets it owns or uses.
2.14.
Authorisations.
(i)
Tekne holds all Authorisations required by law for the exercise of all activities actually carried out.
(ii)
The Authorisations comply with any applicable law and/or regulation, are effectively owned by Tekne and, as at the Closing Date, have never been annulled, revoked, declared void, withdrawn or otherwise subjected to proceedings that may lead to annulment, revocation, forfeiture or withdrawal and have never been challenged (either out-of-court or in court) by any public authority.

 

13


 

(iii)
As of the Closing Date, the Authorisations are fully valid, effective and up-to-date with any applicable laws and/or regulations and there is no circumstance, even arising from the execution of this Agreement, which affects or may affect the validity, effectiveness and title of the Authorisations and, in any case, which may result in their annulment, revocation, forfeiture or withdrawal by any Authority.
2.15.
Decree 231. With reference to the Group Companies, none of the persons set forth in section 5 of Decree No. 231 has carried out (or is about to carry out as of the date of this Agreement) acts, actions or omissions, even in the form of an attempt, in the interest or to the advantage of the Group Companies, which can be qualified as offences (so-called “predicate offences”) from which the administrative liability of legal persons derives pursuant to Decree No. 231, as subsequently supplemented and/or amended. The Group Companies have not received any disputes relating to their liability for the actions of their Employees.
2.16.
Taxes and Fees.
(i)
The Group Companies have filed, within the time limits and in the manner prescribed by the Law (including the time limits for repentance or submission of supplementary declarations), all income and Tax declarations required by the relevant Laws and other documents of a fiscal, tax and social security nature that must be filed in accordance with the Law, for all years open for assessment purposes. These declarations are in accordance with the applicable Law and accurately reflect all commitments relating to Taxes owed by the Group Companies for the tax periods to which they relate. The Group Companies have duly complied and will have duly complied as at the Closing Date, with all requirements required by the provisions of the Law in force from time to time in respect of Taxes. Except as listed in Appendix 2.16(i), all Taxes in any way payable by the Group Companies the payment of which was due up to the Closing Date and which will be due up to the Closing Date have been paid in full or adequately covered by appropriate entries in the balance sheets and books and records as and to the extent required by the application of the Accounting Principles and the Law. The Group Companies have correctly made, for all the years open for assessment, the withholdings required by the Laws and paid and certified in full the amounts due as withholding agent to the competent Authorities within the terms provided for by the Laws.

 

14


 

(ii)
The Group Companies have not received any accesses, inspections, audits or acts of assessment or dispute of any kind by the competent tax authorities in relation to Taxes, nor have any tax inspections of any kind been initiated or notified in writing.
(iii)
Available tax credits, including research and development tax credits, accrued and utilised during taxable periods by Group Companies are certain, existing, due, correctly determined and timely reported in tax returns.
(iv)
There are no disputes or lawsuits pending or threatened in writing relating to Taxes or otherwise of a fiscal nature involving Group Companies.
(v)
All transactions between Group Companies and their Related Parties are, for tax, tax and social security purposes, carried out at market prices, respond to valid economic reasons and have been correctly and adequately documented for the purposes of any Taxes.
(vi)
All contracts in which Group Companies have participated are properly qualified for Tax purposes and, where necessary, duly registered with the Internal Revenue Service (Agenzia delle Entrate) by promptly paying the Taxes due.
(vii)
The Group Companies are and have been, for all years open for assessment, tax resident in Italy, in compliance with the Law, without any permanent establishments abroad.
2.17.
Relevant Agreements.
(i)
With the exception of the agreements listed in Appendix 2.17(ii)(1), all existing agreements and obligations of the Group Companies with a total value equal to or greater than Euro 200,000.00 (two hundred thousand/00) are valid, effective and binding according to the terms and conditions agreed upon therein, and there are no breaches by the Group Companies of any of their obligations thereunder, not even for the purpose of applying penalties, or conditions or circumstances that may constitute breaches by the Group Companies or that may constitute a source thereof. In relation to all such agreements and obligatory relationships, no factual situation has arisen that may entitle any party to legitimately refuse to perform, terminate said agreements or declare the Group Companies to be in breach of their obligations. None of the counterparties to each agreement entered into by the Group Companies has communicated in writing its intention to terminate and/or withdraw early from, and/or not to renew, the relevant agreement.
(ii)
Except as listed in Appendix2.17 (ii) to this Annex 9.1, no agreement, covenant or arrangement to which the Group Companies are a party provides for the possibility of early termination, withdrawal or modification of terms and conditions as a result of the signing of this Agreement or the performance of any or all of the acts and/or transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

15


 

2.18.
Agreements with the Public Administration.
(i)
The Group Companies possess, and have always possessed without interruption, all the subjective (relating to reliability and morality) and qualitative (technical, professional, organisational, economic and any other kind of) requirements necessary and declared by the Group Companies pursuant to the regulations applicable to public agreements in order to (i) participate in and/or be awarded public tender procedures and (ii) execute the relevant public agreements (the “Public Agreements”).
(ii)
All Public Agreements executed or being executed by the Group Companies have been entered into in compliance with the Law and with the regulations on public contracts applicable from time to time and may be legitimately executed by the same, all the prerequisites provided for by the applicable regulations having already been met, without any solution of continuity. As of the Closing Date, the Group Companies have not received any communication, in any form whatsoever, from the relevant contracting authorities concerning investigations or proceedings of any kind aimed at revoking the awarding of contracts or reopening public tenders or which in any way affect the rights of the Group Companies deriving from the same, and no default has occurred nor any other reason exists whereby, pursuant to applicable Laws (and/or contractual/tender provisions), the Group Companies may be excluded, be subject to revocation of award, be otherwise precluded or restricted in any way from participating in, performing, or being awarded any of the public tenders and Public Agreements.
(iii)
All Public Agreements shall be valid, binding and the respective obligations enforceable in accordance with the terms and conditions contained therein. Neither the signing of this Agreement nor the execution of this Final Transaction contemplated thereunder shall give rise to, nor constitute grounds for, termination, cancellation, termination, forfeiture or mandatory early repayment of the relevant debt owed by the Group Companies, invalidity, nullity or annulment in respect of any of the Public Agreements. Except as listed in Appendix 2.18(iii), the Group Companies have never received any written notice of termination, cancellation, withdrawal and/or annulment of, nor have any penalties been imposed on, any Public Agreement.
(iv)
As at the Closing Date, no counterparty to any Public Agreement has exercised or made known its intention to exercise any right of termination, rescission, withdrawal, forfeiture of the benefit of the term, mandatory early repayment of the related debt of the Group Companies with respect to the same Public Agreement.
2.19.
Insurance. The Group Companies have taken out the insurance policies set out in Appendix 2.19(1) to this Annex 9.1; such policies are, as of the Closing Date, valid and effective and shall remain in force until the expiration date indicated for each policy in the aforesaid Appendix 2.19(1). These insurance policies are considered adequate to cover the existing risks related to the activities carried out by the Group Companies.

 

16


 

All past due premiums in respect of the aforesaid policies have been duly paid by the Group Companies and at the time of entering into this Agreement no action of any kind has been threatened against the Group Companies for any failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the aforesaid policies, except as listed in Appendix 2.19(2). The Group Companies have not failed to give all notices and communications required by the said policies.
2.20.
Privacy.
(i)
The Group Companies comply and have at all times complied with all applicable Laws relating to the processing of personal data (including, without limitation, by Regulation (EU) 2016/679, Legislative Decree 196/2003, as amended by Legislative Decree 101/2018 and the measures and guidelines of the Italian Data Protection Authority and the European Data Protection Board (also “Data Protection Law”).
(ii)
Group Companies do not process personal data for the purposes of clinical trials and/or scientific and statistical research of any kind or nature except to the extent required by applicable law.
(iii)
The Group Companies have not received any notification (including notices of enforcement or imposition of financial penalties), letter or other communication or written complaint from any data subject and/or any other person alleging a breach of any Data Protection Law, nor are there any circumstances that would cause the above to occur.
(iv)
The Group Companies have not received any inspections or received any written requests to provide information or produce documents from any competent Data Protection Authority and there is no complaint from any person or proceedings pending or threatened in writing relating to the processing of personal data of the Group Companies. There are no circumstances such that any of the above events are likely to occur.
(v)
Group Companies have not suffered any loss, damage or unauthorised access, disclosure, use or breach of security of personal data in its possession, custody or control, or otherwise held or processed on its behalf, which has had a material effect on its business.
2.21.
Transactions with Related Parties. No transactions have ever been conducted, executed or finalised between Group Companies and their Related Parties.
2.22.
Compliance with environmental regulations.
(i)
Group Companies have always conducted their activities in compliance with the environmental regulations provided for by the Law, including the EC REACH Regulation No. 1907/2006, the EC CLP Regulation No. 1272/2008 and the applicable provisions on the management of fluorinated gases and greenhouse gases. The assets and facilities used by the Group Companies comply with and have always been managed in accordance with the applicable environmental laws, directives and regulations provided for by the Law.

 

17


 

(ii)
The Group Companies are not involved in inspections, investigations or judicial, settlement or administrative proceedings, whether pending, already concluded or threatened or about to begin, relating to compliance with the environmental regulatory provisions of the Law, nor are there any situations, facts or circumstances of such a nature as to constitute valid grounds, assumptions or reasons for initiating them.
(iii)
In none of the areas in which the activities of the Group Companies are carried out are there any situations, either current related to their conduct or previous, of irregularity with respect to the regulatory provisions on environmental matters provided for by the Law or Authorisations, and the Group Companies have never carried out and do not carry out activities without the necessary permits, licences, authorisations, environmental communications, of any nature and in any form required by the applicable laws, directives, and regulations, and has not committed any violations, non-compliance, or infringements that may lead to the application of administrative and/or criminal sanctions and/or safety measures, the suspension of the activity, or the closure of the installation, pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations.
(iv)
In the performance of the activities of the Group Companies in the Real Estate and/or in the sites used or in any case available for any reason by the same, there has never been any release, emission, emission, discharge, leakage, spillage into the air, soil, subsoil, surface water and/or groundwater of polluting, contaminating, hazardous or toxic substances as defined by the applicable laws, directives and regulations.
(v)
In the Real Estate and/or sites owned, used or in any case at the disposal for any reason of the Group Companies, there is and has been no contamination, historical and/or accidental contamination of the soil or the water table that, based on the applicable laws and regulations, would require emergency safety works, reclamation, investigations, reports, investments, interventions or expenses, nor have the Group Companies ever been involved in reclamation proceedings in relation to the sites in which it operates and has operated.
(vi)
In the Real Estate and/or sites owned, used or in any case at the disposal for any reason of the Group Companies, there have never been nor are there any tanks, above ground or underground, even if no longer or not currently in use or present in the past and then removed. There are tanks in good standing. With reference to the aforementioned tanks, there have never been leaks or spills that have caused contamination or potential contamination, pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, of the environmental matrices soil, subsoil, surface water and/or groundwater.
(vii)
No hazardous and/or toxic substances, such as asbestos, PCBs, PCTs, CFCs, Halon and R-22 and/or other substances restricted or prohibited by applicable laws, directives and regulations, have ever been or are present in the buildings and/or sites owned, used or otherwise available to the Group Companies.

 

18


 

(viii)
Group Companies have always used, transported, installed, stored and, if necessary, disposed of waste in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and any other applicable legislation, including commitments related to membership of consortia pursuant to Articles 223 and 224 of Legislative Decree 152/2006.
2.23.
Product liability.
(i)
The products manufactured and/or marketed by the Group Companies possess and have always possessed the characteristics and qualities guaranteed to purchasers under the relevant contracts of sale or, in any case, under the applicable laws.
(ii)
To the best of the Sellers’ knowledge, there are no actual circumstances, events or occurrences that would require the Group Companies to (i) proceed with product recall campaigns, (ii) with the exception of what is due under agreements containing “SLA” clauses for a total amount exceeding Euro 50,000.00 (fifty thousand), compensate customers or consumers for damages in connection with the use or possession of defective products, or (iii) pay any amount as a fine for violation of the regulations concerning the safety of its products.
(iii)
Except as listed in Appendix 2.23(ii), no third party has made any claim or demand against the Group Companies based on product defects or faults.
(iv)
There are no facts or circumstances capable of causing the occurrence of the situations, circumstances or commitments of Group Companies referred to in the preceding Paragraph 2.23 (iii).
2.24.
Commissions. There is no natural or legal person or other entity entitled to receive a commission from the Sellers as a finder, broker or intermediary in connection with or in connection with this Agreement and/or the transaction contemplated hereby as a result of any agreement and/or undertaking entered into by the Sellers, and the Sellers are not a party to any agreement whereby any natural or legal person or other entity may charge the Sellers and/or the Group Companies a brokerage or other commission in any capacity whatsoever in connection with this Agreement and/or the transaction contemplated hereby.
2.25.
Due Diligence. All data and information provided to the Investor and its advisers during the negotiations preceding the execution of this Agreement (including those to be provided during the Due Diligence during the Interim Period and the Confirmatory Due Diligence Period) are true, correct and complete.

 

19


EX-10.6 7 buru-ex10_6.htm EX-10.6 EX-10.6

Exhibit 10.6

 

NEITHER THIS CONVERTIBLE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER (IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY), FROM REPUTABLE COUNSEL, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD OR ELIGIBLE TO BE SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES. ANY TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE TERMS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING SECTIONS 2(C)(VI) AND 8 HEREOF. THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE AND, ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 2(C)(VI) OF THIS NOTE.

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE NOTE

 

Issuance Date: March 3, 2025

$1,578,495

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay to the order of Indigo Capital LP or its registered assigns (“Holder”) the principal sum set forth above as the original principal amount (as reduced pursuant to the terms hereof pursuant to redemption or otherwise, the “Principal Amount”) together with interest on any outstanding Principal Amount (as such interest on any outstanding Principal Amount may be reduced pursuant to the terms hereof pursuant to redemption or otherwise) from the date set out above as the Issuance Date. This Subordinated Convertible Note (with all notes issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is one of an issue of convertible notes of the Company (collectively, the “Convertible Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company, the Holder and the other investors named therein (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

1. Payments of Principal Amount and Interest. Interest and Principal Amount under this Note shall

be payable as follows:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Note, the outstanding Principal Amount shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate from the date of this Note until the entire Principal Amount is paid in full, whether at maturity, upon acceleration, by prepayment, or otherwise, unless Holder elects to convert this Note pursuant to Section 2(a).

(b) Interest shall accrue at the Interest Rate on the outstanding Principal Amount.

(c) Unless earlier converted into shares of Common Stock, the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued but unpaid interest of this Note will be due and payable by the Company on March 1, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”).

(d) From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Interest Rate shall automatically be increased to fifteen percent (15.0%) per annum. In the event that such Event of Default is subsequently cured, the adjustment referred to in the preceding sentence shall cease to be effective as of the date of such cure; provided that the Interest as calculated and unpaid at such increased rate during the continuance of

 


 

such Event of Default shall continue to apply to the extent relating to the days after the occurrence of such Event of Default through and including the date of such cure of such Event of Default.

(e) All computations of interest shall be made on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. Interest shall commence to accrue on the Principal Amount on the Execution Date and shall not accrue on the Principal Amount on the day on which it is paid if payment is made to Holder prior to 12:00 p.m. ET. Any payment of principal on this Note after 12:00 p.m. ET on any Business Day shall be credited against this Note on the next Business Day and interest will continue to accrue until so credited.

(f) All payments made under this Note will be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Payment will be credited first to accrued interest due and payable, with any remainder applied to the Principal Amount.

(g) The agreements made by Company with respect to this Note and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) are expressly limited so that in no event shall the amount of interest received, charged, or contracted for by Holder exceed the highest lawful amount of interest permissible under the laws applicable to the Note. If at any time performance of any provision of this Note or the other Transaction Documents results in the highest lawful rate of interest permissible under applicable laws being exceeded, then the amount of interest received, charged, or contracted for by Holder shall automatically and without further action by any party be deemed to have been reduced to the highest lawful amount of interest then permissible under applicable laws. If Holder shall ever receive, charge, or contract for, as interest, an amount which is unlawful, at Holder’s election, the amount of unlawful interest shall be refunded to the Company (if actually paid) or applied to reduce the then unpaid Principal Amount. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any amounts contracted for, charged, or received under the Transaction Documents included for the purpose of determining whether the Interest Rate would exceed the highest lawful rate shall be calculated by allocating and spreading such interest to and over the full stated term of this Note.

(h) This Note is subordinated to the outstanding Senior Convertible Notes and Junior Bridge Notes issued by the Company in right of payment, whether in respect to payment or redemptions, interest, damages, upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise.

(i) This Note may be prepaid at any time without penalty.

2. Conversion. This Note shall be convertible into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.

(a) Holder’s Conversion Right. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(e), at any time or times on or after the Execution Date, the Holder shall be entitled to convert any portion or the entirety of the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest under this Note into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (“Conversion Shares”) in accordance with Section 2(c).

Any such portion of the outstanding Principal Amount and/or accrued interest to be converted in accordance with this Section 2 is referred to herein as the “Conversion Amount.”

(b) Conversion Shares. The number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of the Conversion Amount shall be determined according to the following formula:

Conversion Amount

Conversion Price

No fractional shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon the conversion of this Note. If the issuance would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share, the Company shall round such fraction of a share up to the nearest whole share.

2


 

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. The conversion shall be conducted in the following manner:

(i) Holder’s Conversion. To convert all or a portion of this Note into Conversion Shares on any date (each, a “Conversion Date”), a Holder shall deliver to the Company (whether via facsimile or otherwise), for receipt on or prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, on such date, a copy of an executed notice of conversion in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Conversion Notice”). All Conversion Notices received after 4:00 p.m., New York time, on any Trading Day or at any time on a day that is not a Trading Day shall be considered to have been provided as of the next Trading Day.

(ii) Company’s Response. Not later than the first (1st) Trading Day following the date of receipt of a Conversion Notice, the Company shall transmit by email an acknowledgment of confirmation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, of receipt of such Conversion Notice to such Holder and the Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. On or before the first (1st) Trading Day following the date of receipt by the Company of such Conversion Notice (the “Required Credit Date”), the Company shall credit such aggregate number of Conversion Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such conversion to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through its Deposit/ Withdrawal at Custodian system.

(iii) Record Holder. Upon delivery of a Conversion Notice, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Conversion Shares with respect to which such Conversion Notice was issued, irrespective of the date such Conversion Shares are credited to the Holder’s DTC account.

(iv) Company’s Failure to Timely Deliver Securities. If the Company fails to issue and credit to the Holder by the Required Credit Date the balance account of Holder or Holder’s nominee with DTC for such number of Conversion Shares so delivered to the Company, then, in addition to all other remedies available to Holder, at the sole discretion of Holder, the Company shall:

(A) pay in cash to Holder on each Trading Day after the Required Credit Date that the issuance or credit of such Conversion Shares is not timely effected an amount equal to 1% of the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock not so delivered or credited (as the case may be) to Holder or Holder’s nominee multiplied by (B) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Required Credit Date; or

(B) if on or after the Required Credit Date, Holder (or any other Person in respect, or on behalf, of Holder) purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock (“Replacement Shares”) to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by Holder of all or any portion of the number of shares of Common Stock, or a sale of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to all or any portion of the number of shares of Common Stock, that Holder so anticipated receiving from the Company without any restrictive legend, then, within two (2) Trading Days after Holder’s request and in Holder’s sole discretion, either (x) pay cash to Holder in an amount equal to Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses, if any) for the Replacement Shares (the “Buy-In Price”), at which point the Company’s obligation to credit Holder’s balance account shall terminate and such shares shall be cancelled, or (y) promptly honor its obligation to credit Holder’s DTC account representing such number of shares of Common Stock that would have been credited to Holder’s balance account if the Company timely complied with its obligations hereunder and pay cash to Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (1) such number of shares of Common Stock that the Company was required to credit to Holder by the Required Credit Date multiplied by (2) the lowest Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on any Trading Day during the period commencing on the date Holder purchased Replacement Shares and ending on the date of such credit and payment under this clause (B).

To the extent permitted by law, the Company’s obligations to issue and credit the Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance that might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of the Conversion Shares.

3


 

Nothing herein shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely issue and credit the Conversion Shares as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

(v) Disputes. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Price or the arithmetic calculation of the number of Conversion Shares to be issued pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall promptly issue to the Holder the number of Conversion Shares that are not disputed, provided that following such issuance to Holder such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 23.

(vi) Book-Entry. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2, upon conversion of any portion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, no Holder thereof shall be required to physically surrender this Note to the Company. If this Note is surrendered as provided by Section 8, then, provided that there remains outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest under this Note at the time of surrender, the Company shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) Trading Days after receipt of this Note and at its own expense, issue and deliver to such Holder (or its designee) a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) representing the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest (if any) under this Note. Each Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the portion of the Note so converted by such Holder and the dates of such conversions or shall use such other method, reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, so as not to require physical surrender of the Note upon each such conversion. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, such records of such Holder establishing the portion of the Note to which the record holder is entitled shall be controlling and determinative in the absence of manifest error. A Holder and any transferee or assignee, by acceptance of a certificate, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of any portion of the Note, the outstanding Principal Amount represented by such Note may be less than stated on the face thereof. Each Note shall bear the following legend:

ANY TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE TERMS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING SECTIONS 2(c)(vi) AND 8(a) HEREOF. THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE AND, ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 2(c)(vi) OF THIS NOTE.

(d) Taxes. The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp, transfer (but only in respect of the registered holder thereof), issuance and other similar taxes that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of Conversion Shares upon the conversion of the Note.

(e) Limitation on Beneficial Ownership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, this Note shall not be convertible or exchangeable by the Holder hereof to the extent (but only to the extent), after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, the Holder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own in excess of 9.9% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, as calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act (the “Maximum Percentage”). To the extent the above limitation applies, the determination of whether this Note shall be convertible or exchangeable (vis-à-vis other convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities owned by the Holder or any of its affiliates) and of which such securities shall be convertible, exercisable or exchangeable (as among all such securities owned by the Holder) shall, subject to such Maximum Percentage limitation, be determined on the basis of the first submission to the Company for conversion, exercise or exchange (as the case may be). No prior inability to convert or exchange this Note pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of convertibility or exchangeability. For the purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership and all determinations and calculations (including, without limitation, with respect to calculations of percentage ownership) shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The provisions of this paragraph shall be implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this paragraph to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Maximum Percentage beneficial ownership limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such Maximum Percentage limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Note. The holders of Common Stock shall be third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and the Company may not waive this paragraph without the consent of holders of a majority of its Common Stock. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, including by virtue of any prior conversion or exercise or exchange of convertible or exercisable or exchangeable securities into Common Stock, including, without limitation, pursuant to this Note or securities issued pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement. To the extent stockholder approval is required in order to issue shares equal to greater than 19.9% of the outstanding Common Stock as of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall obtain such consent prior to issuing shares that would exceed such amount.

4


 

(f) Reservation of Shares; Insufficient Authorized Shares. The Company shall initially reserve out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 150% of the maximum number of Conversion Shares issuable to satisfy the Company's obligations to issue shares of Common Stock hereunder, and the Company shall at all times keep reserved for issuance under this Note a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 150% of the maximum number of Conversion Shares issuable to satisfy the Company’s obligation to issue shares of Common Stock hereunder.

3. Rights upon Event of Default; Acceleration.

(a) Event of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(i) the Company’s failure to maintain sufficient reserves of its authorized and unissued Common Stock to redeem 150% of the maximum number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of all the Convertible Notes then outstanding;

(ii) the Company’s failure to maintain a transfer agent that participates in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program;

(iii) the Company’s (A) failure to timely deliver the required number of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note, and any such failure remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days, or (B) notice, written or oral, to any holder of the Convertible Notes, including, without limitation, by way of public announcement or through any of its agents, at any time, of its intention not to comply, as required, with a request for conversion of any Convertible Notes into Common Stock that is requested in accordance with the provisions of the Convertible Notes, in each case, other than pursuant to Section 2(e);

(iv) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s failure (A) to pay to the Holder any amount of Principal Amount or Interest when and as due under this Note or (B) to pay to the Holder, within five (5) days after the delivery by the Holder of written notice thereof, any amount or penalties or other amounts due under this Note or any amount due under any other Transaction Document or any other agreement, document, certificate or other instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(v) the Company fails to remove any restrictive legend on any certificate or any Common Stock issued to the Holder upon conversion or exercise (as the case may be) of any Securities acquired by the Holder under the Securities Purchase Agreement (including this Note) as and when required by such Securities or the Securities Purchase Agreement, unless otherwise then prohibited by applicable federal securities laws, and any such failure remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days;

5


 

(vi) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings for the relief of debtors shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Subsidiary and, if instituted against the Company or any Subsidiary by a third party, which have not been dismissed within thirty (30) days of their initiation;

(vii) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the commencement by the Company or any Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree, order, judgment or other similar document in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal, state or foreign law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the execution of a composition of debts, or the occurrence of any other similar federal, state or foreign proceeding, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action or the taking of any action by any Person to commence a UCC foreclosure sale or any other similar action under federal, state or foreign law;

(viii) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the entry by a court of (A) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary of a voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document adjudging the Company or any Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary under any applicable federal, state or foreign law or (C) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree, order, judgment or other similar document or any such other decree, order, judgment or other similar document unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;

(ix) other than as specifically set forth in another clause of this Section 3(a), the Company or any Subsidiary materially breaches any representation or warranty when made, or any covenant or other term or condition of this Note, and, only, in the case of a breach of a covenant or other term or condition that is curable, if such breach remains uncured for a period of ten (10) consecutive Trading Days after the delivery by Holder of written notice thereof;

(x) the suspension from trading or the failure of the Common Stock to be trading or listed (as applicable) on an Eligible Market for a period of seven (7) consecutive Trading Days;

(xi) any material provision of this Note or any other Transaction Document (shall at any time for any reason (other than pursuant to the express terms thereof)) cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the parties thereto, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto, or a proceeding shall be commenced by the Company or any Subsidiary or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over any of them, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or the Company or any Subsidiary shall deny in writing that it has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Transaction Document;

(xii) failure to file annual or quarterly reports within the required periods, including any extension provided by Rule 12b-25 of the 1934 Act; Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to this Note the Company shall promptly, but in no case later than two (2) Business Days, deliver written notice thereof via email and overnight courier (with next day delivery specified) (an “Event of Default Notice”) to the Holder.

6


 

(b) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Holder may at its option: (a) declare the entire Principal Amount, together with all accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable; and (b) exercise any or all of its rights, powers, or remedies under the Transaction Documents or applicable law or available in equity; provided, however that, if an Event of Default described in Sections 3(a)(vi)-(viii) of this Note shall occur, the Principal Amount and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any notice, declaration, or other act on the part of Holder.

(c) Acceleration by Subsidiary Spin-Off. Upon the occurrence of a Subsidiary Spin-Off and at any time thereafter, Holder may at its option declare the entire Principal Amount, together with all accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable.

4. Adjustment of Conversion Price and Number of Conversion Shares. Until the Note has been paid in full or converted in full, the Conversion Price and number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 4.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Stock Dividends and Splits. Without limiting any provision of Section 6, if the Company, at any time on or after the date of the Securities Purchase Agreement, (i) pays a stock dividend on one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock or otherwise makes a distribution on any class of capital stock that is payable in Common Stock, (ii) subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock into a larger number of shares or (iii) combines (by combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, and any adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph occurs during the period that a Conversion Price is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Conversion Price shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.

(c) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 4 shall be made by rounding to the nearest 1/10000th of cent and the nearest 1/100th of a share, as applicable. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

(d) Other Events. In the event that the Company shall take any action to which the provisions hereof are not strictly applicable, or, if applicable, would not operate to protect the Holder from dilution or if any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), then the Company’s board of directors shall in good faith determine and implement an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price and the number of Conversion Shares (if applicable) so as to protect the rights of the Holder, provided that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 4(d) will increase the Conversion Price or decrease the number of Conversion Shares as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 4, provided further that if the Holder does not accept such adjustments as appropriately protecting its interests hereunder against such dilution, then the Company’s board of directors and the Holder shall agree, in good faith, upon an independent investment bank of nationally recognized standing to make such appropriate adjustments, whose determination shall be final and binding and whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company.

7


 

5. Rights Upon Distribution of Assets. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 4, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, indebtedness, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction, other than a distribution of Common Stock covered by Section 4(b)) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Note, then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that upon conversion of this Note, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on conversion hereof, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distributions would result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or the beneficial ownership of any such Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and such Distribution to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage).

6. Purchase Rights; Fundamental Transaction.

(a) Purchase Rights. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 5 herein, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage).

(b) Fundamental Transactions. The Company shall not enter into or be party to a Fundamental Transaction unless the Successor Entity assumes in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Note and the other Transaction Documents related to this Note in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder, including agreements confirming the obligations of the Successor Entity as set forth in this Note and an obligation to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Note a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Note, including, without limitation, which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock equivalent to the Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on the conversion of this Note) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion price which applies the Conversion Price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such adjustments to the number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Note immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of the Holder upon conversion of this Note following a Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall deliver to the Holder, in lieu of the Common Stock (or other securities, cash, assets or other property (except such items still issuable under Sections 5 and 6(a) above, which shall continue to be receivable thereafter)) issuable upon the exercise of this Note prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction, such Common Stock (or its equivalent) of the Successor Entity (including its Parent Entity), or other securities, cash, assets or other property, which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of the applicable Fundamental Transaction had this Note been exercised immediately prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction; provided, however, that such amount of reserved shares of Common Stock shall be limited by the Maximum Percentage of Common Stock.

8


 

7. [Reserved].

8. Reissuance of Note.

(a) Transfer. If this Note is to be transferred, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company, whereupon the Company will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Holder a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)), registered as the Holder may request, representing the outstanding Principal Amount being transferred by the Holder and, if less than the entire outstanding Principal Amount is being transferred, a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) to the Holder representing the outstanding Principal Amount not being transferred. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of Section 2(c)(vi) following conversion or redemption of any portion of this Note, the outstanding Principal Amount represented by this Note may be less than the Principal Amount stated on the face of this Note.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Note. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note (as to which a written certification and the indemnification contemplated below shall suffice as such evidence), and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary and reasonable form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) representing the outstanding Principal Amount.

(c) Note Exchangeable for Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for a new Note or Notes (in accordance with Section 8(d) and in principal amounts of at least $10,000) representing in the aggregate the outstanding Principal Amount of this Note, and each such new Note will represent such portion of such outstanding Principal Amount as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender.

(d) Issuance of New Note. Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Note pursuant to the terms of this Note, such new Note (i) shall be of like tenor with this Note, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such new Note, the Principal Amount remaining outstanding (or in the case of a new Note being issued pursuant to Section 18(a) or Section 18(c), the Principal Amount designated by the Holder which, when added to the Principal Amount represented by the other new Notes issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the Principal Amount remaining outstanding under this Note immediately prior to such issuance of new Notes), (iii) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Note, which is the same as the Execution Date of this Note, and (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Note.

9. Voting Rights. The Holder shall have no voting rights as the holder of this Note, except as required by law, including but not limited to applicable corporate law of the State of Delaware, and as expressly provided in this Note.

10. Covenants. Until this Note has been entirely converted, redeemed or otherwise satisfied in accordance with its terms:

(a) Rank. This Note shall be junior in right of payment (whether in respect to payment or redemptions, interest, damages, upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise) to all other current Indebtedness and senior in in right of payment to all future Indebtedness to which the Company is a party.

(b) No Security. This Note is not secured by the assets of the Company.

(c) Restriction on Transfer of Assets. The Company shall not, and the Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to not, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets or rights of the Company or any Subsidiary owned or hereafter acquired whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, other than sales, leases, licenses, assignments, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of such assets or rights by the Company and its Subsidiaries that, in the aggregate, do not have a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in any twelve (12) month period, and other than (i) sales, leases, licenses, assignments, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of such assets or rights by the Company in the ordinary course of business (which would include, without limitation, licensing in connection with manufacturing and distribution arrangements and joint development and production arrangements) (ii) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (iii) or transfers or dispositions described in Public Disclosures.

9


 

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc. The Company shall maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, its existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to become or remain, duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

(e) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Except as disclosed in Public Disclosures, the Company shall maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, at all times with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee or under which it occupies property, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

(f) Maintenance of Insurance. The Company shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations (including, without limitation, comprehensive general liability, hazard, rent and business interruption insurance) with respect to its properties (including all real properties leased or owned by it) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks as is required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated.

11. [Reserved]

12. [Reserved]

13. Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief. The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note and the other Transaction Documents, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the right of the Holder to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Note. The Company covenants to the Holder that there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversions and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the holder of this Note shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to seek an injunction restraining any breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. The Company shall provide all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Note (including, without limitation, compliance with Section 4 hereof). The issuance of Common Stock and certificates for Common Stock as contemplated hereby upon the conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder or such Common Stock for any issuance tax or other costs in respect thereof, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than the Holder or its agent on its behalf.

10


 

14. Payment of Collection, Enforcement and Other Costs. If (a) this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding or the Holder otherwise takes action to collect amounts due under this Note or to enforce the provisions of this Note (b) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of the Company or other proceedings affecting Company creditors’ rights and involving a claim under this Note, then the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall pay the costs incurred by the Holder for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

15. Non-circumvention. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Company will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Note and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of this Note, and (ii) shall, so long as any of the Principal Amount under this Note remains outstanding, take all action necessary to reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Note, the maximum number of Common Stock as shall from time to time be necessary to effect the exercise of this Note.

16. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of a Holder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

17. Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given under this Note, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 10(f) of the Securities Purchase Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice of all actions taken pursuant to this Note, including in reasonable detail a description of such action and the reason therefor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will give written notice to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable upon each adjustment of the Conversion Price and the number of Conversion Shares, setting forth in reasonable detail, and certifying, the calculation of such adjustment(s) and (ii) at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the Common Stock, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities, indebtedness, or other property pro rata to holders of Common Stock or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information (to the extent it constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to the Holder and (iii) at least ten (10) Trading Days prior to the consummation of any Fundamental Transaction. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of execution specified by the Holder in each Conversion Notice shall be definitive and may not be disputed or challenged by the Company.

18. [Reserved].

19. Payments. Whenever any payment of cash is to be made by the Company to any Person pursuant to this Note, unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, such payment shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America by wire transfer of immediately available funds by providing the Company with prior written notice setting out the Holder’s wire transfer instructions. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a Business Day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day. Any amounts due under the Transaction Documents which is not paid when due shall result in a late charge being incurred and payable by the Company in an amount equal to interest on such amount at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per month from the date such amount was due until the same is paid in full.

11


 

20. Transferability of Note. A Holder may transfer some or all of this Note, or any shares issuable upon conversion of this Note, without the consent of the Company, subject only to the limitations of Section 2(f) of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

21. Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “Register”) and record the names and addresses of the holders of each Convertible Note and the principal amount of the Convertible Notes held by such holders (the “Registered Notes”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The Company and the holders of the Notes shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of a Note for all purposes, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments of Principal Amount and interest hereunder, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. A Registered Note may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Upon its receipt of a request to assign or sell all or part of any Registered Note by a Holder, the Company shall record the information contained therein in the Register and issue one or more new Registered Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the principal amount of the surrendered Registered Note to the designated assignee or transferee.

22. Amendment. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Note may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holder. The Holder shall be entitled, at its option, to the benefit of any amendment of any other similar Convertible Note issued by the Company under the Securities Purchase Agreement.

23. Dispute Resolution. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Shares (as the case may be), the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations (as the case may be) via facsimile (i) within two (2) Business Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after the Holder or the Company (as the case may be) learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation (as the case may be) within three (3) Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Company or the Holder (as the case may be), then the Company shall, within two (2) Business Days submit via facsimile (a) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Shares and the disputed determination of the Conversion Price to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Holder, with the consent of the Company (which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), or (b) if acceptable to the Holder, the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Conversion Shares and the disputed determination of the Conversion Price to the Company’s independent, outside accountant. The Company shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant (as the case may be) to perform the determinations or calculations (as the case may be) and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Business Days from the time it receives such disputed determinations or calculations (as the case may be). Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation (as the case may be) shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. The fees and expenses of such investment bank or accountant shall be borne by the parties in the same proportion as the respective amounts by which the investment bank’s or accountant’s determination differs from such party’s calculation.

24. Waiver of Notice. To the extent permitted by law, the Company hereby irrevocably waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and any other Transaction Document.

25. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or operate to preclude the Holder from bringing suit or taking other legal action against the Company in any other jurisdiction to collect on the Company’s obligations to the Holder or to enforce a judgment or other court ruling in favor of the Holder. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

12


 

26. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Black Scholes Consideration Value” means the value of the applicable Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance thereof calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the public announcement of the execution of definitive documents with respect to the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be), (ii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) and (iii) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility, obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be).

“Bloomberg” means Bloomberg, L.P.

“Closing Bid Price” and “Closing Sale Price” means, for any security as of any date, the last closing bid price and the last closing trade price, respectively, for such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg, or if the foregoing do not apply, the average of the bid prices, or the ask prices, respectively, of all of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price (as the case may be) of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 23. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during such period.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any other shares issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other corporate reorganization or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock).

“Conversion Price” means eighty percent (80.00%) of lowest VWAP for the prior five (5) day VWAP on the day a Conversion Date.

“DTC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

13


 

“Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market.

“Execution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

“Fundamental Transaction” means, other than transactions disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date of this Note (including without limitation the anticipate foreclosure), that (i) the Company shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, (1) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity) any other Person unless the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger continue to hold more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock after such consolidation or merger, or (2) sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other Person, in connection with which the Company is dissolved, or (3) allow any other Person to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company (not including any shares of Voting Stock of the Company held by the Person or Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the Persons making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), or (4) consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with any other Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company (not including any shares of Voting Stock of the Company held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), or (ii) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company. “Interest Rate” means zero percent (0%) per annum, in each case as may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 1(b).

“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, adverse claim, liability, interest, charge, preference, priority, proxy, transfer restriction (other than restrictions under the federal and state securities laws), encroachment, tax, order, community property interest, equitable interest, option, warrant, right of first refusal, easement, profit, license, servitude, right of way, covenant or zoning restriction.

“Options” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

“Parent Entity” of a Person means an entity that, directly or indirectly, controls the applicable Person and whose common stock or equivalent equity security is quoted or listed on an Eligible Market, or, if there is more than one such Person or Parent Entity, the Person or Parent Entity with the largest public market capitalization as of the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

“Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity and a government or any department or agency thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or the successor thereto.

“Subsidiary” means any Person in which the Company, directly or indirectly, (I) owns any of the outstanding capital stock or holds any equity or similar interest of such Person or (II) controls or operates all or any part of the business, operations or administration of such Person; provided, that after the Execution Date, a Person (other than Subsidiaries as of the Execution Date) shall not become a Subsidiary pursuant to clause (I) unless the Company, directly or indirectly, owns at least 25% of any of the outstanding capital stock or holds at least 25% of any equity or similar interest of such person.

14


 

“Subsidiary Spin-Off” means any inquiry, proposal or offer from any Person relating to any (a) direct or indirect acquisition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets of a Subsidiary (excluding sales of assets in the ordinary course of business) equal to 51% or more of the value of the assets of the Subsidiary or to which 51% or more of the revenues or earnings of the Subsidiary are attributable, (b) tender offer for, or direct or indirect acquisition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 51% or more of the outstanding equity securities of any Subsidiary, or (c) merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving substantially all of any Subsidiary or involving the assets of the any Subsidiaries with a value set forth in clause (a) of this definition.

“Successor Entity” means the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) formed by, resulting from or surviving any Fundamental Transaction or the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) with which such Fundamental Transaction shall have been entered into.

“Trading Day” means, as applicable, (x) with respect to all price determinations relating to the Common Stock, any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded, provided that “Trading Day” shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time) unless such day is otherwise designated as a Trading Day in writing by the Holder or (y) with respect to all determinations other than price determinations relating to the Common Stock, any day on which The New York Stock Exchange (or any successor thereto) is open for trading of securities.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware and, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means capital stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power to elect, or the general power to appoint, at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

“VWAP” means, for any security as of any date, the dollar volume-weighted average price for such security on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which such security is then traded during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” function or, if the foregoing does not apply, the dollar volume-weighted average price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no dollar volume-weighted average price is reported for such security by Bloomberg for such hours, the average of the three highest closing bid prices and the three lowest closing ask prices of all of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If VWAP cannot be calculated for such security on such date on any of the foregoing bases, the VWAP of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 23. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during such period.

[Signature Page Follows]

15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holder and the Company have caused their respective signature page to this Convertible Note to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

Name:

 

ALESSANDRO ZAMBONI

 

 

Title:

 

EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

 

 

[Signature Page to Convertible Note]


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDIGO CAPITAL LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christian Girodet

 

 

Name:

 

Christian Girodet

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Convertible Note]


 

* * * * *

EXHIBIT I

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

CONVERSION NOTICE

 

Reference is made to that certain Convertible Note (the “Note”) issued by Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to the undersigned Holder on February 24, 2025. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note.

The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to convert the portion of the Note indicated below into shares of Common Stock as of the date specified below.

 

Date of

Conversion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount of Note to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax ID Number (If

applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applicable Conversion Price:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares of Common Stock

to be issued:

 

 

 

Please issue the Common Stock into which the Note is being converted in the following name and to the following address:

 

Issue

to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone

Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile

Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Number (if electronic book entry transfer):

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction Code Number (if electronic book entry transfer):

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) hereby acknowledges its receipt of the enclosed Conversion Notice and hereby directs [______________] to issue the above indicated number of Common Stock in accordance with the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions dated [_________ __, 20__] from the Company and acknowledged and agreed to by [______________].

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 


EX-10.7 8 buru-ex10_7.htm EX-10.7 EX-10.7

Exhibit 10.7

NEITHER THIS EXCHANGE NOTE NOR THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”), AS AMENDED, OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR (B) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE HOLDER (IF REQUESTED BY THE COMPANY), FROM REPUTABLE COUNSEL, THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SAID ACT OR (II) UNLESS SOLD OR ELIGIBLE TO BE SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THE SECURITIES MAY BE PLEDGED IN CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN OR FINANCING ARRANGEMENT SECURED BY THE SECURITIES. ANY TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE TERMS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING SECTIONS 2(C)(VI) AND 8 HEREOF. THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE AND, ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 2(C)(VI) OF THIS NOTE.

NUBURU, INC.

SUBORDINATED CONVERTIBLE EXCHANGE NOTE

 

Issuance Date: March 3, 2025

$894,708.31

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby promises to pay to the order of Indigo Capital LP or its registered assigns (“Holder”) the principal sum set forth above as the original principal amount (as reduced pursuant to the terms hereof pursuant to redemption or otherwise, the “Principal Amount”) together with interest on any outstanding Principal Amount (as such interest on any outstanding Principal Amount may be reduced pursuant to the terms hereof pursuant to redemption or otherwise) from the date set out above as the Issuance Date. This Subordinated Exchange Note (with all notes issued in exchange, transfer or replacement hereof, this “Note”) is one of an issue of Exchange Notes of the Company (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”) issued pursuant to that certain Exchange Agreement, dated as of even date herewith, by and between the Company, the Holder and the other investors named therein (the “Exchange Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

1. Payments of Principal Amount and Interest. Interest and Principal Amount under this Note shall be payable as follows:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Note, the outstanding Principal Amount shall accrue interest at an annual rate equal to the Interest Rate from the date of this Note until the entire Principal Amount is paid in full, whether at maturity, upon acceleration, by prepayment, or otherwise, unless Holder elects to convert this Note pursuant to Section 2(a).

(b) Interest shall accrue at the Interest Rate on the outstanding Principal Amount.

(c) Unless earlier converted into shares of Common Stock, the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued but unpaid interest of this Note will be due and payable by the Company on March 1, 2026 (the “Maturity Date”).

(d) From and after the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Interest Rate shall automatically be increased to fifteen percent (15.0%) per annum. In the event that such Event of Default is subsequently cured, the adjustment referred to in the preceding sentence shall cease to be effective as of the date of such cure; provided that the Interest as calculated and unpaid at such increased rate during the continuance of

 


 

such Event of Default shall continue to apply to the extent relating to the days after the occurrence of such Event of Default through and including the date of such cure of such Event of Default.

(e) All computations of interest shall be made on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days. Interest shall commence to accrue on the Principal Amount on the Execution Date and shall not accrue on the Principal Amount on the day on which it is paid if payment is made to Holder prior to 12:00 p.m. ET. Any payment of principal on this Note after 12:00 p.m. ET on any Business Day shall be credited against this Note on the next Business Day and interest will continue to accrue until so credited.

(f) All payments made under this Note will be made in lawful money of the United States of America at the principal office of the Company, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing to the Company. Payment will be credited first to accrued interest due and payable, with any remainder applied to the Principal Amount.

(g) The agreements made by Company with respect to this Note and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the Exchange Agreement) are expressly limited so that in no event shall the amount of interest received, charged, or contracted for by Holder exceed the highest lawful amount of interest permissible under the laws applicable to the Note. If at any time performance of any provision of this Note or the other Transaction Documents results in the highest lawful rate of interest permissible under applicable laws being exceeded, then the amount of interest received, charged, or contracted for by Holder shall automatically and without further action by any party be deemed to have been reduced to the highest lawful amount of interest then permissible under applicable laws. If Holder shall ever receive, charge, or contract for, as interest, an amount which is unlawful, at Holder’s election, the amount of unlawful interest shall be refunded to the Company (if actually paid) or applied to reduce the then unpaid Principal Amount. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws, any amounts contracted for, charged, or received under the Transaction Documents included for the purpose of determining whether the Interest Rate would exceed the highest lawful rate shall be calculated by allocating and spreading such interest to and over the full stated term of this Note.

(h) This Note is subordinated to the outstanding Senior Exchange Notes and Junior Bridge Notes issued by the Company in right of payment, whether in respect to payment or redemptions, interest, damages, upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise.

(i) This Note may be prepaid at any time without penalty.

2. Conversion. This Note shall be convertible into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 2.

(a) Holder’s Conversion Right. Subject to the provisions of Section 2(e), at any time or times on or after the Execution Date, the Holder shall be entitled to convert any portion or the entirety of the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest under this Note into validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (“Exchange Shares”) in accordance with Section 2(c).

Any such portion of the outstanding Principal Amount and/or accrued interest to be converted in accordance with this Section 2 is referred to herein as the “Conversion Amount.”

(b) Exchange Shares. The number of Exchange Shares issuable upon conversion of the Conversion Amount shall be determined according to the following formula:

Conversion Amount

Conversion Price

No fractional shares of Common Stock are to be issued upon the conversion of this Note. If the issuance would result in the issuance of a fraction of a share, the Company shall round such fraction of a share up to the nearest whole share.

2


 

(c) Mechanics of Conversion. The conversion shall be conducted in the following manner:

(i) Holder’s Conversion. To convert all or a portion of this Note into Exchange Shares on any date (each, a “Conversion Date”), a Holder shall deliver to the Company (whether via facsimile or otherwise), for receipt on or prior to 4:00 p.m., New York time, on such date, a copy of an executed notice of conversion in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Conversion Notice”). All Conversion Notices received after 4:00 p.m., New York time, on any Trading Day or at any time on a day that is not a Trading Day shall be considered to have been provided as of the next Trading Day.

(ii) Company’s Response. Not later than the first (1st) Trading Day following the date of receipt of a Conversion Notice, the Company shall transmit by email an acknowledgment of confirmation, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, of receipt of such Conversion Notice to such Holder and the Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”), which confirmation shall constitute an instruction to the Transfer Agent to process such Conversion Notice in accordance with the terms herein. On or before the first (1st) Trading Day following the date of receipt by the Company of such Conversion Notice (the “Required Credit Date”), the Company shall credit such aggregate number of Exchange Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such conversion to the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through its Deposit/ Withdrawal at Custodian system.

(iii) Record Holder. Upon delivery of a Conversion Notice, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Exchange Shares with respect to which such Conversion Notice was issued, irrespective of the date such Exchange Shares are credited to the Holder’s DTC account.

(iv) Company’s Failure to Timely Deliver Securities. If the Company fails to issue and credit to the Holder by the Required Credit Date the balance account of Holder or Holder’s nominee with DTC for such number of Exchange Shares so delivered to the Company, then, in addition to all other remedies available to Holder, at the sole discretion of Holder, the Company shall:

(A) pay in cash to Holder on each Trading Day after the Required Credit Date that the issuance or credit of such Exchange Shares is not timely effected an amount equal to 1% of the product of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock not so delivered or credited (as the case may be) to Holder or Holder’s nominee multiplied by (B) the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the Required Credit Date; or

(B) if on or after the Required Credit Date, Holder (or any other Person in respect, or on behalf, of Holder) purchases (in an open market transaction or otherwise) shares of Common Stock (“Replacement Shares”) to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by Holder of all or any portion of the number of shares of Common Stock, or a sale of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to all or any portion of the number of shares of Common Stock, that Holder so anticipated receiving from the Company without any restrictive legend, then, within two (2) Trading Days after Holder’s request and in Holder’s sole discretion, either (x) pay cash to Holder in an amount equal to Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions and other out-of-pocket expenses, if any) for the Replacement Shares (the “Buy-In Price”), at which point the Company’s obligation to credit Holder’s balance account shall terminate and such shares shall be cancelled, or (y) promptly honor its obligation to credit Holder’s DTC account representing such number of shares of Common Stock that would have been credited to Holder’s balance account if the Company timely complied with its obligations hereunder and pay cash to Holder in an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Buy-In Price over the product of (1) such number of shares of Common Stock that the Company was required to credit to Holder by the Required Credit Date multiplied by (2) the lowest Closing Sale Price of the shares of Common Stock on any Trading Day during the period commencing on the date Holder purchased Replacement Shares and ending on the date of such credit and payment under this clause (B).

To the extent permitted by law, the Company’s obligations to issue and credit the Exchange Shares in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance that might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of the Exchange Shares.

 

3


 

Nothing herein shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely issue and credit the Exchange Shares as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

(v) Disputes. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Price or the arithmetic calculation of the number of Exchange Shares to be issued pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company shall promptly issue to the Holder the number of Exchange Shares that are not disputed, provided that following such issuance to Holder such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with Section 23.

(vi) Book-Entry. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 2, upon conversion of any portion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof, no Holder thereof shall be required to physically surrender this Note to the Company. If this Note is surrendered as provided by Section 8, then, provided that there remains outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest under this Note at the time of surrender, the Company shall, as soon as practicable and in no event later than three (3) Trading Days after receipt of this Note and at its own expense, issue and deliver to such Holder (or its designee) a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) representing the outstanding Principal Amount and accrued interest (if any) under this Note. Each Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the portion of the Note so converted by such Holder and the dates of such conversions or shall use such other method, reasonably satisfactory to such Holder and the Company, so as not to require physical surrender of the Note upon each such conversion. In the event of any dispute or discrepancy, such records of such Holder establishing the portion of the Note to which the record holder is entitled shall be controlling and determinative in the absence of manifest error. A Holder and any transferee or assignee, by acceptance of a certificate, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following conversion of any portion of the Note, the outstanding Principal Amount represented by such Note may be less than stated on the face thereof. Each Note shall bear the following legend:

ANY TRANSFEREE OF THIS NOTE SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THE TERMS OF THIS NOTE, INCLUDING SECTIONS 2(c)(vi) AND 8(a) HEREOF. THE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT REPRESENTED BY THIS NOTE AND, ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ON THE FACE HEREOF PURSUANT TO SECTION 2(c)(vi) OF THIS NOTE.

(d) Taxes. The Company shall pay any and all documentary, stamp, transfer (but only in respect of the registered holder thereof), issuance and other similar taxes that may be payable with respect to the issuance and delivery of Exchange Shares upon the conversion of the Note.

(e) Limitation on Beneficial Ownership. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, this Note shall not be convertible or exchangeable by the Holder hereof to the extent (but only to the extent), after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, the Holder or any of its affiliates would beneficially own in excess of 9.9% of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, as calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act (the “Maximum Percentage”). To the extent the above limitation applies, the determination of whether this Note shall be convertible or exchangeable (vis-à-vis other convertible, exercisable or exchangeable securities owned by the Holder or any of its affiliates) and of which such securities shall be convertible, exercisable or exchangeable (as among all such securities owned by the Holder) shall, subject to such Maximum Percentage limitation, be determined on the basis of the first submission to the Company for conversion, exercise or exchange (as the case may be). No prior inability to convert or exchange this Note pursuant to this paragraph shall have any effect on the applicability of the provisions of this paragraph with respect to any subsequent determination of convertibility or exchangeability. For the purposes of this paragraph, beneficial ownership and all determinations and calculations (including, without limitation, with respect to calculations of percentage ownership) shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The provisions of this paragraph shall be implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this paragraph to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Maximum Percentage beneficial ownership limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such Maximum Percentage limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Note. The holders of Common Stock shall be third party beneficiaries of this paragraph and the Company may not waive this paragraph without the consent of holders of a majority of its Common Stock. For any reason at any time, upon the written or oral request of the Holder, the Company shall within two (2) Business Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, including by virtue of any prior conversion or exercise or exchange of convertible or exercisable or exchangeable securities into Common Stock, including, without limitation, pursuant to this Note or securities issued pursuant to the Exchange Agreement. To the extent stockholder approval is required in order to issue shares equal to greater than 19.9% of the outstanding Common Stock as of the date of this Agreement, the Company shall obtain such consent prior to issuing shares that would exceed such amount.

4


 

(f) Reservation of Shares; Insufficient Authorized Shares. The Company shall initially reserve out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 150% of the maximum number of Exchange Shares issuable to satisfy the Company's obligations to issue shares of Common Stock hereunder, and the Company shall at all times keep reserved for issuance under this Note a number of shares of Common Stock equal to 150% of the maximum number of Exchange Shares issuable to satisfy the Company’s obligation to issue shares of Common Stock hereunder.

3. Rights upon Event of Default; Acceleration.

(a) Event of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default”:

(i) the Company’s failure to maintain sufficient reserves of its authorized and unissued Common Stock to redeem 150% of the maximum number of Exchange Shares issuable upon conversion of all the Exchange Notes then outstanding;

(ii) the Company’s failure to maintain a transfer agent that participates in the DTC Fast Automated Securities Transfer Program;

(iii) the Company’s (A) failure to timely deliver the required number of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note, and any such failure remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days, or (B) notice, written or oral, to any holder of the Exchange Notes, including, without limitation, by way of public announcement or through any of its agents, at any time, of its intention not to comply, as required, with a request for conversion of any Exchange Notes into Common Stock that is requested in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Notes, in each case, other than pursuant to Section 2(e);

(iv) the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s failure (A) to pay to the Holder any amount of Principal Amount or Interest when and as due under this Note or (B) to pay to the Holder, within five (5) days after the delivery by the Holder of written notice thereof, any amount or penalties or other amounts due under this Note or any amount due under any other Transaction Document or any other agreement, document, certificate or other instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(v) the Company fails to remove any restrictive legend on any certificate or any Common Stock issued to the Holder upon conversion or exercise (as the case may be) of any Securities acquired by the Holder under the Exchange Agreement (including this Note) as and when required by such Securities or the Exchange Agreement, unless otherwise then prohibited by applicable federal securities laws, and any such failure remains uncured for a period of five (5) Business Days;

(vi) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or liquidation proceedings or other proceedings for the relief of debtors shall be instituted by or against the Company or any Subsidiary and, if instituted against the Company or any Subsidiary by a third party, which have not been dismissed within thirty (30) days of their initiation;

 

5


 

(vii) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the commencement by the Company or any Subsidiary of a voluntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree, order, judgment or other similar document in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal, state or foreign law, or the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the execution of a composition of debts, or the occurrence of any other similar federal, state or foreign proceeding, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, the taking of corporate action by the Company or any Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action or the taking of any action by any Person to commence a UCC foreclosure sale or any other similar action under federal, state or foreign law;

(viii) except as disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date hereof, the entry by a court of (A) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary of a voluntary or involuntary case or proceeding under any applicable federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document adjudging the Company or any Subsidiary as bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Company or any Subsidiary under any applicable federal, state or foreign law or (C) a decree, order, judgment or other similar document appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree, order, judgment or other similar document or any such other decree, order, judgment or other similar document unstayed and in effect for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;

(ix) other than as specifically set forth in another clause of this Section 3(a), the Company or any Subsidiary materially breaches any representation or warranty when made, or any covenant or other term or condition of this Note, and, only, in the case of a breach of a covenant or other term or condition that is curable, if such breach remains uncured for a period of ten (10) consecutive Trading Days after the delivery by Holder of written notice thereof;

(x) the suspension from trading or the failure of the Common Stock to be trading or listed (as applicable) on an Eligible Market for a period of seven (7) consecutive Trading Days;

(xi) any material provision of this Note or any other Transaction Document (shall at any time for any reason (other than pursuant to the express terms thereof)) cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the parties thereto, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto, or a proceeding shall be commenced by the Company or any Subsidiary or any governmental authority having jurisdiction over any of them, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or the Company or any Subsidiary shall deny in writing that it has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Transaction Document;

(xii) failure to file annual or quarterly reports within the required periods, including any extension provided by Rule 12b-25 of the 1934 Act;

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to this Note the Company shall promptly, but

in no case later than two (2) Business Days, deliver written notice thereof via email and overnight courier (with next day delivery specified) (an “Event of Default Notice”) to the Holder.

6


 

(b) Remedies. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default and at any time thereafter, Holder may at its option: (a) declare the entire Principal Amount, together with all accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable; and (b) exercise any or all of its rights, powers, or remedies under the Transaction Documents or applicable law or available in equity; provided, however that, if an Event of Default described in Sections 3(a)(vi)-(viii) of this Note shall occur, the Principal Amount and accrued interest shall become immediately due and payable automatically and without any notice, declaration, or other act on the part of Holder.

(c) Acceleration by Subsidiary Spin-Off. Upon the occurrence of a Subsidiary Spin-Off and at any time thereafter, Holder may at its option declare the entire Principal Amount, together with all accrued interest thereon, immediately due and payable.

4. Adjustment of Conversion Price and Number of Exchange Shares. Until the Note has been paid in full or converted in full, the Conversion Price and number of Exchange Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note are subject to adjustment from time to time as set forth in this Section 4.

(a) [Reserved].

(b) Stock Dividends and Splits. Without limiting any provision of Section 6, if the Company, at any time on or after the date of the Exchange Agreement, (i) pays a stock dividend on one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock or otherwise makes a distribution on any class of capital stock that is payable in Common Stock, (ii) subdivides (by any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock into a larger number of shares or (iii) combines (by combination, reverse stock split or otherwise) one or more classes of its then outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to clause (i) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, and any adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph shall become effective immediately after the effective date of such subdivision or combination. If any event requiring an adjustment under this paragraph occurs during the period that a Conversion Price is calculated hereunder, then the calculation of such Conversion Price shall be adjusted appropriately to reflect such event.

(c) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 4 shall be made by rounding to the nearest 1/10000th of cent and the nearest 1/100th of a share, as applicable. The number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any given time shall not include shares owned or held by or for the account of the Company, and the disposition of any such shares shall be considered an issue or sale of Common Stock.

(d) Other Events. In the event that the Company shall take any action to which the provisions hereof are not strictly applicable, or, if applicable, would not operate to protect the Holder from dilution or if any event occurs of the type contemplated by the provisions of this Section 4 but not expressly provided for by such provisions (including, without limitation, the granting of stock appreciation rights, phantom stock rights or other rights with equity features), then the Company’s board of directors shall in good faith determine and implement an appropriate adjustment in the Conversion Price and the number of Exchange Shares (if applicable) so as to protect the rights of the Holder, provided that no such adjustment pursuant to this Section 4(d) will increase the Conversion Price or decrease the number of Exchange Shares as otherwise determined pursuant to this Section 4, provided further that if the Holder does not accept such adjustments as appropriately protecting its interests hereunder against such dilution, then the Company’s board of directors and the Holder shall agree, in good faith, upon an independent investment bank of nationally recognized standing to make such appropriate adjustments, whose determination shall be final and binding and whose fees and expenses shall be borne by the Company.

 

7


 

5. Rights Upon Distribution of Assets. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 4, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Common Stock, by way of return of capital or otherwise (including, without limitation, any distribution of cash, stock or other securities, indebtedness, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction, other than a distribution of Common Stock covered by Section 4(b)) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Note, then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that upon conversion of this Note, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on conversion hereof, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Distributions would result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or the beneficial ownership of any such Common Stock as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and such Distribution to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage).

6. Purchase Rights; Fundamental Transaction.

(a) Purchase Rights. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 5 herein, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Maximum Percentage) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Maximum Percentage).

(b) Fundamental Transactions. The Company shall not enter into or be party to a Fundamental Transaction unless the Successor Entity assumes in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Note and the other Transaction Documents related to this Note in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder, including agreements confirming the obligations of the Successor Entity as set forth in this Note and an obligation to deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Note a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Note, including, without limitation, which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock equivalent to the Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on the conversion of this Note) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion price which applies the Conversion Price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such adjustments to the number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Note immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at the election of the Holder upon conversion of this Note following a Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall deliver to the Holder, in lieu of the Common Stock (or other securities, cash, assets or other property (except such items still issuable under Sections 5 and 6(a) above, which shall continue to be receivable thereafter)) issuable upon the exercise of this Note prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction, such Common Stock (or its equivalent) of the Successor Entity (including its Parent Entity), or other securities, cash, assets or other property, which the Holder would have been entitled to receive upon the happening of the applicable Fundamental Transaction had this Note been exercised immediately prior to the applicable Fundamental Transaction; provided, however, that such amount of reserved shares of Common Stock shall be limited by the Maximum Percentage of Common Stock.

7. [Reserved].

8


 

8. Reissuance of Note.

(a) Transfer. If this Note is to be transferred, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company, whereupon the Company will forthwith issue and deliver upon the order of the Holder a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)), registered as the Holder may request, representing the outstanding Principal Amount being transferred by the Holder and, if less than the entire outstanding Principal Amount is being transferred, a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) to the Holder representing the outstanding Principal Amount not being transferred. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of Section 2(c)(vi) following conversion or redemption of any portion of this Note, the outstanding Principal Amount represented by this Note may be less than the Principal Amount stated on the face of this Note.

(b) Lost, Stolen or Mutilated Note. Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Note (as to which a written certification and the indemnification contemplated below shall suffice as such evidence), and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, of any indemnification undertaking by the Holder to the Company in customary and reasonable form and, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Holder a new Note (in accordance with Section 8(d)) representing the outstanding Principal Amount.

(c) Note Exchangeable for Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable, upon the surrender hereof by the Holder at the principal office of the Company, for a new Note or Notes (in accordance with Section 8(d) and in principal amounts of at least $10,000) representing in the aggregate the outstanding Principal Amount of this Note, and each such new Note will represent such portion of such outstanding Principal Amount as is designated by the Holder at the time of such surrender.

(d) Issuance of New Note. Whenever the Company is required to issue a new Note pursuant to the terms of this Note, such new Note (i) shall be of like tenor with this Note, (ii) shall represent, as indicated on the face of such new Note, the Principal Amount remaining outstanding (or in the case of a new Note being issued pursuant to Section 18(a) or Section 18(c), the Principal Amount designated by the Holder which, when added to the Principal Amount represented by the other new Notes issued in connection with such issuance, does not exceed the Principal Amount remaining outstanding under this Note immediately prior to such issuance of new Notes), (iii) shall have an issuance date, as indicated on the face of such new Note, which is the same as the Execution Date of this Note, and (iv) shall have the same rights and conditions as this Note.

9. Voting Rights. The Holder shall have no voting rights as the holder of this Note, except as required by law, including but not limited to applicable corporate law of the State of Delaware, and as expressly provided in this Note.

10. Covenants. Until this Note has been entirely converted, redeemed or otherwise satisfied in accordance with its terms:

(a) Rank. This Note shall be junior in right of payment (whether in respect to payment or redemptions, interest, damages, upon liquidation or dissolution or otherwise) to all other current Indebtedness and senior in in right of payment to all future Indebtedness to which the Company is a party.

(b) No Security. This Note is not secured by the assets of the Company.

(c) Restriction on Transfer of Assets. The Company shall not, and the Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to not, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets or rights of the Company or any Subsidiary owned or hereafter acquired whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, other than sales, leases, licenses, assignments, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of such assets or rights by the Company and its Subsidiaries that, in the aggregate, do not have a fair market value in excess of $1,000,000 in any twelve (12) month period, and other than (i) sales, leases, licenses, assignments, transfers, conveyances and other dispositions of such assets or rights by the Company in the ordinary course of business (which would include, without limitation, licensing in connection with manufacturing and distribution arrangements and joint development and production arrangements) (ii) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (iii) or transfers or dispositions described in Public Disclosures.

 

9


 

(d) Preservation of Existence, Etc. The Company shall maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, its existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to become or remain, duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

(e) Maintenance of Properties, Etc. Except as disclosed in Public Disclosures, the Company shall maintain and preserve, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain and preserve, all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, at all times with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee or under which it occupies property, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

(f) Maintenance of Insurance. The Company shall maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations (including, without limitation, comprehensive general liability, hazard, rent and business interruption insurance) with respect to its properties (including all real properties leased or owned by it) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks as is required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated.

11. [Reserved]

12. [Reserved]

13. Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief. The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note and the other Transaction Documents, at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the right of the Holder to pursue actual damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Note. The Company covenants to the Holder that there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversions and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the holder of this Note shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to seek an injunction restraining any breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. The Company shall provide all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Note (including, without limitation, compliance with Section 4 hereof). The issuance of Common Stock and certificates for Common Stock as contemplated hereby upon the conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder or such Common Stock for any issuance tax or other costs in respect thereof, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any certificate in a name other than the Holder or its agent on its behalf.

14. Payment of Collection, Enforcement and Other Costs. If (a) this Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement or is collected or enforced through any legal proceeding or the Holder otherwise takes action to collect amounts due under this Note or to enforce the provisions of this Note (b) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of the Company or other proceedings affecting Company creditors’ rights and involving a claim under this Note, then the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall pay the costs incurred by the Holder for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements.

10


 

15. Non-circumvention. The Company hereby covenants and agrees that the Company will not, by amendment of its certificate of incorporation or bylaws or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, scheme of arrangement, dissolution, issue or sale of securities, or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Note, and will at all times in good faith carry out all the provisions of this Note and take all action as may be required to protect the rights of the Holder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company (i) shall take all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of this Note, and (ii) shall, so long as any of the Principal Amount under this Note remains outstanding, take all action necessary to reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the exercise of this Note, the maximum number of Common Stock as shall from time to time be necessary to effect the exercise of this Note.

16. Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver. No failure or delay on the part of a Holder in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

17. Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given under this Note, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with Section 10(f) of the Exchange Agreement. The Company shall provide the Holder with prompt written notice of all actions taken pursuant to this Note, including in reasonable detail a description of such action and the reason therefor. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will give written notice to the Holder (i) as soon as practicable upon each adjustment of the Conversion Price and the number of Exchange Shares, setting forth in reasonable detail, and certifying, the calculation of such adjustment(s) and (ii) at least ten (10) days prior to the date on which the Company closes its books or takes a record (A) with respect to any dividend or distribution upon the Common Stock, (B) with respect to any grants, issuances or sales of any Options, Convertible Securities or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities, indebtedness, or other property pro rata to holders of Common Stock or (C) for determining rights to vote with respect to any Fundamental Transaction, dissolution or liquidation, provided in each case that such information (to the extent it constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company shall be made known to the public prior to or in conjunction with such notice being provided to the Holder and (iii) at least ten (10) Trading Days prior to the consummation of any Fundamental Transaction. It is expressly understood and agreed that the time of execution specified by the Holder in each Conversion Notice shall be definitive and may not be disputed or challenged by the Company.

18. [Reserved].

19. Payments. Whenever any payment of cash is to be made by the Company to any Person pursuant to this Note, unless otherwise expressly set forth herein, such payment shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America by wire transfer of immediately available funds by providing the Company with prior written notice setting out the Holder’s wire transfer instructions. Whenever any amount expressed to be due by the terms of this Note is due on any day which is not a Business Day, the same shall instead be due on the next succeeding day which is a Business Day. Any amounts due under the Transaction Documents which is not paid when due shall result in a late charge being incurred and payable by the Company in an amount equal to interest on such amount at the rate of fifteen percent (15%) per month from the date such amount was due until the same is paid in full.

20. Transferability of Note. A Holder may transfer some or all of this Note, or any shares issuable upon conversion of this Note, without the consent of the Company, subject only to the limitations of Section 2(f) of the Exchange Agreement.

21. Register. The Company shall maintain a register (the “Register”) and record the names and addresses of the holders of each Exchange Note and the principal amount of the Exchange Notes held by such holders (the “Registered Notes”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The Company and the holders of the Notes shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of a Note for all purposes, including, without limitation, the right to receive payments of Principal Amount and interest hereunder, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. A Registered Note may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register. Upon its receipt of a request to assign or sell all or part of any Registered Note by a Holder, the Company shall record the information contained therein in the Register and issue one or more new Registered Notes in the same aggregate principal amount as the principal amount of the surrendered Registered Note to the designated assignee or transferee.

 

11


 

22. Amendment. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Note may be amended and the Company may take any action herein prohibited, or omit to perform any act herein required to be performed by it, only if the Company has obtained the written consent of the Holder. The Holder shall be entitled, at its option, to the benefit of any amendment of any other similar Exchange Note issued by the Company under the Exchange Agreement.

23. Dispute Resolution. In the case of a dispute as to the determination of the Conversion Price or the arithmetic calculation of the Exchange Shares (as the case may be), the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) shall submit the disputed determinations or arithmetic calculations (as the case may be) via facsimile (i) within two (2) Business Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to the Company or the Holder (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after the Holder or the Company (as the case may be) learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If the Holder and the Company are unable to agree upon such determination or calculation (as the case may be) within three (3) Business Days of such disputed determination or arithmetic calculation being submitted to the Company or the Holder (as the case may be), then the Company shall, within two (2) Business Days submit via facsimile (a) the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Exchange Shares and the disputed determination of the Conversion Price to an independent, reputable investment bank selected by the Holder, with the consent of the Company (which may not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), or (b) if acceptable to the Holder, the disputed arithmetic calculation of the Exchange Shares and the disputed determination of the Conversion Price to the Company’s independent, outside accountant. The Company shall cause at its expense the investment bank or the accountant (as the case may be) to perform the determinations or calculations (as the case may be) and notify the Company and the Holder of the results no later than ten (10) Business Days from the time it receives such disputed determinations or calculations (as the case may be). Such investment bank’s or accountant’s determination or calculation (as the case may be) shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. The fees and expenses of such investment bank or accountant shall be borne by the parties in the same proportion as the respective amounts by which the investment bank’s or accountant’s determination differs from such party’s calculation.

24. Waiver of Notice. To the extent permitted by law, the Company hereby irrevocably waives demand, notice, presentment, protest and all other demands and notices in connection with the delivery, acceptance, performance, default or enforcement of this Note and any other Transaction Document.

25. Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware. The Company hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the State of Delaware, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed or operate to preclude the Holder from bringing suit or taking other legal action against the Company in any other jurisdiction to collect on the Company’s obligations to the Holder or to enforce a judgment or other court ruling in favor of the Holder. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

12


 

26. Certain Defined Terms. For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Black Scholes Consideration Value” means the value of the applicable Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance thereof calculated using the Black Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg utilizing (i) an underlying price per share equal to the Closing Sale Price of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately preceding the public announcement of the execution of definitive documents with respect to the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be), (ii) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate for a period equal to the remaining term of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) as of the date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be) and (iii) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility, obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg (determined utilizing a 365 day annualization factor) as of the Trading Day immediately following the date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security (as the case may be).

“Bloomberg” means Bloomberg, L.P.

“Closing Bid Price” and “Closing Sale Price” means, for any security as of any date, the last closing bid price and the last closing trade price, respectively, for such security on the principal securities exchange or trading market where such security is listed or traded as reported by Bloomberg, or if the foregoing do not apply, the average of the bid prices, or the ask prices, respectively, of all of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price cannot be calculated for a security on a particular date on any of the foregoing bases, the Closing Bid Price or the Closing Sale Price (as the case may be) of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 23. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during such period.

“Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company and any other shares issued or issuable with respect thereto (whether by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in exchange for or upon conversion of such shares or otherwise in connection with a combination of shares, distribution, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, other corporate reorganization or other similar event with respect to the Common Stock).

“Conversion Price” means thirty three point thirty three percent (33.33%) of lowest VWAP for the prior five (5) day VWAP on the day a Conversion Date.

“DTC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(ii).

“Eligible Market” means The New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market.

“Execution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the Exchange Agreement.

 

13


 

“Fundamental Transaction” means, other than transactions disclosed in Public Disclosures prior to the date of this Note (including without limitation the anticipate foreclosure), that (i) the Company shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, (1) consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving entity) any other Person unless the shareholders of the Company immediately prior to such consolidation or merger continue to hold more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock after such consolidation or merger, or (2) sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets to any other Person, in connection with which the Company is dissolved, or (3) allow any other Person to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company (not including any shares of Voting Stock of the Company held by the Person or Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the Persons making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), or (4) consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with any other Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company (not including any shares of Voting Stock of the Company held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), or (ii) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding Voting Stock of the Company.

“Interest Rate” means zero percent (0%) per annum, in each case as may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 1(b).

“Lien” means any lien, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, charge, security interest, adverse claim, liability, interest, charge, preference, priority, proxy, transfer restriction (other than restrictions under the federal and state securities laws), encroachment, tax, order, community property interest, equitable interest, option, warrant, right of first refusal, easement, profit, license, servitude, right of way, covenant or zoning restriction.

“Options” means any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or purchase Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

“Parent Entity” of a Person means an entity that, directly or indirectly, controls the applicable Person and whose common stock or equivalent equity security is quoted or listed on an Eligible Market, or, if there is more than one such Person or Parent Entity, the Person or Parent Entity with the largest public market capitalization as of the date of consummation of the Fundamental Transaction.

“Person” means an individual, a limited liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation, a trust, an unincorporated organization, any other entity and a government or any department or agency thereof.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or the successor thereto.

“Subsidiary” means any Person in which the Company, directly or indirectly, (I) owns any of the outstanding capital stock or holds any equity or similar interest of such Person or (II) controls or operates all or any part of the business, operations or administration of such Person; provided, that after the Execution Date, a Person (other than Subsidiaries as of the Execution Date) shall not become a Subsidiary pursuant to clause (I) unless the Company, directly or indirectly, owns at least 25% of any of the outstanding capital stock or holds at least 25% of any equity or similar interest of such person.

“Subsidiary Spin-Off” means any inquiry, proposal or offer from any Person relating to any (a) direct or indirect acquisition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of assets of a Subsidiary (excluding sales of assets in the ordinary course of business) equal to 51% or more of the value of the assets of the Subsidiary or to which 51% or more of the revenues or earnings of the Subsidiary are attributable, (b) tender offer for, or direct or indirect acquisition (whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of 51% or more of the outstanding equity securities of any Subsidiary, or (c) merger, consolidation, share exchange, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving substantially all of any Subsidiary or involving the assets of the any Subsidiaries with a value set forth in clause (a) of this definition.

“Successor Entity” means the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) formed by, resulting from or surviving any Fundamental Transaction or the Person (or, if so elected by the Holder, the Parent Entity) with which such Fundamental Transaction shall have been entered into.

14


 

“Trading Day” means, as applicable, (x) with respect to all price determinations relating to the Common Stock, any day on which the Common Stock is traded on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which the Common Stock is then traded, provided that “Trading Day” shall not include any day on which the Common Stock is scheduled to trade on such exchange or market for less than 4.5 hours or any day that the Common Stock is suspended from trading during the final hour of trading on such exchange or market (or if such exchange or market does not designate in advance the closing time of trading on such exchange or market, then during the hour ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time) unless such day is otherwise designated as a Trading Day in writing by the Holder or (y) with respect to all determinations other than price determinations relating to the Common Stock, any day on which The New York Stock Exchange (or any successor thereto) is open for trading of securities.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of Delaware and, to the extent applicable, the State of New York.

“Voting Stock” of a Person means capital stock of such Person of the class or classes pursuant to which the holders thereof have the general voting power to elect, or the general power to appoint, at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person (irrespective of whether or not at the time capital stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

“VWAP” means, for any security as of any date, the dollar volume-weighted average price for such security on the principal securities exchange or securities market on which such security is then traded during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg through its “Volume at Price” function or, if the foregoing does not apply, the dollar volume-weighted average price of such security in the over-the-counter market on the electronic bulletin board for such security during the period beginning at 9:30:01 a.m., New York time, and ending at 4:00:00 p.m., New York time, as reported by Bloomberg, or, if no dollar volume-weighted average price is reported for such security by Bloomberg for such hours, the average of the three highest closing bid prices and the three lowest closing ask prices of all of the market makers for such security as reported in the “pink sheets” by OTC Markets Group Inc. (formerly Pink Sheets LLC). If VWAP cannot be calculated for such security on such date on any of the foregoing bases, the VWAP of such security on such date shall be the fair market value as mutually determined by the Company and the Holder. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the fair market value of such security, then such dispute shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures in Section 23. All such determinations shall be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination or other similar transaction during such period.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holder and the Company have caused their respective signature page to this Exchange Note to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

 

 

Name:

 

ALESSANDRO ZAMBONI

 

 

Title:

 

EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

 

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Note]


 

 

 

HOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDIGO CAPITAL LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christian Girodet

 

 

Name:

 

Christian Girodet

 

 

Title:

 

Director

 

 

[Signature Page to Exchange Note]


 

* * * * *

 

EXHIBIT I

 

 

NUBURU, INC.

CONVERSION NOTICE

Reference is made to that certain Exchange Note (the “Note”) issued by Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) to the undersigned Holder on February 24, 2025. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Note.

The undersigned holder hereby exercises the right to convert the portion of the Note indicated below into shares of Common Stock as of the date specified below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date of

Conversion:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Amount of Note to be Converted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax ID Number (If

applicable):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Applicable Conversion Price:

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of shares of Common Stock to be issued:

 

 

Please issue the Common Stock into which the Note is being converted in the following name and to the following address:

 

Issue

to:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone

Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Facsimile

Number:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Holder:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account Number (if electronic book entry transfer):

 

 

 

 

 

Transaction Code Number (if electronic book entry transfer):

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT II

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Nuburu, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) hereby acknowledges its receipt of the enclosed Conversion Notice and hereby directs [______________] to issue the above indicated number of Common Stock in accordance with the Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions dated [_________ __, 20__] from the Company and acknowledged and agreed to by [______________].

 

NUBURU, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 


EX-10.8 9 buru-ex10_8.htm EX-10.8 EX-10.8

 

Exhibit 10.8

DATED 18 MARCH 2025

ON DEMAND FACILITY AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

(1) NUBURU INC.

AND

(2) SUPPLY@ME CAPITAL PLC

 

 

 

 

Date Printed: 18 March 2025

1


 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 18 day of March 2025

BETWEEN:

(1)
NUBURU INC. a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 7442 S Tucson Way, Suite 130 Centennial, CO 80112, United States of America (the "Lender");
(2)
SUPPLY@ME CAPITAL PLC incorporated and registered in England and Wales with company number 03936915 whose registered office is at 27/28 Eastcastle Street, London, United Kingdom, W1W 8DH (the "Borrower").

It is hereby agreed

1.
DEFINITIONS
1.1.
The following definitions apply in this Agreement:

“Adjustment Event": any or all of the following, at any time, or by reference to any record date, while any part of the Loan remains outstanding:

(a)
any allotment or issue of Equity Securities by the Borrower by way of

capitalisation of profits or reserves; or

(c)
any sub-division or consolidation of Equity Securities by the Borrower;

“Business Day”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a public holiday in England when banks in London and Milan are open for business.

“Conversion Price”: subject to clause 5.5, £0.00003

"Equity Securities": has the meaning given to "ordinary shares" in section 560(1) of the Companies Act 2006.

2


 

“Event of Default”: means (i) the Borrower or any member of its group suspending or ceasing to carry on (or threatening to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business; (ii) an Insolvency Event occurring or (iii) all of the consents, waivers and authorities not having been granted or any required prospectus not having been issued pursuant to clause 6.1 by 30 September 2025.

“Insolvency Event”: means (i) the Borrower or any member of its group stopping or suspending payment of any of its debts or is unable to, or admits its inability to, pay its debts as they fall due; (ii) The Borrower or any member of its group commencing negotiations, or entering into any composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement, with one or more of its creditors (excluding the Lender) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness in an amount of £50,000 or greater per creditor

(because of actual or anticipated financial difficulties) without the Lender’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); (iii) a moratorium being declared in respect of any indebtedness of the Borrower or any member of its group; (iv) any action, proceedings, procedure or step being taken in relation to: (A) the suspension of payments, a moratorium in respect of any indebtedness, winding up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (using a voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of the Borrower or any member of its group; or (B) a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of the Borrower or any member of its group; or (C) the appointment of a liquidator, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of the Borrower or any member of its group or any of their respective assets; or (v) any event occurring in relation to the Borrower or any member of its group that is analogous to any of the foregoing in any jurisdiction.

“Loan”: has the meaning set out in clause 3.1.

“Ordinary Shares”: ordinary shares of £0.00002 each in the capital of the Borrower “Security”: means the special privilege pursuant to article 46 of the Italian Legislative Decree 385/1993, the possessory pledge (and, if applicable, the non-possessory pledge) on intellectual property rights and receivables (including VAT credit) related to Supply@ME S.r.l.

3


 

(VAT number: 10091200963) and Supply@ME Technologies S.r.l.

(VAT number: 12340830962).

“Takeover Code”: means the Takeover Code published by The Panel on Takeovers and Mergers from time to time.

“USFFIR”: the Federal Funds Rate set by the Federal Open Market Committee of the US Federal Reserve from time to time.

“Warrants”: warrants granted pursuant to the Warrant Instrument to acquire new Ordinary Shares ranking pari passu with the existing Ordinary Shares exercisable at £0.000039 per Ordinary Share on either a paid or cashless exercise basis at any time at the holder’s option for the period of five years following the date of issue of the relevant Warrant.

“Warrant Instrument”: the warrant instrument in the agreed form.

1.2.
In this Agreement:
1.2.1.
unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular shall include the plural and in the plural shall include the singular;
1.2.2.
unless the context otherwise requires, a reference to one gender shall include a reference to the other genders;
1.2.3.
a reference to a party shall include that party's successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees and this agreement shall be binding on, and enure to the benefit of, the parties to this agreement and their respective successors, permitted assigns and permitted transferees; a reference to writing or written includes email; and

4


 

1.2.4.
1.2.5.
a reference to a document in agreed form is to that document in the form agreed by or on behalf of the Lender and the Borrower in writing.
2.
FACILITY

The Lender hereby agrees to lend to the Borrower US$5,150,000 (“Facility”). All amounts drawn under the Facility shall be applied by the Borrower towards working capital and capital expenditure requirements for the time being.

3.
DRAWING
3.1.
The Facility shall be advanced by the Lender to the Borrower in the following tranches (“Tranche”) (each such Tranche constituting the “Loan”) as requested in writing by the Borrower and within 5 Business Days of such written request:
3.1.1.
US $150,000 which has already been paid by the Lender to the Borrower as an advance payment;
3.1.2.
US $500,000 on or before 31 March 2025;
3.1.3.
US $1,000,000 on or before 30 April 2025, with the Investor using its best efforts to provide this Tranche on or before 18 April 2025;
3.1.4.
US $1,000,000 on or before 31 May 2025;
3.1.5.
US $1,000,000 on or before 30 June 2025;
3.1.6.
US $1,000,000 on or before 31 July 2025; and
3.1.7.
US $500,000 on or before 30 August 2025.
3.2.
If all of the consents, waivers and authorities have been granted, the new articles of association have been adopted and any required prospectus has been issued pursuant to clause 6.1, prior to the dates set it in 3.1. the Borrower can request the payment of all outstanding Tranches within 3 Business Days.

5


 

3.3.
If, prior to the advance by the Lender to the Borrower of all the Tranches set out in clause 3.1, the Lender announces the receipt of funds of up to US$3,000,000 from SFE Equity Investments S.a.r.l (the “SFE Funds”) the Lender will advance the SFE Funds against any Tranches which have not been paid to the Borrower as at the date of receipt the SFE Funds. To the extent that following the receipt of the SFE Funds by the Borrower there are Tranches which have not been drawndown (whether in full or in part) against after payment of the SFE Funds, they will remain outstanding and the payment of these will be in line with the schedule set out in cause 3.1 (subject to adjustment as required). For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this clause 3.3 shall obligate the Lender to lend more than the total amount of the Facility.
3.4.
Alternatively, if the Lender announces the receipt of funds other than the SFE Funds (the “Alternative Funds”), the Lender will advance 30% of the Alternative Funds against any Tranches which have not been advanced to the Borrower as at the date of receipt up to a maximum amount of US$3,000,000. To the extent that following the receipt of the Alternative Funds there are Tranches which have not been drawndown (whether in full or in part) against after payment of the Alternative Funds, they will remain outstanding and the payment of these will be in line with the schedule set out in cause 3.1 (subject to adjustment as required). For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this clause 3.4 shall obligate the Lender to lend more than the total amount of the Facility.
3.5.
If following an advance by the Lender of US$3,000,000 under clauses 3.3 and/or 3.4 (as the case may be), the Lender announces the receipt of additional funds (whether from SFE Equity Investments S.a.r.l or any other equity or debt provider) (the “Additional Funds”), the Lender will advance 10% of the Additional Funds against any Tranches which have not been advanced to the Borrower as at the date of receipt up to a maximum amount of the remaining outstanding Tranches. To the extent that following the receipt of the Additional Funds there are Tranches which have not been drawndown (whether in full or in part) against after payment of the Additional Funds, they will remain outstanding and the payment of these will be in line with the schedule set out in cause 3.1 (subject to adjustment as required).

6


 

For the avoidance of doubt nothing in this clause 3.5 shall obligate the Lender to lend more than the total amount of the Facility.
3.6.
Advances under this Agreement shall be made by electronic transfer for same day value to the following account of the Borrower:

Bank:

JP MORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

Account Name:

SupplyatMe Capital plc

BIC:

CHASUS33

Account number:

20000013022934

 

ACH routing number: 028000024 Wire remittance route number 021000021, or such other bank account of the Borrower as the Lender and Borrower may agree in writing.

4.
REPAYMENT
4.1.
The Loan shall (subject to clause 6.2) be unsecured and, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under this Agreement, shall be repayable by the Borrower:
4.1.1.
in part or in full on demand by the Lender at any time after the earlier of (i) the date on which an Event of Default occurs and (ii) 30 June 2026; and
4.1.2.
in part or in full on demand by the Lender at any time after all of the consents, waivers and authorities have been granted, the new articles of association have been adopted and any required prospectus has been issued pursuant to clause 6.1, provided that the repayment pursuant to this clause 4.1.2 can only be effected by conversion pursuant to clause 5.

7


 

For the avoidance of doubt, where a demand is made of repayment of part of the Loan further requests for repayment of the whole or any part of the remaining Loan may be made at any time in accordance with this clause.

4.2.
The Borrower may prepay part or all of the Loan by notifying the Lender five Business Days in advance. In the event that all of the consents, waivers and authorities have been granted, the new articles of association have been adopted and any required prospectus has been issued pursuant to clause 6.1 any such prepayment may be effected by the Borrower by the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares as if the Lender had elected to convert the Loan into Ordinary Shares pursuant to clause 5 but otherwise shall be made in cash.
4.3.
In the event that both a repayment notice is served under clause 4.1 and a prepayment notice is delivered under clause 4.2 in respect of the same part of the Loan, the first delivered notice shall prevail, and the second shall be void. If both notices are delivered at the same time then the repayment notice under clause 4.1 will prevail.
5.
CONVERSION
5.1.
When making a demand for repayment, the Lender may (or where clause 4.1.2 applies, must) specify in writing that all or any part of the Loan in excess of US$250,000 and any accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be repaid by:
5.1.1.
the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares to it, credited as fully paid at a price per Ordinary Share equal to the Conversion Price; and
5.1.2.
the issue of Warrants to the Lender on the basis of one Warrant for every two Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued (the “Conversion Warrants”),

with such issues to be completed on a day, being not less than seven Business Days following the date of the demand, specified by the Lender in writing (the “Conversion Date”).

8


 

5.2.
The number of Ordinary Shares to be allotted and issued pursuant to clause 5.1.1 (the “Conversion Shares”) will be determined by:
5.2.1.
first, converting the sum the Lender has specified will be repaid by the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares and the issue of Warrants from US$ to pounds sterling at the Bank of England’s spot rate for the purchase of pounds sterling with US$ for the Business Day prior to the allotment and issue of the Shares; and
5.2.2.
then dividing that sum by the Conversion Price, and in the event of a fraction of an Ordinary Share shall be rounded to the nearest whole Ordinary Share.
5.3.
On the Conversion Date the Borrower shall:
5.3.1.
allot and issue to the Lender the Conversion Shares, credited as fully paid, and credit such CREST account as the Lender may nominate in writing with the Conversion Shares;
5.3.2.
issue to the lender the Conversion Warrants referred to in Clause 5.1.2 , register the holding of the Conversion Warrants by the Lender and (if they are to be in certificated form) dispatch a certificate for the Conversion Warrants to the Lender at its own risk or (if they are to be in uncertificated form) credit them to the CREST account nominated in writing by the Lender.
5.4.
The Conversion Shares shall rank pari passu with Ordinary Shares in issue on the Conversion Date and shall carry the right to receive all dividends and other distributions declared after the Conversion Date.
5.5.
Following an Adjustment Event, the professional advisors or auditors of the Lender for the time being shall (at the cost of the Borrower) certify to the Borrower and Lender in writing the adjustments to the number and nominal value of the Ordinary Shares to be converted which they consider to be necessary so that, after such adjustment and on conversion, the Lender shall be entitled to receive the same percentage of the issued share capital of the Borrower carrying the same proportion of votes exercisable at a general meeting of shareholders and the same entitlement to participate in distributions of the Borrower, in each case as nearly as practicable, as would have been the case had no Adjustment Event occurred (and making such reduction or increase as is necessary to the Conversion Price).

9


 

Such notification shall in the absence of fraud or manifest error be binding on the Borrower and the Lender.
5.6.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, in the event that a proposed conversion of the whole or any part of the Loan would result in the Lender (either by itself or in concert with any other person) being required to make a mandatory offer pursuant to Rule 9 of the Takeover Code then such conversion shall be scaled back to the extent necessary to ensure no such mandatory offer is required, and the balance of the sum due shall at the option of the Lender either (i) be paid in cash or (ii) remain outstanding on the terms of this Agreement.
6.
CONSENTS AND WAIVERS
6.1.
The Borrower shall exercise all powers available to it to procure that by no later than 30 September 2025:
6.1.1.
the shareholders of the Borrower have, in addition to any existing authorities to allot and waiver of pre-emption rights, granted authorities to allot and waivers of pre-emption rights sufficient to allow the Borrower to allot and issue:
6.1.1.1.
Ordinary Shares with a value of US $5,150,000, plus the expected accrued interest, at the Conversion Price for the purpose of allotting Ordinary Shares on a conversion pursuant to clause 5; and Warrants in respect of the Ordinary Shares referred to in clause 6.1.1.1 on the basis of one Warrant for each two Ordinary Shares (and the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares on the basis of such Warrants) for the purpose of allowing the allotment and issue of Ordinary Shares on the exercise of the Warrants.

10


 

6.1.1.2.
6.1.2.
the Borrower having adopted articles of association which permit reserves to be used to pay up the shares issued on exercise of the Conversion Warrants;
6.1.3.
the Takeover Panel having conditionally granted, and the shareholders of the Borrower having subsequently granted, all such waivers and authorities as may be necessary to allow the Borrower to allot and issue the Ordinary Shares and Warrants referred to in clause 6.1.1 without triggering the requirement for a mandatory offer by the Lender and any person acting in concert with the Lender under Rule 9 of the Takeover Code; and
6.1.4.
it shall publish a prospectus approved by the Financial Conduct Authority which permits the Borrower to allot and issue the Ordinary Shares and Warrants referred to in clause 6.1.1 without breaching any applicable law or regulation,

the matters set out in clauses 6.1.1 – 6.1.4 being, together, the Approvals.

6.2.
In the event that the Borrower has not complied (in whole or in part) with its obligations to the satisfaction of the Lender pursuant to clause 6.1 by 30 September 2025 then it shall:
6.2.1.
within 20 days grant the Security to the Lender in a form acceptable to the Lender acting reasonably; and
6.2.2.
continue to exercise all powers available to it to comply in full with those obligations as soon as reasonably possible.

11


 

6.3.
For so long as the whole or any part of the Loan or any Warrants issued pursuant to this Agreement remain outstanding, the Borrower shall exercise all powers available to it procure that the authorities and waivers referred to in clause 6.1 continue to have full force and effect.
6.4.
For the avoidance of doubt, any clause in this Agreement which relates to the ability and rights of the Lender to convert the Loan into Ordinary Shares and/or receive the Conversion Warrants shall not be capable of exercise or enforcement by the Lender until such time as each of the Approvals have been obtained.
7.
INTEREST
7.1.
Interest shall accrue on the outstanding balance of the Loan at the rate of USFFIR +10% per annum.
7.2.
Interest shall accrue daily and shall be payable quarterly, in arrears, on the last business day of March, June, September and December, beginning June 2025.
7.3.
If the Borrower fails to make any payment due under this Agreement on the due date for payment, interest on the unpaid amount shall accrue daily, from the date of non-payment to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment), at 5% above the rate specified in clause 7.1.
8.
PAYMENTS
8.1.
All payments made by the Borrower to the Lender under this Agreement shall be:
8.1.1.
paid on the due date for that payment in sterling and in immediately available cleared funds to such bank account of the Lender as it may specify by giving written notice to the Borrower from time to time; and
8.1.2.
made in full, without set-off, counterclaim or condition and free and clear of and without any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, tax. If any tax must be deducted or withheld from any payment under this Agreement, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender such additional amount as may be necessary to ensure that the Lender receives a net amount equal to the full amount it would have received had the payment not been made subject to that deduction or withholding.

12


 

9.
COSTS
9.1.
The Borrower shall promptly, on demand, pay to, or reimburse, the Lender, on a full indemnity basis, all fees, costs, charges, expenses, taxes and liabilities of any kind (including, without limitation, legal, printing and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred by the Lender in connection with any amendment, extension, alteration, preservation and enforcement of the Loan and/or this Agreement.
10.
REMEDIES, WAIVERS, AMENDMENTS AND CONSENTS
10.1.
No amendment of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by, or on behalf of, each party (or its authorised representative).
10.2.
A waiver of any right or remedy under this Agreement or by law, or any consent given under this Agreement, is only effective if given in writing by the waiving or consenting party and shall not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent right or remedy. It only applies to the circumstances in relation to which it is given and shall not prevent the party giving it from subsequently relying on the relevant provision.
10.3.
A failure by the Lender to exercise, or delay by it in exercising, any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall not constitute a waiver of that or any other right or remedy, prevent or restrict any further exercise of that or any other right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm this Agreement. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy provided under this Agreement or by law shall prevent or restrict the further exercise of that or any other right or remedy. No election to affirm this Agreement by the Lender shall be effective unless it is in writing.

13


 

10.4.
The rights and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative and are in addition to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies provided by law.
11.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

12.
ASSIGNMENT
12.1.
The Lender may not assign any of its rights under this Agreement. without the prior written consent of the Borrower.
12.2.
The Borrower may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Lender.
12.3.
The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing of any assignment of its rights pursuant to this Agreement.
13.
NOTICES
13.1.
Any notice or other communication given to a party under or in connection with this Agreement shall be:
13.1.1.
in writing;
13.1.2.
delivered by hand by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service or sent by email; and United States of America Attention: Alessandro Zambono alessandro.zamboni@nuburu.net

14


 

13.1.3.
sent to:
13.1.3.1.
the Borrower at:

Eastcastle House

27/28 Eastcastle Street

London, W1W 8DH

Email: Albert.Ganyushin@supplymecapital.comAttention:

Attention: Albert Ganyushin

13.1.3.2.
the Lender at:

7442 S Tucson Way

Suite 130 Centennial

CO 80112

or to any other address or email address notified in writing by one party to the other from time to time.

13.2.
Any notice or other communication given by either party shall be deemed to have been received:
13.2.1.
if delivered by hand, at the time it is left at the relevant address;
13.2.2.
if posted by pre-paid first-class post or other next working day delivery service, on the second working day after posting; and.
13.2.3.
if sent by email, when received in readable form.

15


 

A notice or other communication given as described in this clause (other than as described in clause 13.2.2) on a day that is not a Business Day, or after normal business hours, in the place it is received, shall be deemed instead to have been received on the next Business Day.

13.3.
Subject to clause 16.3, this clause 13 does not apply to the service of any proceedings or other documents in any legal action or, where applicable, any arbitration or other method of dispute resolution.
14.
COUNTERPARTS
14.1.
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts together shall constitute one agreement.
14.2.
Transmission of an executed counterpart of this Agreement (but for the avoidance of doubt not just a signature page) by email (in PDF, JPEG or other agreed format) shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement.
14.3.
No counterpart shall be effective until each party has executed at least one counterpart.
15.
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
15.1.
Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, a person who is not a party to this Agreement shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce, or enjoy the benefit of, any term of this Agreement.
15.2.
Notwithstanding any term of this Agreement, the consent of any person who is not a party to this Agreement is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.
16.
GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION
16.1.
This Agreement and any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of England and Wales.

16


 

16.2.
Each party irrevocably agrees that, subject as provided below, the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter or formation. Nothing in this clause shall limit the right of the Lender to take proceedings against the Borrower in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdictions, whether concurrently or not, to the extent permitted by the law of such other jurisdiction.
16.3.
The Borrower irrevocably consents to any process in any legal action or proceedings under clause 16.2 being served on it in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement relating to service of notices. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this document has been executed and delivered on the date first stated above.

17


 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of NUBURU

 

Signature

 

img179509781_0.jpg

 

 

 

 

INC. by

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Mr Alessandro Zamboni:

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/18/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

 

Signature

 

img179509781_1.jpg

 

 

 

 

SUPPLY@ME CAPITAL PLC by

 

Director

 

 

 

 

Mr Albert Ganyushin:

 

3/18/2025

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18


EX-31.1 10 buru-ex31_1.htm EX-31.1 EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Alessandro Zamboni, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nuburu, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 20, 2025

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Alessandro Zamboni

Executive Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


EX-31.2 11 buru-ex31_2.htm EX-31.2 EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Alessandro Zamboni, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Nuburu, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: May 20, 2025

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Alessandro Zamboni

Executive Chairman

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 


EX-32.1 12 buru-ex32_1.htm EX-32.1 EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Nuburu, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date: May 20, 2025

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Alessandro Zamboni

Executive Chairman

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 


EX-32.2 13 buru-ex32_2.htm EX-32.2 EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Nuburu, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2025 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

Date: May 20, 2025

By:

/s/ Alessandro Zamboni

Alessandro Zamboni

Executive Chairman

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)